# mir-titles

creator: Yuri Bondarev
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yuri-bondarev-the-shore-raduga-1984
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-11T11:18:55Z,2026-02-10T18:08:04Z
publicdate: 2024-07-11T11:18:55Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,russian literature,russian novel,second world war,soviet life
title: The Shore
year: 1984
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-bharat_singh729,fav-kuraiseikatsu,fav-matt_bradley,fav-nikemaul,fav-rohit_gupta696,fav-vncredleader

description:
Yuri Bondarev's The Shore is a profound exploration of human resilience and the moral complexities of war. Set during World War II, the novel follows the journey of a Soviet soldier who, amidst the brutalities of battle, reflects on his past and contemplates his future. Bondarev delves into themes of love, loss, and the enduring human spirit, presenting a poignant narrative that highlights the psychological and emotional impacts of war. Through vivid character portrayals and intricate storytelling, The Shore offers a compelling look at the personal and collective struggles faced by individuals during one of history's most tumultuous periods. Translated from the Russian by Keith Hammond Illustrated by Sergei Geta Designed by Timur Samigulin Foreword by Y. Idashkin 7 Part One. ON THE OTHER SIDE 21 Part Two. MADNESS 107 Part Three. NOSTALGIA 335

format:
Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR


btih: 0494421032550b1afed87683d6bd4b394bd3eb60
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-lukas_korso223,fav-pio07
creator: V. Rodichev,G. Rodicheva
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-rodichev-g.-rodicheva-tractors-and-automobiles-mir-1984
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-12T13:15:11Z,2026-05-12T13:42:56Z
publicdate: 2026-05-12T13:15:11Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Tractors And Automobiles
year: 1984
description:
Tractors and automobiles are the main power means that help mechanize farming and the transportation of various goods. These vehicles are the fruit of a laborious, purposeful quest by several generations of gift- ed people. Russian inventors and engineérs were among the first in the world to mark the beginning of the development of off-track vehicles and cross-country prime movers to replace draft animals in farm work. To use tractors and automobiles with a maximum efficiency, the driver-mechanic must know their design in detail, service them timely and at a high standard of workmanship, and rectify in due course any faults they develop during operation. This book describes the design of modern tractors and automobiles without reference to particular models. Sections I, Ш, and IV are written by V. Rodichev and Section II, by G. Rodicheva. Translated from Russian by S. Kittell Many thanks to Vikram for getting this book.

format:
Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
soviet literature,automobile engineering,engines,tractors,design,cranks,fuel systems,cooling systems,clutch,transmission,braking system,steering system,axels,gears


creator: S.I. Gelfand,M.L. Gerver,N.N. Konstantinov,A. G. Kushnirenko,A.A. Kirillov
date: 1969-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: gelfand-et-al-sequences-combinations-limits-1969
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-07-22T07:35:55Z,2026-02-04T21:59:51Z
publicdate: 2023-07-22T07:35:55Z
subject: mathematics,sequences,russian,combinatorics,limits,functions
title: Sequences, Combinations, Limits (Library of School Mathematics Vol. 3)
year: 1969
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aadya_r_burli,fav-ahylla,fav-dstev1,fav-ducbang,fav-garen_danageozian176,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-h22wang,fav-hewurfeljr,fav-irazza,fav-jose2332,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-malthouse,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-native80,fav-nem_o_really,fav-never_being,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-pramod_surya_makkena,fav-samatteb,fav-seafarer54,fav-shauhram,fav-sigmaalgebra,fav-timomartin,fav-user964685,fav-vignam,fav-winfield_taylor,fav-zeherid

description:
This volume, the third in the series “The Library of School Mathematics,” is a collection of problems for the ninth and tenth grades. This collection has been designed in such a way that it can also serve as a textbook for parts of a course.

format:
Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR


creator: I. M. Gelfand; G. E. Shilov
date: 1964-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: gelfand-shilov-generalized-functions-vol-1-properties-and-operations
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-10-18T10:28:55Z,2026-02-04T21:59:49Z
publicdate: 2021-10-18T10:28:55Z
title: Generalized Functions Vol 1 Properties And Operations
year: 1964
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-cadatron,fav-carson_main,fav-dawood_arshad778,fav-dngp,fav-dstev1,fav-elvedin_ramovic,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-floura28zz,fav-goj_,fav-janf23,fav-jimbontron,fav-kul_bhushan369,fav-malthouse,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-ng_c_ho_nh_th_,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-rgarla,fav-rohit_gupta696,fav-shauhram,fav-tharon_holdsworth,fav-victor_nery,fav-yamoluro

description:
The first systematic theory of generalized functions (also known as distributions) was created in the early 1950s, although some aspects were developed much earlier, most notably in the definition of the Green's function in mathematics and in the work of Paul Dirac on quantum electrodynamics in physics. The six-volume collection, Generalized Functions, written by I. M. Gel′fand and co-authors and published in Russian between 1958 and 1966, gives an introduction to generalized functions and presents various applications to analysis, PDE, stochastic processes, and representation theory. Volume 1 is devoted to basics of the theory of generalized functions. The first chapter contains main definitions and most important properties of generalized functions as functional on the space of smooth functions with compact support. The second chapter talks about the Fourier transform of generalized functions. In Chapter 3, definitions and properties of some important classes of generalized functions are discussed; in particular, generalized functions supported on submanifolds of lower dimension, generalized functions associated with quadratic forms, and homogeneous generalized functions are studied in detail. Many simple basic examples make this book an excellent place for a novice to get acquainted with the theory of generalized functions. A long appendix presents basics of generalized functions of complex variables.

format:
DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
mathematics,soviet,generalized functions,operators,properties,differentiation,integration,convolution,transforms,particular types


btih: 32c2dbe0395adc7a1ad6b40e4d979e4029c46c2c
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_superuser,fav-emad_sadeghi
creator: Yu. Korshunov
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yu.-korshunov-mathematical-methods-of-cybernetics-mir-1990
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-21T08:11:33Z,2026-05-21T09:13:51Z
publicdate: 2026-05-21T08:11:33Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Mathematical Methods Of Cybernetics
year: 1990
description:
Mathematical Methods of Cybernetics presents a unified introduction to the mathematical foundations of control, optimization, and decision-making in complex systems. Bringing together concepts from cybernetics, systems theory, probability, graph theory, statistics, and operations research, the book shows how diverse optimization techniques are interconnected through common mathematical principles. Beginning with the basic concepts of control and complex systems, the text gradually develops the tools needed for modelling and analysing real-world processes. Topics include graph theory, linear algebra, probability and statistics, regression analysis, experimental design, linear and nonlinear programming, dynamic programming, game theory, statistical decision theory, scheduling, and queueing theory. Emphasising practical problem-solving, the book demonstrates how control and optimization problems can be translated into computer algorithms while keeping examples simple enough for step-by-step understanding. Designed primarily for students of systems optimization and automatic control, it is also valuable for readers interested in production planning, management science, industrial processes, and decision-making under uncertainty. Translated from the Russian by M. Edelev

format:
Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
soviet literature,computer engineering,cybernetics,cybernetic methods,mathematics,game theory,optimal control,graph theory,set theory,mathematical statistics,decision theory,linear programming,computer programmes


btih: b5e3dcef44e88f48de273e4b5e9d5999039306cf
collection: opensource,mir-titles
creator: வி கார்ஷணின்‌ (V. Garshin)
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-garshin-the-frog-went-travelling-in-tamil-raduga-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex,uncurated
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-08-20T12:44:27Z,2025-08-20T12:54:27Z
publicdate: 2025-08-20T12:44:27Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's literature,illustrated books,animal stories
title: தவளையின்‌ பயணம்‌ (The Frog Went Travelling In Tamil )
year: 1983
description:
An adventure story of a frog to went flying with ducks! Translate to Tamil ொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்‌:।   பூ.   சோமசுந்தரம்‌ ஓவியர்‌:   நி.   சரூஷின்‌

format:
Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

stripped_tags:
p class="p1" style="margin:0px;font-size:15.5px;line-height:normal;font-family:Helvetica;",span class="s1" style="font-size:18.7px;line-height:normal;",span class="s2" style="font-size:13.5px;line-height:normal;",span class="s3" style="font-size:15.2px;line-height:normal;",span class="s4" style="font-size:15.4px;line-height:normal;",p class="p2" style="margin:0px;font-size:13.4px;line-height:normal;font-family:Helvetica;",span class="s5" style="font-size:18.4px;line-height:normal;",span class="s6" style="font-size:12.4px;line-height:normal;",span class="s7" style="font-size:15px;line-height:normal;",span class="s8" style="font-size:13.8px;line-height:normal;"


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-munif_muttafik
creator: সের্গেই আন্তোনভ (Sergei Antonov)
identifier: guests-from-space-grahantarer-aantuk-science-fiction-stories_202407
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-01T08:50:29Z,2026-02-04T22:06:21Z
publicdate: 2024-07-01T08:50:29Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
title: গ্রাহান্টার আগান্টুক (Guests from Space Science Fiction Stories in Bengali)
description:
আলেক্সান্দর কাজানৎসেভ (জন্ম ১৯০৬) অ্যাডভেঞ্চার ও বৈজ্ঞানিক কল্পোন্যাস লেখায় এর হাত চমৎকার। 'জলন্তদ্বীপ', 'উত্তরের জেটি', 'উত্তরমেরুর সাঁকো' বইয়ের লেখক। এই সংকলনের 'গ্রহান্তরের আগন্তুক' গল্পটির বিশেষ স্থান আছে কাজানৎসেভের রচনায়। তুঙ্গস উল্কাটিকে তিনি যে মঙ্গলগ্রহের মহাজাগতিক মান বলেছেন এই প্রকল্প তিনি হাজির করেন ১৯৪৬ সালে, তা নিয়ে সে সময় হুমুল বিতর্ক' শুরু হয়। আলেক্সান্দর বেলিয়ায়েড (১৮৮৪- ১৯৪২) বিখ্যাত কল্পোন্যাস লেখক, জীবন এ'র যেমন আশ্চর্য, তেমনি কঠোর। বছরের পর বছর মেরুদন্ডের ক্ষয়রোগে তিনি শয্যাশায়ী থাকেন, তাহলেও পরিপূর্ণ ও সার্থকভাবেই তিনি জীবন কাটিয়ে গেছেন। আইন অধ্যয়ন করেন তিনি, কনজার্ভেটরিতে শিক্ষার্থী হন, সাগ্রহে কাজ করে যান পত্র-পত্রিকার জন্য। বিজ্ঞান G টেকনলজিতে তাঁর আগ্রহ ছিল অসীম। বিজ্ঞান টেকনলজি বিষয়ক বই তিনি যা লিখেছেন তাতে গ্রন্থাগার ভরে যেতে পারে, যেমন 'উভচর মানুষ', 'প্রফেসর ডোয়েলের মাথা', 'কেৎস তারকা', 'এরিয়েল', 'আটলানটিসের শেষ মানুষ', 'বিশ্বের প্রভু', 'শূন্যে ঝাঁপ' ইত্যাদি। এই সংকলনে তার 'হৈটি টৈটি' গল্পটি দেওয়া হল এটি 'প্রফেসর - ভাগনারের আবিষ্কার' শীর্ষক এক গুচ্ছ অপূর্ব গল্পের একটি। প্রতিভাশালী পদার্থবিদ, সোভিয়েত ইউনিয়নের বিজ্ঞান আকাদমির একটি প্রতিষ্ঠানের কর্মী আনাতলি দূনেপ্রভ (জন্ম ১৯১৯) লিখতে শুরু করেন ১৯৪৬ সাল থেকে। তাঁর মনের মতো বিষয় হল কিবারনেটিক্স - বর্তমানে তার আশ্চর্য কীর্তি' আর ভবিষ্যতে তার জয়যাত্রা। দূনেপ্রভের রচনা হৃদয়গ্রাহী হয়ে ওঠে তাঁর গভীর বৈজ্ঞানিক ভিত্তির জন্য। 'আইভা' (১৯৫৮) এবং 'ম্যাকসওয়েল সমীকরণ' (১৯৬০) তাঁর সেরা গল্পগুলির অন্যতম। গ্লাদিমির সাভচেঙেকা (জন্ম ১৯৩৩) গুণী ইঞ্জিনিয়র পদার্থবিদ, অর্ধপরিবাহীর ব্যাপারে বিশেষজ্ঞ। অল্প কিছু দিন আগে লিখেছেন নিউক্লিয়র পদার্থবিদ্যা নিয়ে লেখা বৈজ্ঞানিক কল্পোন্যাস 'কৃষ্ণ তারকা' আর 'নিরুত্তর রকেট' নামে এক কাহিনী। এ সংকলনে দেওয়া হল তাঁর 'প্রফেসর বার্ণে'র নিদ্রাভঙ্গ' (১৯৫৬) নামে গল্পটি। অনুবাদ: ননী ভৌমিক প্রচ্ছদপট ও মুদ্রণ পরিকল্পনা: ড. আলেক্সেয়েও সূচি গ্রহান্তরের আগন্তুক।  আ. কাজানৎসেভ হৈটি টেটি। আ. বেলিয়ায়েভ ম্যাকসওয়েল সমীকরণ।  আ. দূনেপ্রভ আইভা।  আ. প্রেভ .. প্রফেসর বার্নের নিদ্রাভঙ্গ। ভ. সাভচেঙ্কো. All credits to Sovietbooksinbengali blog.

format:
Additional Text PDF,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR

stripped_tags:
div class="message-action-buttons",div class="quick-reaction",div class="bottom-marker",div class="message-select-control",div class="message-content-wrapper can-select-text",div class="message-content peer-color-count-1 text has-shadow has-solid-background has-footer",div class="content-inner",div class="text-content clearfix with-meta with-outgoing-icon",div class="message-content peer-color-count-1 text has-shadow has-solid-background has-appendix has-footer",p style="margin:0px;font-size:12px;line-height:normal;font-family:'Helvetica Neue';"


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-munif_muttafik
creator: দ. ন. ত্ৰিফোনভ (D. N. Trifonov),ভ.দ. ত্ৰিফোনভ (N. D. Trifonov)
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: trifonov-trifonov-chemical-elements-how-they-were-discovered-bangla-mir-manisha-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-01-09T06:33:49Z,2026-02-06T00:27:05Z
publicdate: 2023-01-09T06:33:49Z
publisher: Mir Publishers,Manisha Granthalaya
year: 1988
description:
এই বইয়ে আমরা বর্ণনা করব কিভাবে রসায়নের বর্ণমালা ডিজাইন করা হয়েছে এবং কিভাবে গবেষকদের অনুসন্ধিৎসু মন নতুন রাসায়নিক উপাদান আবিষ্কার করেছে, একের পর এক. রাসায়নিক উপাদানগুলির ইতিহাস তাদের আবিষ্কারের সাথে শুরু হয়৷ যদিও উপাদানগুলিকে বিস্তারিতভাবে বর্ণনা করা হয়েছে এমন বিশাল খণ্ডগুলি তাদের আবিষ্কারের দিকে খুব কম মনোযোগ দেয়, তারা মানব জ্ঞানের ইতিহাসের একটি প্রধান অংশ৷ প্রতিটি উপাদান তার নিজস্ব" জীবনী " আছে, তার নিজস্ব উপায়ে আকর্ষণীয়. অনেক উপাদান আবিষ্কারের ইতিহাস এখনও সম্পূর্ণরূপে অধ্যয়ন করা হয়নি এবং রসায়নের ইতিহাসবিদদের দ্বারা বেশ কয়েকটি অস্পষ্ট বিষয় পরিষ্কার করা উচিত৷ সম্ভবত আপনি তাদের একজন হবেন… মির প্রকাশন মস্কো মনীষা গ্রন্থালয় কলিকাতা অনুবাদ : কানাই লাল ম,খোপাধ্যায়

format:
Additional Text PDF,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
রসায়ন,এমআইআর প্রকাশক,উপাদান,রাসায়নিক,পর্যায় সারণী,ইতিহাস,বিজ্ঞান,আবিষ্কার,জনপ্রিয় বিজ্ঞান,বিজ্ঞানীরা,chemistry,mir publishers,elements,chemical,periodic table,history,science,discovery,popular science,scientists

title:
ত্ৰিফোনভ রাসায়নিক মৌল কেমন করে সেগুলি আবিষ্কৃত হয়েছিল (Chemical Elements How They Were Discovered (Bangla)


creator: Yakov Perelman
date: 1958-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: perelman-astronomy-for-entertainment-flph-1958
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-03-29T12:48:53Z,2026-02-05T21:55:44Z
publicdate: 2023-03-29T12:48:53Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: astronomy,planets,earth,moon,gravitation,asteroids,day,shadows,eclipses,orbits,sky observations
title: Astronomy For Entertainment
year: 1958
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-bunny_darling_crowder,fav-cctu_pico_sena,fav-dwariberiamoon,fav-elbobo572,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-johnhnorris,fav-kimberly_watts842,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-narmanguebraun,fav-navix,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-rohit_gupta696,fav-ruijpt,fav-shamninder_singh,fav-soulviolence,fav-uri_aurora_87,fav-venche,fav-vignam

description:
Astronomy is a fortunate science; it needs no embellishments, said the French savant Arago. So fascinating are its achievements that no special effort is needed to attract attention. Nonetheless, the science of the heavens is not only a collection of astonishing revelations and dar­ ing theories. Ordinary facts, things that happen day by day, are its sub­ stance. Most laymen have, generally speaking, a rather hazy notion of this prosaic aspect of astronomy. They find it of little interest, for it is indeed hard to concentrate on what is always before the eye. It is this daily aspect of the science of the skies, its beginnings, not later findings, that mainly—but not exclusively—form the contents of Astronomy for Entertainment. The purpose of the book is to initiate the reader into the basic facts of astronomy. But do not take it as a primer, since our presentation differs essentially from any text-book. Ordinary facts with which you may be acquainted are couched here in unexpected paradoxes, or slanted from an odd and unexpected angle, solely with a view to excite imagination and quicken interest. We have tried to free the theme as far as possible from the professional “ter­ minology” and technical paraphernalia that so often make the reader shy of books on astronomy. Books on popular science are often rebuked for not being suffi­ ciently serious. In a way the rebuke is just, and support for it can be found (if one has in mind the exact natural sciences) in the tendency to avoid calculations in any shape or form. And yet the reader can really master his subject only by learning how to reckon, even though in a rudimentary fashion. Hence, both in Astronomy for Entertainment and in other books of this series, the author has not attempted to avoid the simplest of calculations. True, he has taken care to present them n an easy form, well within the reach of all who have studied mathematics at school. It is his conviction that these exercises help not only retain the knowledge acquired; they are also a useful introduction to more serious reading. The book contains chapters relating to the Earth, the Moon, planets, stars and gravitation. The author has concentrated in the main on materials not usually discussed in works of this nature. Subjects omit­ ted in the present book, will, he hopes, be treated in a second volume. The book, it should be said, makes no1attempt to analyze in detail the rich content of modern astronomy. – Yakov Perelman  Unfortunately Y. Perelman never wrote the continuation he had planned for this book, as untimely death in warbound Lenin­ grad in 1942 interrupted his labours. Later several minor changes were made to bring this book up to date. Translated By A. Shkarovsky   Edited By J. Gibbons Many thanks to @hawakajhonka for making this book available

format:
DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR


btih: 9d1818a7877c60e9e092a597d828c40eb08c31ba
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: শুকুরবেক বেইশেনালিয়েভ (Shukurbek Beishenaliev)
date: 1974-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: horned-lamb-shukurbek-beishenaliev_202512
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-05T13:20:51Z,2025-12-05T13:32:14Z
publicdate: 2025-12-05T13:20:51Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
title: আজিজের রাখালি (Horned Lamb in Bengali)
year: 1974
description:
 A picture storybook for children translated from Russian. অনুবাদ: ননী ভৌমিক ছবি এ'কেছেন ল. ইলিনা All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.

format:
Additional Text PDF,Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR


btih: f8857c60173b7be65f1c0c5e14f44e63b22bd828
creator: I. Khlyabich
date: 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-khlyabich-an-outline-of-history-of-philosophy-progress-1970
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-19T12:05:49Z,2026-04-18T15:11:09Z
publicdate: 2025-05-19T12:05:49Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,philosophy,socialism,dialectical materialism,marxism
title: An Outline Of History Of Philosophy
year: 1970
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-apeiron91,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-marko_t454,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-sticky_pepsi,fav-uri_aurora_87,fav-zhiwen2442

description:
This book offers a brief overview of the evolution of philosophical thought, beginning with the foundational ideas of pre-Marxist philosophy in various historical contexts—slave society, feudalism, and the rise of capitalism—highlighting key movements such as French materialism and German idealism. It then explores the emergence and development of dialectical materialism, focusing on the contributions of Marx and Lenin, and how their philosophy diverged fundamentally from earlier traditions. Finally, it examines major currents in contemporary bourgeois idealist philosophy, including pragmatism, neo-positivism, neo-Thomism, and existentialism, analysing their core features and ideological implications. Through this structure, the book provides readers with both historical context and critical insight into the philosophical debates that have shaped modern thought. Contents I. The Subject Matter of the History of Philosophy Page 1 II. Main Stages in the Development of Pre-Marxist Philosophy § 1. Philosophy in Slave Society – 15 § 2. Philosophy in the Period of Feudalism and the Birth of Capitalism in Western Europe – 32 § 3. Materialism in 18th-Century France – 46 § 4. German Idealist Philosophy at the Turn of the 19th Century – 51 § 5. Feuerbach’s Materialism. Russian 19th-Century Materialist Philosophy – 60 III. Origin and Development of Dialectical Materialism § 1. The Rise of Marxist Philosophy and Its Basic Difference from Preceding Philosophy – 68 § 2. Development of Marxist Philosophy by Lenin – 74 IV. Basic Trends of Contemporary Bourgeois Idealist Philosophy Main Features of Contemporary Bourgeois Philosophy – 90 Pragmatism – 92 Neo-Positivism – 94 Neo-Thomism – 97 Existentialism – 97

format:
Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR


btih: 8885c3515f837b09f2e5a2680b63bfbe8f9c0ae3
creator: I. Konev
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-konev-the-year-of-victory-progress-1984
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-21T07:41:27Z,2026-02-04T22:21:32Z
publicdate: 2024-08-21T07:41:27Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: The Year Of Victory
year: 1984
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-apichatpong,fav-chris_mainwaring,fav-david_lie689,fav-howard499,fav-pio07,fav-sergiomargarido,fav-tommate

description:
The author Marshal of the Soviet Union I. Konev, was army and Front commander. The book covers the short concluding phase of the war against Nazi Germany, a period exceptionally rich in events. At the time, I. Konev commanded the 1st Ukrainian Front of the Soviet Army. He tells a vivid and fascinating story of the great Soviet offensive, analyses the military and strategic situation at the time, makes apt and revealing comments on many renowned military leaders, and shows the stamina of the Russian soldier and the magnitude of his feat in the past war. Marshal of the Soviet Union Ivan Konev occupies an eminent place among the distinguished military leaders of the past world war. Troops under his command defeated the Nazis in battles fought at Smolensk, near Moscow and at Kursk and in the Korsun-Shevchenkovskaya, Vistula- Oder and Berlin operations, and liberated Prague, the Czechoslovak capital. In reply to the questions of Western journalists as to whether he was a career officer in the old Russian Army and how big his family estate was, Konev said: “I’m afraid I will disappoint you, gentlemen. I’m the son of a poor peasant and belong to that generation of Russian people who met the October Revolution in their youth and identified themselves with it. My military training is Soviet, and therefore good. The successes of the Fronts, which I have been fortunate enough to command, are inseparable from the general successes of the Red Army. We, Soviet workers in soldiers greatcoats, are in all our thoughts bound to our people; we live their lives and fight for our common ideas. This is the source of our strength. For his distinguished service. Marshal Konev was awarded the Order of Victory, the highest Soviet military order." Translated from the Russian by David Mishne  Edited by Robert Daglish  Designed by Victor Korolkov Cleaned, optimised version of original scan https://archive.org/details/yearofvictorykonev A 1969 (second printing 1984) Soviet work. Scanned by Ismail, sent to him by Christian Kellum. From Thomas Mrett's archive collection Contents FROM THK VISTULA TO THE ODER 5 FROM THE ODER TO THE NEISSE 50 THE SO-CALLED LULL 67 THE BERLIN OPERATION 79 THE PRAGUE OPERATION 193 INSTEAD OF A CONCLUSION 239

format:
Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

stripped_tags:
div style="margin-top:1.43em;margin-bottom:1.43em;margin-right:5rem;color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;"

subject:
soviet literature,world war 2,nazi germaany,soviet red army,battles,USSR,history,berlin campaign,hitler,stalin


btih: 3053bcf9651d428e8ab66e8feb7264fb2603e1e7
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-booklady77,fav-chriszoe,fav-floura28zz,fav-matt_404,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07
creator: I. P. Muklyonov (Ed.)
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-p.-muklyonov-a-practical-course-in-chemical-technology-mir-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-17T16:41:40Z,2026-02-04T22:21:35Z
publicdate: 2024-12-17T16:41:40Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: soviet literature,chemical engineering,chemical reactions,chemical processes
title: A Practical Course In Chemical Technology Mir
year: 1982
description:
The course in chemical technology taught at chemical colleges and departments consists of three parts: lectures, practical studies, and laboratory work. A combination of these three teaching methods provides students with a sound foundation for studying any discipline of chemical technology. This course is primarily aimed at presenting the basic laws of chemical technology, applicable to most chemical processes, as well as processes in the metallurgical, silicate, pulp and paper, and fuel processing industries. Studying the basic types of chemical processes—homogeneous and heterogeneous, non-catalytic and catalytic, electrochemical—and the associated reactors is combined with an analysis of concrete processes of greatest importance to the national economy. Particular attention is given to typical processes embodying the major aspects of chemical technology. The lectures and laboratory work also cover the structural materials used in the manufacture of chemical reactors. In the 3rd Russian edition, emphasis is placed on the analysis of automated and computerized reactors, as well as new methods and instruments employed in the investigation of material properties. Thus, students performing laboratory work better assimilate the facts presented in lectures, acquire skills for controlling industrial processes with the aid of advanced instrumentation and computers, learn analytical procedures, and improve their techniques for processing experimental results. In a laboratory, students carry out the first (according to the syllabus) experiment. Each work covers practically all stages of experimental procedures. First of all, students learn about the subject from the textbook in chemical technology, the present practical course, and the literature recommended at the end of each work. Then, they go through the safety rules to be observed in a chemical laboratory (see Appendix, p. 425) and the instructions for the work being carried out. After a briefing by the instructor (colloquium), students are assigned to conduct the experiment. Students then become familiar with the experimental setup, check whether it is assembled correctly, activate individual units, and calibrate some instruments. The next stage is an experimental study of the effect of some process parameters on the course of the process. Some assignments involve the analysis of the effect of temperature, concentrations, time, and other factors within a broad range, enabling students to plot the process characteristics as a function of a particular variable. Students make the necessary calculations using the experimental results and write a report, including the statement of the problem and purpose of the work, process flow sheet calculations and plots based on the experimental results, and conclusions. An assignment must be stated in such a manner as to enable students to complete the experiment within six hours. Every student must carry out laboratory works from all six chapters, while particular assignments are given depending on his or her specialization. Translated from the Russian by V. Vopyan


btih: 57b1c35e8bed292dc96b1ede4f823fc93fe289ab
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
description: रूपांन्तरकारः लिन इङ चित्रकारः वाङ च्चूशङ
identifier: hud-rvi-flph-beijin-1984
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-22T11:08:21Z,2026-02-04T22:20:21Z
publicdate: 2024-08-22T11:08:21Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House, Beijing
title: हुङ. रवी (Hur Rvi in Hindi)
year: 1984
format:
Additional Text PDF,Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
chinese literature,children's stories,children's books,illustrated books,बच्चों की कहानियां,बच्चों की किताबें,सचित्र किताबें


btih: 92611daf3f6cde769cae93e066613d3efb3386c4
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-prasadam
creator: মিখাইল ইল্যিন (Mikhail Ilyin),ইলেনা সেগাল (Yelena Segal)
identifier: how-man-became-a-giant-manush-ki-kore-baro-holo-mikhail-ilyin-yelena-segal_202412
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-22T11:24:25Z,2026-02-04T22:18:23Z
publicdate: 2024-12-22T11:24:25Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
title: মানুষ কী করে বড় হলো (How man Became a Giant in Bengali)
description:
A story of how human civilisation developed with tehcnological innovations over thousands of years. Translated to Bengali  All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog

format:
Additional Text PDF,Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR


btih: f19b2a857433c2f851b5e397711f8a278cad60b3
creator: I.V. Savelyev
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-v.-savelyev-questions-and-problems-in-general-physics-mir-1984
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-10T03:39:28Z,2026-02-04T22:21:32Z
publicdate: 2025-06-10T03:39:28Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Questions And Problems In General Physics
year: 1984
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dnaultra5,fav-fredorm2017,fav-jaskoetemovic,fav-jin_tao508,fav-logan_beaulieu_sponge_,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-navendur,fav-physicslover27,fav-pio07,fav-rilberte_costa,fav-seafarer54,fav-shauhram

description:
Questions and Problems in General Physics has been compiled with a view to the author’s three-volume Physics. A General Course. It contains about 1200 questions and problems, most of which are original.  Problems of a varying degree of difficulty have been included. For this reason, the book can be used with equal success at higher schools with either a normal or an extended syllabus in physics. In compiling the book, the author gave preference to real problems from everyday life, science, and engineering instead of to abstract ones. The problems are arranged in a logical sequence and in the order of increasing difficulty. Consequently, work on the preceding problems prepares the student for solving the following ones. The book is divided into three sections: (1) questions and problems; (2) answers; and (3) hints on solving or the solutions of the most difficult problems. The book has appendices that will be helpful in solving the problems. It is intended for students of higher technical schools. Igor V. Savelyev, D.Sc. (Physics and Mathematics), has been head of the Department of General Physics at the Moscow Institute of Engineering Physics for over 25 years, after devoting quite a few years to experimental physics. He is the author of about 100 published works in physics, including Physics. A General Course, in three volumes, and Fundamentals of Theoretical Physics, in two volumes, both of which have been translated into English by Mir Publishers. His principal interests include instruction in physics at higher technical schools and its improvement. Professor Savelyev holds the title of Honoured Scientist of the RSFSR and is a USSR State Prize Winner. All credits to IA user  Quantum AI Translated from the Russian by G. Leib Table of Contents Preface Introduction I. Very Briefly on the Psychology of Scientific Work II. Methodological Instructions III. On Calculations with Approximate Numbers IV. Explanations in Connection with the Numerical Coefficients in the Conditions of Problems PART 1 THE PHYSICAL FUNDAMENTALS OF MECHANICS Symbols Kinematics Dynamics of a Point Particle and of Translational Motion of a Body. Work and Power Energy Momentum Angular Momentum Non-Inertial Reference Frames Mechanics of a Rigid Body Universal Gravitation Oscillatory Motion Relativistic Mechanics Hydrodynamics PART 2 MOLECULAR PHYSICS AND THERMODYNAMICS Symbols Molecular-Kinetic Notions. The First Law of Thermodynamics Ideal Gas The Kinetic Theory Distributions Entropy Cycles Van der Waals Equation Liquids and Crystals Phase Equilibria and Transitions Physical Kinetics PART 3 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM Symbols Electric Field in a Vacuum Electric Field in Dielectrics Conductors in an Electric Field Energy of an Electric Field Electric Current Magnetic Field in a Vacuum Magnetic Field in a Substance Electromagnetic Induction Motion of Charged Particles in Electric and Magnetic Fields Electrical Oscillations PART 4 WAVES Symbols Elastic Waves Sound Electromagnetic Waves PART 5 OPTICS Symbols Geometrical Optics. Photometry Interference of Light Diffraction of Light Polarization of Light Interaction of Light Waves with a Substance Moving Media Optics PART 6 ATOMIC PHYSICS Symbols Thermal Radiation Photons Rutherford Formula. Bohr Atom Spectra of Atoms and Molecules Quantum Mechanics Quantum-Mechanical Description of the States of Atoms Solid State Physics Binding Energy of a Nucleus. Radioactivity ANSWERS Part 1. The Physical Fundamentals of Mechanics Part 2. Molecular Physics and Thermodynamics Part 3. Electricity and Magnetism Part 4. Waves Part 5. Optics Part 6. Atomic Physics HINTS ON HOW TO SOLVE PROBLEMS APPENDICES Fundamental Physical Constants Astronomical Quantities Density of Selected Substances Gas Constants Van der Waals Constants Constants of Water and Ice Coefficient of Surface Tension Wavelength Intervals Corresponding to Different Spectrum Colours Work Function of Selected Metals Atomic Number and Mass of Selected Elementary Particles and Isotopes Formulas for Approximate Calculations Calculation of Sums with the Aid of Integrals Selected Mathematical Formulas Selected Numbers SI Prefixes to Names of Units Table of Sines

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:I.V. Savelyev - Questions and Problems in General Physics - Mir - 1984:epub:b97ed741-8950-41e5-b419-d4e834f29e80

format:
Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,LCP Encrypted EPUB,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",a href="https://archive.org/details/@quantum_ai" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;" rel="ugc nofollow"

subject:
soviet literature,problem books,problems and solution,physics,mechanics,thermodynamics,electricity,magnetism,waves,optics,atomic physics,problem-solving,physical constants,quantum mechanics


btih: 637049ff06c3cbf8e5f24b36c588c4b6f6624439
creator: I. S. Turgenev
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-s.-turgenev-mumu-flph-1950
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-02-18T09:58:17Z,2026-02-04T22:21:29Z
publicdate: 2025-02-18T09:58:17Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,russian literature,short stories
title: Mumu
year: 1950
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aldenjix,fav-jerax,fav-mariano_sabido_m,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-silvvae,fav-tuckerboy_2

description:
Mumu is a short story by Ivan Turgenev that explores themes of oppression, power, and the struggles of the lower class in 19th-century Russia. It follows Gerasim, a deaf and mute serf with great physical strength but a gentle heart, who serves a wealthy and capricious old lady. He rescues and cares for a small dog he names Mumu, forming a deep bond with it. However, when his mistress orders the dog to be removed because its barking irritates her, Gerasim is forced to drown Mumu in the river, symbolising his helplessness under the rigid social hierarchy. After this tragic act, he abandons his service and returns to his village, making a silent but defiant escape from his oppressive life. “Turgenev was a man of high intelligence and deep convictions, and he always upheld the ideals of humanity. He introduced these ideals into Russian life with a deliberate consistency that constitutes his principal and invaluable service to Russian society. In this respect, he is the direct successor to Pushkin...” — M. Saltykov-Shchedrin Translated from the Russian by Ivy Litvinov Illustrated by Nikolai Kuzmin Many thanks to Shankar Brahme Samaj Vigyan Granthalaya, Pune for providing access to the book.


btih: d63fca096a7779b6edae04ad8727ed5946d83370
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: B.M. Smirnov
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: b.-m.-smirnov-physics-of-weakly-ionized-gases-problems-and-solutions-mir-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-06-01T09:07:23Z,2026-06-01T10:15:40Z
publicdate: 2026-06-01T09:07:23Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
stripped_tags: strong,em,span class="hover:entity-accent entity-underline inline cursor-pointer align-baseline"
title: Physics Of Weakly Ionized Gases (problems And Solutions)
year: 1981
description:
Each section of the book contains a theoretical part and problems with solutions. More than 200 problems on the generation and motion of charged particles in plasma, plasma oscillations, and the magnetic and electrical properties of plasma are discussed in the book. The author aims at revealing the physical meaning of the problems and, at the same time, acquainting the reader with the procedures and methods employed in solving them. The book is intended for university students specialising in physics and related fields. It can also be used as a handbook by practitioners in these areas, since many of the problems are based on recently published results and the appendices contain the necessary reference data. Doctor of Physico-Mathematical Sciences  Boris Mikhailovich Smirnov  has been teaching physics at the  Moscow Power Engineering Institute  for ten years. His fields of research are the physics of weakly ionised gases and elementary processes in plasmas. He has more than one hundred publications to his credit, including textbooks, teaching aids for young specialists, and about ten monographs. His publications include  Atomic Collisions and Elementary Processes in Plasma ,  Newly Excited Atoms in Plasma ,  Transport Phenomena in Plasma  (in collaboration),  Gas Lasers  (in collaboration), and  Introduction to Plasma Physics . Dr. B. M. Smirnov is also Editor-in-Chief of the journal  Reviews of Plasma Chemistry , issued by the  Russian Academy of Sciences . Translated from the Russian by Oleg Glebov  Contents  Preface  Chapter 1. The Boltzmann Kinetic Equation 1.1. Properties of the Kinetic Equation 1.2. Transport Phenomena in Gases 1.3. The Fokker--Planck Equation 1.4. Diffusion and Translational Motion of Particles in a Gas  Chapter 2. Charged Particles in a Gas 2.1. Plasma Properties Due to Charged Particles 2.2. Statistical Physics of a Weakly Ionized Gas 2.3. Motion of Electrons in a Gas Under the Effect of External Fields 2.4. Plasma in External Fields  Chapter 3. Waves in Plasma 3.1. Small-amplitude Oscillations in Plasma 3.2. Attenuation and Growth of Waves in Plasma 3.3. Nonlinear Phenomena in Plasma  Chapter 4. Processes Involving Charged Particles in Gases 4.1. Motion of Ions in a Gas in External Fields 4.2. Diffusion of Charged Particles in a Gas in External Fields 4.3. Formation of Charged Particles in a Weakly Ionized Plasma 4.4. Recombination of Charged Particles in Plasma  Chapter 5. Propagation of Radiation in Gases 5.1. Equilibrium of Radiation and Gas 5.2. Propagation of Resonance Radiation in a Gas 5.3. Propagation of Infrared Radiation in a Molecular Gas  Chapter 6. Some Properties of the Gas Discharge 6.1. The Diffusion Mode of the Positive Discharge Column 6.2. The Positive Column of the Low-pressure Discharge 6.3. Ignition Conditions for Low-current Discharges  Appendices  Bibliography  Subject Index

subject:
plasma physics,kinetic theory,boltzmann equation,charged particles,plasma waves,gas discharge,weakly ionized plasma,transport phenomena,plasma radiation,statistical physics,soviet literature,physics


btih: 0fee7b545a13972d6a2210aeadea3e77fb902dd9
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Aleksandr I. Kuprin
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: aleksandr-i.-kuprin-cain-1916
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-23T07:40:29Z,2026-05-23T07:52:27Z
publicdate: 2026-05-23T07:40:29Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
subject: russian literature,classics of russian literature,russian short stories
title: Cain
year: 2026
description:
A symbolic narrative built around the biblical theme of fratricide and guilt. It examines moral responsibility and the enduring psychological weight of wrongdoing. Translated from Russian by Rosa Savary Graham and Stephen Graham Originally published in 1916


btih: dec3604f261f527be8be6d84647034c2ba74a044
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-cirkazz,fav-hannah_8208
creator: D. Granin
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: d.-granin-those-who-seek-flph-1950
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-16T14:33:50Z,2026-02-04T19:57:03Z
publicdate: 2025-01-16T14:33:50Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,russian literature
title: Those Who Seek (Library of Selected Soviet Literarture)
year: 1950
description:
A Soviet era novel. Translated from the Russian By Robert Daglish Designed by V. Noskov Note the decade is approximate


btih: 0084aa704f5afc9049ff27f01acc9f86620f249e
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-andres8,fav-ilem,fav-kimberly_watts842
creator: D. Valovoi,H. Lapshina
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: d.-valovoi-h..-lapshina-names-of-an-obelisk-progress-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-10-01T15:45:38Z,2026-06-16T13:21:32Z
publicdate: 2024-10-01T15:45:38Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
stripped_tags: a href="https://archive.org/details/namesonanobelisk" rel="ugc nofollow"
subject: soviet literature,socialism,history,ideology
title: Names On An Obelisk
year: 1983
description:
Some twenty years ago two young people, Dmitry Valovoi and Henrietta Lapshina, walking in the Alexandrovsky Gardens of the Moscow Kremlin, became interested in the names carved in a stone. To find exhaustive information of each person named on the obelisk turned out to be a no easy matter, involving painstaking research, which developed into serious scientific work. It culminated in the creation of a book, brought out in Russian in 1980 and now published in English. Dmitry Valovoi is a Doctor of Economics and publicist on the staff of the newspaper Pravda. Henrietta Lapshina is an economist.  Translated from the Russian by Peter Greenwood  Designed by T. Samigulin CONTENTS Preface 4 Karl Marx (1818-1883). Never Can I Do in Peace 11 Frederick Engels (1820-1895). An Encounter Which Lasted Forty Years 31 Wilhelm Liebknecht (1826-1900). No Compromises! 49 Ferdinand Lassalle (1825-1864). “The Enemy of Our Enemies” 69 August Bebel (1840-1913). That Is What We Should Dream of! 84 Tommaso Campanella (1568-1639). A Bell Ushering in a New Era 105 Jean Mellier (1664-1729). Testament 128 Gerrard Winstanley (1609-1652). “According to the Laws of Freedom and Justice” 144 Thomas More (1478-1535). Minds Are Awakening 157 Henri Saint-Simon (1760-1825). The Future Belongs to Us 176 Edouard Vaillant (1840-1915). On the Barricades of the Paris Commune 196 Charles Fourier (1772-1837). An Axiom of Social Philosophy 220 Jean Jaurès (1859-1914). The Joy of Life and Struggle 241 Pierre Proudhon (1809-1865). Unjust Justice 261 Mikhail Bakunin (1814-1876). A Restless Soul 278 Nikolai Chernyshevsky (1828-1889). Waiting for an Early Revolution 296 Pyotr Lavrov (1823-1900). We Renounce the Old World 313 Nikolai Mikhailovsky (1842-1904). Bang the Heads of the Bird of Prey 325 Georgi Plekhanov (1856-1918). There Is No Other Way Out for Us 339 Notes 361 This is a cleaned optimised scan, Original scan A 1983 Soviet work. Scanned by Ismail, sent to him by InDefenseOfToucans.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: V. Suteyev
description: A children's story book
identifier: different-wheels-v.-suteyev
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2020-08-15T09:37:51Z,2026-02-04T20:21:18Z
publicdate: 2020-08-15T09:37:51Z
subject: raduga,telugu,mititles,children's book,stories,pictures
title: వేర్వేరు చక్రాలు వి. సుతేయేవ్ ( Different Wheels V. Suteyev)
format:
Abbyy GZ,Djvu XML,Item Tile,Metadata,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF


creator: D. Rabinovich
date: 1959-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: d.-rabinovich-dmitry-shostakovich-composer-flph-1959
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-05-18T16:01:04Z,2026-02-04T19:56:59Z
publicdate: 2024-05-18T16:01:04Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
title: Dmitry Shostakovich Composer
year: 1959
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dunja_stojkovic123,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-jabberwockle,fav-luna_liu181,fav-nikemaul

description:
A biography of life and times of great Soviet era composer Dmitry Shostakovich. Illustrated with several photographs from his childhood, during work and performances.  Translated from the Russian by George Hanna Designed by R. Vardzigulyants

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:D. Rabinovich - Dmitry Shostakovich Composer - FLPH - 1959:epub:6328e877-685a-4f20-b9c0-749484580062

format:
DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,LCP Encrypted EPUB,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
soviet literature,biography,music,music history,soviet music,soviet arts,opera,symphonies,Shostakovich,russian musicians


btih: 311eba7f79949c8f57e22db7a88b4d2a6408e71e
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-coop1er,fav-sureshpal360
creator: रसूल हमजातोव (Rasul Gamzatov)
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: rasul-gamzatov-my-dagistan-in-hindi-raduga-1990
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-02-26T04:15:33Z,2026-02-05T22:20:09Z
publicdate: 2025-02-26T04:15:33Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers,रादुगा प्रकाशन
title: मेरा दागिस्तान (My Dagistan In Hindi)
year: 1990
description:
लेखक इसीलिए पुस्तकें लिखते हैं ताकि लोगों को युग और अपने बारे में, आत्मा की हलचल के संबंध में बता सकें, उन्हें अपनी भावनाओं और विचारों से अवगत करा सकें। संभवतः कविगण ही संसार के सर्वाधिक उदार व्यक्ति होते हैं। वे लोगों को सबसे अधिक मूल्यवान और वांछित चीजें प्रदान करते हैं। पुश्किन से लेकर त्वार्डोव्स्की तक, रूसी कवियों ने अपने देश रूस, उसके इतिहास, उसकी महानता और उसकी आत्मा को व्यक्त किया। शेवचेंको और रोल्स्तो ने सुख-दुःख के साथ जीवन की कठिनाइयों को उकेरा। रुस्तावेली और लिओनिद्ज़े ने कोमल भावनाओं तथा साहस को चित्रित किया। इसाक्यान का मैं आभारी हूं कि उन्होंने मेरी आत्मा को, अवार जाति के व्यक्ति को, सेवाना की घाटियों और अरारात के हिमाच्छादित शिखरों की छटा दिखाई। विभिन्न देशों, युगों, राष्ट्रों और जनसमुदायों के कवि स्पेन की धूप और आकाश, इटली की मधुर धुनें और रंग, भारत की प्रार्थनाएं तथा प्रेम और सत्य का सौंदर्य मेरे पहाड़ों तक लाए। मेरे पूर्वजों और मेरे देश के महान कवियों की विरासत के रूप में मुझे एक अनमोल खज़ाना प्राप्त हुआ है। यह घटना वर्ष 1923 की है, जब दूरदराज़ के त्सादा गांव में जन्मे पहाड़ी जनकवि रसूल हमज़ातोव ने अपनी भूमि की सांस्कृतिक निधि को समाहित किया। "मेरा दागिस्तान" का यह दूसरा संस्करण पाठकों के समक्ष प्रस्तुत किया जा रहा है। यह पुस्तक आत्मकथात्मक शैली में लिखी गई है। इसे सच्चे दिल से लिखा गया है, और यह लोगों के प्रति स्नेह तथा उनके संघर्षों के प्रति सहा अनुवादक : डॉ० मदनलाल मधु ' चित्रकार : न० एल्कोनीना Credits to the original uploader, this is a cleaned, optimised scan. Note: There is warping on some pages but the text is clear and readable. 

subject:
soviet literature,russian literature,russian stories,russian novels,सोवियत साहित्य,रूसी साहित्य,रूसी कहानियां,रूसी उपन्यास


btih: 3a6b92977f1100d6fb24d37b920380c83616fa22
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_superuser,fav-jsanc484,fav-pio07
creator: A. Kutepov,A. Rubanov
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-kutepov-a.-rubanov-problem-book-algebra-and-elmentary-functions-mir-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-14T10:33:46Z,2026-05-14T11:24:10Z
publicdate: 2026-05-14T10:33:46Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: sovlet literature,problem books,problems and solutions,mathematics
title: Problem Book Algebra And Elmentary Functions
year: 1978
description:
This problem book is intended for secondary school students. In this problem book, the authors have selected and methodologically arranged problems and excercises on algebra and elementary functions which encompass all the standard secondary school mathematics program. Moreover, this problem book contains two review chapters which help the instructor to organize work for the students with the goal in mind of preparing them for examinations. In each paragraph, the problems and exercises are arranged in an ascending order of complexity. The most difficult problems are noted with an asterisk. These problems can be used for group work or for homework. In this work, the authors accepted much valuable advice from their review editors R. A. Kalnin and I . M. Smychkovich, and the authors would like to express their deep thanks to them. Translated from the Russian by Leonid Levant All credits to the original uploaders


creator: N. Piskounov (Piskunov)
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-piskounov-n.-piskunov-calculo-diferencial-e-integral.-2-edicoes-lopes-da-silva-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: por
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-05-23T17:27:55Z,2026-02-05T20:41:09Z
publicdate: 2022-05-23T17:27:55Z
title: Cálculo Diferencial E Integral - Volume 2
year: 1988
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aaron_vila_a_moyon,fav-adriano_sousa_rodrigues,fav-arodzz,fav-carlos_joel_codova_cortavarr_a,fav-cvmdsgamer,fav-edson_luiz_ribeiro,fav-fameneses,fav-hcber,fav-isabella_vicente_rodrigues,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-lauren_santos434,fav-mateus_mesquita_teixeira,fav-nikemaul,fav-olavo_oliveira,fav-pb_ess,fav-pedro_braga406,fav-pedros_81,fav-pio07,fav-retr0_sd,fav-vicentesf,fav-vitor_olivieri

description:
Sobre o livro Livro de texto do falecido professor Nikolai Piskunov DSs (física e Matemática) é dedicado às divisões mais importantes da matemática superior. Esta edição revisada e publicada pela última vez em dois volumes O primeiro volume trata dos seguintes tópicos: número, variável, Função, limite, continuidade de uma função, derivada e diferencial, certos teoremas sobre funções diferenciáveis, a curvatura de uma curva, Números Complexos, polinômios, funções de várias variáveis, aplicações de Cálculo Diferencial para geometria sólida, a Integral indefinida, a Integral definida, aplicações mecânicas da Integral Definida. O segundo volume trata dos seguintes tópicos: Equações Diferenciais, Integrais múltiplas, integrais de linha e superfície, Séries, Séries de Fourier, equações da Física Matemática, Cálculo operacional e certas de suas aplicações, elementos da teoria da probabilidade e Estatística Matemática, matrizes. Existem inúmeros exemplos e problemas em cada seção do curso muitos deles demonstram os laços entre matemática e outros sentidos, tornando o livro útil para o auto-estudo é um livro didático para escolas técnicas superiores que passou por várias edições em russo e também foi traduzido para francês e espanhol.

format:
Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
matemática superior,Equações Diferenciais,Integrais múltiplas,integrais de linha e superfície,Séries,Séries de Fourier,equações da Física Matemática,Cálculo operacional e certas de suas aplicações,elementos da teoria da probabilidade e Estatística Matemática,matrizes


btih: 477bb134913500251406bd139ca6a08237d10285
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: মা-বাবার বই (V. Volodov)
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: how-society-develops-chelemeye-manush-kora-prosonge-v.-volodov_202512
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-05T13:46:18Z,2025-12-05T14:30:10Z
publicdate: 2025-12-05T13:46:18Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature
title: ছেলে–মেয়ে মানুষ করা প্রসঙ্গে (How Society Develops in Bengali)
year: 1986
description:
মূল রুশ থেকে অনুবাদ: বিজয় পাল সম্পাদনা: ড. ন. গুলেতোভ সংগ্রাহক: ও. গ. সূষ্ণের্দলোভা All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.


btih: ffa848ab5913b50feddc3075e0acaeee040dbb56
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: how-the-goose-was-divided-lativian-folktale-and-the-landlord-and-the-cook-moldov
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-24T06:29:45Z,2025-12-24T09:02:41Z
publicdate: 2025-12-24T06:29:45Z
publisher: Minsk Yunatstva
subject: soviet literature,children's books,folk tales,moldovian folktale,fairy tales,lativian folk tales
year: 1989
description:
A collection of two folk tales translated to Telugu బాతుల పంపకం లాత్వియా జానపద కథ యజమాని - వంటమనిషి మోల్దేవియన్ జానపద కథ అనువాదం : కె. సురేష్, బొమ్మలు : ఎన్. బైరాచ్ని భారతదేశ మొదటి ముద్రణ : మంచి పుస్తకం Illustrated by N. Bairachny Many thanks to Anil Battula Garu for sharing these scans.

title:
బాతుల పంపకం లాత్వియా జానపద కథ (How The Goose Was Divided ( Lativian Folktale) And The Landlord And The Cook ( Moldovian Folktale) In Telugu)


creator: I. M. Yaglom
date: 1968-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-m.-yaglom-geometric-transformations-2-1968
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-08-20T05:02:04Z,2026-03-04T19:02:51Z
publicdate: 2023-08-20T05:02:04Z
title: Geometric Transformations 2
year: 1968
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ahylla,fav-aliedi,fav-amohan526,fav-dstev1,fav-elias_enedino_calder_n_velasquez,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-juneid_teklu,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-sejtan,fav-vignam

description:
The present volume is Part II of Geometric Transformations by I. M. Yaglom. The English translation of Part I has already appeared in this series. In the original Russian edition (1955) the two parts were published together in a single volume, and Part III appeared as a separate volume. An English translation of Part III will appear presently. This book is not a text in plane geometry; on the contrary, the author assumes that the reader already has some familiarity with the subject. Part II deals with similar figures and with transformations that preserve similarity. As in Part I, the problems are the heart of the book. There are eightythree problems in all, and the reader should attempt to solve them for himself before turning to the solutions in the second half of the book. The numbering of the problems is not the same in the English edition as in the original Russian. In the Russian the problems were numbered consecutively from 1 to 106 (Problems 1-47 were in Part I, and 48-106 were in Part II). In the English translation the numbering has started over again in Part II. A chart comparing the numbering in the original and the translation has been included, since in Part I there are several references to problems in Part II, and these references used the problem numbers from the Russian original. This work, consisting of three parts, is devoted to elementary geometry. A vast amount of material has been accumulated in elementary geometry, especially in the nineteenth century. Many beautiful and unexpected theorems were proved about circles, triangles, polygons, etc. Within elementary geometry whole separate “sciences” arose, such as the geometry of the triangle or the geometry of the tetrahedron, having their own, extensive, subject matter, their own problems, and their own methods of solving these problems. The task of the present work is not to acquaint the reader with a series of theorems that are new to him. It seems to us that what has been said above does not, by itself, justify the appearance of a special monograph devoted to elementary geometry, because most of the theorems of elementary geometry that go beyond the limits of a high school course are merely curiosities that have no special use and lie outside the mainstream of mathematical development. However, in addition to concrete theorems, elementary geometry contains two important general ideas that form the basis of all further development in geometry, and whose importance extends far beyond these broad limits. We have in mind the deductive method and the axiomatic foundation of geometry on the one hand, and geometric transformations and the group-theoretic foundation of geometry on the other. These ideas have been very fruitful; the development of each leads to non-EucIidean geometry. The description of one of these ideas, the idea of the group-theoretic foundation of geometry, is the basic task of this work .... Let us say a few more words about the character of the book. It is intended for a fairly wide class of readers; in such cases it is always necessary to sacrifice the interests of some readers for those of others. The author has sacrificed the interests of the well prepared reader, and has striven for simplicity and clearness rather than for rigor and for logical exactness. Thus, for example, in this book we do not define the general concept of a geometric transformation, since defining terms that are intuitively clear always causes difficulties for inexperienced readers. For the same reason it was necessary to refrain from using directed angles and to postpone to the second chapter the introduction of directed segments, in spite of the disadvantage that certain arguments in the basic text and in the solutions of the problems must, strictly speaking, be considered incomplete .... It seemed to us that in all these cases the well prepared reader could complete the reasoning for himself, and that the lack of rigor would not disturb the less well prepared reader--- The same considerations played a considerable role in the choice of terminology. The author became convinced from his own experience as a student that the presence of a large number of unfamiliar terms greatly increases the difficulty of a book, and therefore he has attempted to practice the greatest economy in this respect. In certain cases this has led him to avoid certain terms that would have been convenient, thus sacrificing the interests of the well prepared reader .... The problems provide an opportunity for the reader to see how well he has mastered the theoretical material. He need not solve all the problems in order, but is urged to solve at least one (preferably several) from each group of problems; the book is constructed so that, by proceeding in this manner, the reader will not lose any essential part of the content. After solving (or trying to solve) a problem, he should study the solution given in the back of the book. The formulation of the problems is not, as a rule, connected with the text of the book; the solutions, on the other hand, use the basic material and apply the transformations to elementary geometry. Special attention is paid to methods rather than to results; thus a particular exercise may appear in several places because the comparison of different methods of solving a problem is always instructive. There are many problems in construction. In solving these we are not interested in the “simplest” (in some sense) construction—instead the author takes the point of view that these problems present mainly a logical interest and does not concern himself with actually carrying out the construction.

subject:
geometry,similarity transformations,central similarity,spiral similarity,isometries,applications,problems


backup_location: ia906806_12
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-chaima_jelassi,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess
creator: B. V. Derjaguin and D. V. Fedoseev
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
format: Abbyy GZ,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF
identifier: DerjaguinFedoseevDiamondsWroughtByManScientistsToSchoolChildrenMir1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2019-01-09T06:29:19Z,2026-02-04T20:17:29Z
publicdate: 2019-01-09T06:29:19Z
title: Diamonds Wrought By Man (Scientists To School Children)
year: 1985
description:
About the book Today, scientists of many countries are working on techniques for making large gem diamonds. Undoubtedly, they shall soon find efficient methods for their production. But before this time comes, many events will occur in the history of diamond synthesis. Investigators are faced with much time-consuming research aimed at improving existing procedures for diamond synthesis, such as the high-pressure method or the growing of diamonds and seed crystal enlargement from a carbonaceous gas. They are also engaged in the development of new techniques based on the latest advances in various branches of science. We have made an attempt in this book to tell the story of how close cooperation between chemists and physicists enabled mankind to produce synthetic diamonds, a wonder-material that previously could only be envisioned. About the authors  Boris Vladimirovich Derjaguin, D.Sc. (Chem.), is an eminent Soviet scientist in the field of physical chemistry, and an associate member of the USSR Academy o f Sciences since 1946. Dr. Derjaguin was bom in Moscow in 1902 and graduated from the Physics and Mathematics Depart­ ment of Moscow University in 1922. In 1935 he organized the Thin Films Laboratory in the Physical Chemistry Institute of the USSR Academy of Sciences. Dr. Derjaguin has written more than 900 papers in this area of physical chemistry. In 1958 he received the Lomonosov Medal from the USSR Academy of Sciences. Dr. Derjaguin was awarded an honorary degree by Clarkson College of Technology USA- he is also a member of the Carolinische Deutsche Naturforscher. Dmitri Valerianovich Fedoseev, D.Sc. (Chem.), heads a laboratory in the Physical Chemistry Institute of the USSR Academy of Sciences. Dr. Fedoseev was born in 1934; he graduated in 1956 from the Chemical Department of Odessa University. Dr. Fedoseev is a specialist in chemical kinetics and the physical chemistry of surface phenomena. His main investigations have been in the synthesis of diamond and graphite, as well as the formation of a new phase. He has published over 100 scientific papers, and is the coauthor of three monographs in his field. He was also a member of the team that discovered filamentary diamond crystals. The book was translated from the Russian by Nicholas Weinstein and was published by Mir in 1985. Contents Foreword 7  King of the Minerals 8 Diamond’s Professions and Trades 22 Natural Diamonds 28 Three Periods in the History of Diamond Synthesis 38 What Nucleation Is About 46 For Those Who Want More Details 48 Diamond Synthesis at High Pressures 60 Diamond Powder Growth at Low Pressures 79 Growth of Diamond Films and Crystals at Low Pressures 99 Polycrystalline Diamond Materials 115 Science, Engineering and Synthetic Diamond 124 Not Only Diamonds Are Man-Made 139

stripped_tags:
div class="page" title="Page 7",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",span style="font-size:11pt;font-family:TimesNewRomanPSMT;",span style="font-family:TimesNewRomanPSMT;font-size:11pt;"

subject:
materials science,physics,surface,diamonds,artificial,technology,history,diamond synthesis,films,powser,structure,process,crystals


btih: 75bc384ff8df42f4562244bbc30bb232bfdf0f8e
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ফিওদর দস্তয়েভস্কি (Fyodor Dostoyevsky)
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: humiliated-and-offended-bonchito-lanchhito-fyodor-dostoyevsky_202512
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-13T05:19:09Z,2025-12-13T07:14:06Z
publicdate: 2025-12-13T05:19:09Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
stripped_tags: strong
subject: russian novel,রাশিয়ান উপন্যাস,soviet literature,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য
title: বঞ্চিত লাঞ্চিতো (The Insulated and The Humiliated in Bengali)
year: 1978
description:
ফিওদর দস্তয়েভস্কির  ‘বঞ্চিত ও লাঞ্চিত’  উপন্যাসটি মূলত মানুষের অহঙ্কার, নৈতিক সংকট এবং সামাজিক বৈষম্যের গভীর চিত্র তুলে ধরে। উপন্যাসের কেন্দ্রীয় চরিত্র ইভগেনি রোদিয়নোভিচ রাসকলনিকভ, একজন সংবেদনশীল কিন্তু মানসিকভাবে অসহায় যুবক, যিনি সামাজিক অসমতা ও ব্যক্তিগত দুর্ভাগ্যের সঙ্গে লড়াই করছেন। তিনি প্রেম, বন্ধুত্ব এবং পরিবারের সম্পর্কের মধ্যে মানসিক দ্বন্দ্ব অনুভব করেন। তার অহঙ্কার, প্রেমের অপ্রকাশিত আকাঙ্ক্ষা এবং সামাজিক মর্যাদার জন্য লড়াই তাকে ক্রমে একাকীত্ব এবং হতাশার দিকে ঠেলে দেয়। দ্বিতীয় অংশে রোদিয়নোভিচের জীবন আরও জটিল হয়ে ওঠে, যেখানে তার নৈতিকতা, দায়িত্ববোধ এবং মানসিক সংকটের পরীক্ষা হয়। তিনি নিজের অস্তিত্বের অর্থ খুঁজতে শুরু করেন এবং বুঝতে চেষ্টা করেন কীভাবে মানুষের অহঙ্কার, বিদ্বেষ এবং সামাজিক দমন প্রতিকূলতার মধ্যে সঠিক পথ খুঁজে পাওয়া যায়। দস্তয়েভস্কি এই উপন্যাসের মাধ্যমে মানুষের দুর্বলতা, আত্মসমালোচনা এবং সামাজিক ভ্রান্তির প্রভাবকে স্পষ্টভাবে তুলে ধরেছেন। এটি পাঠককে নৈতিক ও মানসিক গভীরতার সাথে মানুষের জীবনের জটিলতা ভাবতে বাধ্য করে। All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.


btih: fc9e553108c3e370b990ee31b90b83dfe59eee97
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-little-clay-hut-russian-folk-tales-about-animals-in-kannada-raduga-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: kan
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-07T15:07:17Z,2026-06-29T05:07:07Z
publicdate: 2024-12-07T15:07:17Z
publisher: Raduga
year: 1982
description:
ಪ್ರಾಣಿಗಳ ಕುರಿತು ರಷ್ಯನ್ ಜಾನಪದ ಕಥೆಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಕೆಲವನ್ನು ಇಲ್ಲಿ ಆಯ್ದು ಕೊಡಲಾಗಿದೆ. ಇವೆಲ್ಲ ತಮ್ಮ ವಿಲಕ್ಷಣತೆಯಿಂದ ಆಕರ್ಷಣೀಯವಾಗಿವೆ, ಕುತೂಹಲ ಕೆರಳಿಸುವಂತಹವಾಗಿವೆ. ಮಕ್ಕಳಿಗೆಂದು ರಚಿತವಾಗಿ ದ್ದರೂ ಇವು ಚಿಕ್ಕವರಿಗೂ ದೊಡ್ಡವರಿಗೂ ಎಲ್ಲರಿಗೂ ಮೆಚ್ಚಿಗೆಯಾಗುತ್ತವೆ. ಇವುಗಳಲ್ಲಿ ಪ್ರಾಣಿಗಳೂ ಪಕ್ಷಿಗಳೂ ಮನುಷ್ಯರಂತೆಯೇ ಮಾತನಾಡುತ್ತವೆ, ಮನುಷ್ಯ ರಂತೆಯೇ ಚಿಂತಿಸುತ್ತವೆ, ಮನುಷ್ಯರಂತೆಯೇ ವರ್ತಿಸುತ್ತವೆ. ಅವುಗಳಲ್ಲೂ ಕೆಲವು ಒಳ್ಳೆಯವು, ಕೆಲವು ಕೆಟ್ಟವು. ಕೆಲವು ಧೈರ್ಯಶಾಲಿಯಾದವು, ಕೆಲವು ಅಂಜುಕುಳಿಗಳು. ಕೆಲವು ಮೂರ್ಖಶಿಖಾಮಣಿಗಳಾದರೆ ಇನ್ನು ಕೆಲವು ಬಹಳ ಬುದ್ಧಿಶಾಲಿಯಾದವು. ಇಲ್ಲಿ ಕೊಟ್ಟಿರುವುವೆಲ್ಲ ಜಾನಪದ ಕಥೆಗಳು. ಇವನ್ನು ಸುಪ್ರಸಿದ್ದ ರಷ್ಯನ್ ಸಾಹಿತಿ ಅಲೆಕ್ಸಯ್ ತೊಲ್ಸ್ ತೋಯ್‌ರವರು ಪುಟಾಣಿ ಮಕ್ಕಳಿಗಾಗಿ ಹೇಳಿರು ವಂತೆ ನೀಡಲಾಗಿದೆ. ಇವಕ್ಕೆ ಹೆಸರಾಂತ ರಷ್ಯನ್ ಕಲಾವಿದ ಯೆವೇನಿ ರಾಚೆವ್ ಸೊಗಸಾದ ಚಿತ್ರಗಳನ್ನು ಬಿಡಿಸಿದ್ದಾರೆ. ಈ ಚಿತ್ರಗಳು ನಮ್ಮನ್ನು ಒಂದು ರಮ್ಯ ಪ್ರಪಂಚಕ್ಕೆ ಕರೆದೊಯ್ಯುತ್ತವೆ. ಅವನ್ನು ನೋಡುವುದೇ ಒಂದು ಆನಂದ. ವಿಷಯ ಸೂಚಿ ಟರ್ನಿಪ್ ಗೆಡ್ಡೆ . 8 ಮಣ್ಣಿನ ಮನೆ 12 ತೋಳ ಮತ್ತು ಮೇಕೆಯ ಮರಿಗಳು ... 24 ನರಿ ಮತ್ತು ಮೈನಾ ಹಕ್ಕಿ 32 ರೈತ ಮತ್ತು ಕರಡಿ 42 ನರಿ ಮತ್ತು ಕೊಕ್ಕರೆ 46 ಜಂಭಗಾರ ಮೊಲ 50 ಕರಡಿ ಮತ್ತು ನರಿ .. .. 54 ಬೂದುಬೆಕ್ಕು, ಹೋತ ಮತ್ತು ಟಗರು .. 60 ಪುಟ್ಟ ಹುಡುಗಿ ಮತ್ತು ಬಾತುಕೋಳಿಗಳು 68 ಅನುವಾದ: ಕೆ. ಎಲ್. ಗೋಪಾಲಕೃಷ್ಣರಾವ್

format:
Additional Text PDF,Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
soviet literature,children's literature,picture story book,illustrated books,folk tales,fairy tales,russian,animal stories,ಸೋವಿಯತ್ ಸಾಹಿತ್ಯ,ಮಕ್ಕಳ ಸಾಹಿತ್ಯ,ಚಿತ್ರ ಕಥೆ ಪುಸ್ತಕ,ಸಚಿತ್ರ ಪುಸ್ತಕಗಳು,ಜಾನಪದ ಕಥೆಗಳು,ಕಾಲ್ಪನಿಕ ಕಥೆಗಳು,ರಷ್ಯನ್,ಪ್ರಾಣಿ ಕಥೆಗಳು

title:
ಮಣ್ಣಿನ ಮನೆ ಪ್ರಾಣಿಗಳ ಕುರಿತು ರಷ್ಯನ್ ಜಾನಪದ ಕಥೆಗಳು (The Little Clay Hut Russian Folk Tales About Animals In Kannada)


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-pio07
creator: S. Fridrikhov,S. Movnine
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: s.-fridrikhov-s.-movnine-bases-physiques-de-la-technique-electronique-mir-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-06-04T05:36:40Z,2026-06-30T09:12:58Z
publicdate: 2023-06-04T05:36:40Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Bases Physiques De La Technique Électronique
year: 1985
description:
L'électronique est un puissant stimulant du progrès dans tous les domaines de la science et des techniques. Le présent ouvrage a pour objet un exposé systématique des principes physiques des dispositifs de l’électronique. .Dans ce livre on étudie les lois physiques, qualitatives et quantitatives, qui régissent les phénomènes intervenant dans les appareils quantiques et micro-électroniques, les dispositifs à faisceaux électroniques et à semi-conducteurs, les tubes à gaz, les tubes aux hyperfréquences et les tubes à vide. Dans les appareils électroniques on utilise des substances dans tous les quatre états: les corps solides, les liquides, les gaz et le plasma. On y fait appel à divers types d’interactions électromagnétiques ainsi qu’à des champs électriques et magnétiques, statiques et variables (y compris à hyperfréquences), de différentes configurations dans lesquels se déplacent des flux de particules chargées. De nombreux effets physiques qui s’y manifestent ont un caractère quantique. Pour bien comprendre les principes de fonctionnement des appareils électroniques et, à plus forte raison, pour pouvoir concevoir et réaliser de nouveaux appareils et dispositifs, il faut connaître les processus physiques compliqués qui s’y déroulent. Les principes physiques de la technique électronique font partie de plusieurs branches assez indépendantes de la physique, ce qui témoigne d’une base scientifique extrêmement large de ce domaine des techniques. La place la plus importante est accordée à l’exposé des éléments de mécanique quantique, de la physique des solides et de l’émission électronique. Partout où cela est possible, les auteurs ont cherché à exposer en plus des relations mathématiques rigoureuses, qui expriment de la façon la plus exacte l’essentiel des lois considérées, ce qu’on appelle la physique des phénomènes, c’est-à-dire le côté qualitatif des phénomènes. Les chapitres 1 à 3 sont consacrés à l’étude des propriétés des particules microscopiques isolées et des lois qui gouvernent leurs mouvements classique et quantique dans des champs électriques et magnétiques, ce qui permet de passer dans le chapitre 5 à la description des effets collectifs, c’est-à-dire des particularités du comportement des systèmes de particules présentant soit des propriétés classiques. soit des propriétés quantiques. Le chapitre 4 est réservé aux propriétés du photon et aux lois quantiques de l’émission, de l’absorption et de la diffusion de la lumière. IL es lois qui régissent le comportement des microparticules distinctes et des quanta permettent, en association avec les principes de la statistique quantique, d’expliquer la nature des spectres atomiques et moléculaires (chap. 6), la structure de bandes ainsi que les phénomènes cinétiques, de contact et optiques dans les corps solides (chap. 7. 8, 9), c’est-à-dire de comprendre la nature des liaisons dans des systèmes complexes constitués de particules obéissant à des lois quantiques. Les questions traitées au chapitre 10, qui est consacré à l’électronique des émissions, c’est-à-dire au « démontage » du corps solide en parties constituantes (électrons, ions, atomes, molécules) sous des actions extérieures, et au chapitre 11, qui examine les phénomènes électriques dans les gaz et le plasma, ferment la chaîne logique de l ’exposé : les auteurs font revenir le lecteur aux propriétés des particules distinctes et aux lois de leur comportement dans des champs extérieurs. Les chapitres 1 à 6 et 10 sont rédigés par S. Fridrikhov, les chapitres 7 à 9 et 11 par S. Movnine. Les auteurs tiennent à remercier A. Alexandrov, professeur à l’Université de Moscou, docteur ès sciences physiques et mathématiques, ainsi que le personnel de la chaire des appareils électroniques de l’institut électrotechnique de Novossibirsk qui ont bien voulu relire le texte du manuscrit et susciter des améliorations précieuses. Traduit du russe par Vassili Koliméev Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

format:
DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
physique,électronique,mécanique quantique,spectroscopie atomique,spectroscopie moleculaire,théorie électronique du solide,phenomenes cinétique,phénomènes électriques


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-megmkg,fav-prasadam
creator: স্যামুয়েল মার্শাক (Samuil Marshak)
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: striped-moustache-gonfwala-dorakata-samuil-marshak_202309
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-06T13:50:27Z,2026-02-06T00:05:14Z
publicdate: 2023-09-06T13:50:27Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
title: গনফওয়ালা দোরাকাটা (Striped Moustache in Bengali)
year: 1980
description:
A picture story book for children. Translated from Russian to Bengali শিশুদের জন্য একটি ছবির গল্পের বই. রাশিয়ান থেকে বাংলা অনুবাদ All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.

format:
Additional Text PDF,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR


btih: c5850bb4d99d11bcef829efd2edb29edfc9842a7
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-matt_bradley,fav-muntsa70
creator: Fazil Iskander
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: fazil-iskander-the-thirteenth-labour-of-hercules-progress-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-04-05T06:23:33Z,2026-04-05T06:49:25Z
publicdate: 2026-04-05T06:23:33Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet novel
title: The Thirteenth Labour Of Hercules
year: 1978
description:
Lyrical and humorous, deeply national but concerned with the human condition at large, often about children but mainly for adults, Fazil Iskander’s writing abounds, like his native Abkhazia, | in colour and contrasts. This new edition of an already popular selection of his work contains two additional stories from recent publications. It is merriment and toil that make the earth beautiful, Iskander writes in one of his stories. These qualities are also typical of his characters, most of them drawn from his fellow countrymen, ever a mixture of gallantry and guile, humour and hard work. ABKHAZIA SUKHUMI USSR Translated from the Russian by Robert Daglish Illustrated by Lev Katayev CONTENTS 7 Something About Myself 15 A Time of Lucky Finds 30 The Cock 37 The Thirteenth Labour of Hercules 52 Forbidden Fruit 62 Through the Night 79 My Idol 98 Old Crooked Arm 130 Borrowers 146 One Day in Summer 177 Catching Trout on the Upper Kodor


btih: 77387346b8886f7a09bbd2ef52e0b8b224547f58
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: লেভ টলস্টয় (Lev Tolstoy)
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: death-of-ivan-ilyich-duti-borho-golpo-lev-tolstoy_202512
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-11T13:20:34Z,2025-12-11T14:21:55Z
publicdate: 2025-12-11T13:20:34Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
title: দুটি বড় গল্প (Two Short Stories in Bengali)
year: 1990
description:
Two short stories by Lev Tolstoy translated to Bengali ইভান ইলিচের মতো  প্রয়টজার সোনাটা অনুবাদ: সমর সেন ছবি এ'কেছেন: মিখাইল রুদাকড অঙ্গসজ্জা: ইয়াকভ মালিকড All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-fat_guy,fav-jawed01,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-muw_jop_9,fav-pio07
creator: A. Ivanov-Smolenski
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ivanov-smolenski-machines-electriques-vol-1-mir-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-27T09:09:15Z,2026-02-04T22:29:40Z
publicdate: 2022-06-27T09:09:15Z
publisher: Èditions Mir
title: Machines Électriques Volume 1
year: 1983
description:
Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.  Traduit du russe par V. Koliméev Ce livre, qui est une traduction en français du manuel « Machines électriques » écrit à Tintention des étudiants en électromécanique et en énergie électrique, constitue aussi une utile source d’informa­ tion pour les ingénieurs. Il traite les principes de constitution et les questions fondamentales de la théorie et de la construction des machines électriques et étudie leur comportement en régime établi et en régime transitoire. Le manuel reflète des succès en électromécanique théorique remportés sous l’influence de la révolution scientifique et technique qui a conduit à une forte croissance de la fabrication des machines les plus diverses, à l’augmentation de leur puissance et a exigé d’améliorer la précision de leurs calculs électromagnétiques. Plus largement que d’autres manuels cet ouvrage fait appel à la « théorie généralisée de la machine électrique réelle » qui est basée sur la théorie de la transformation électromécanique de l’éner­ gie. De même que la théorie généralisée de la machine électrique idéalisée dont elle constitue un développement ultérieur, la théorie généralisée de la machine réelle s’étend à tous les types connus dè machines électriques mais elle tient compte d'une façon plus rigou­ reuse de la structure discrète des enroulements, de la configuration réelle des circuits magnétiques et de leur saturation. Les phénomènes électromagnétiques inhérents au fonctionnement des machines électriques sont étudiés dans la deuxième partie de l’ouvrage intitulée Questions générales de la théorie de la transforma- tion électromécanique de Vénergie dans les machines électriques, ce qui a permis d’étendre la description obtenue non seulement aux eexécutions ordinaires mais aussi à toutes les autres exécutions théorique­ ment possibles des machines électriques, d’étudier les conditions de transformation unidirectionnelle de l’énergie et de donner une classification des machines électriques suivant la configuration de leurs circuits magnétiques et la disposition des enroulements. A la différence des autres manuels dans lesquels les auteurs traitent presque exclusivement les phénomènes électromagnétiques de transformation de l’énergie, nous avons accordé une large place à l’étude des processus mécaniques, hydrauliques et thermiques intervenant dans les organes des machines électriques puisque ces problèmes revêtent une importance particulière pour les machines modernes caractérisées par de fortes charges électromagnétiques. Pour éviter une compréhension incorrecte des phénomènes d’induction des f.é.m. et de production de forces électromagnétiques dans une machine à armatures magnétiques dentées, les f.é.m. sont déterminées, à la différence des autres manuels, par variation des flux embrassés, et les forces électromagnétiques sont exprimées par l’intermédiaire de la variation d’énergie du champ magnétique. Pour la description mathématique des phénomènes électromagnéti­ ques des machines ordinaires à courant alternatif on emploie l’appa­ reil mathématique moderne utilisant les fonctions complexes des grandeurs électriques et leurs projections sur les axes d’un plan complexe. Pour décrire les phénomènes dans les circuits électriques et magnétiques d’une machine multipolaire, nous avons introduit la notion de « modèle bipolaire » qui représente une période de champ de cette machine. Les grandeurs caractérisant les circuits électriques (courants, tensions, flux couplés avec des phases) et le champ ma­ gnétique (premiers harmoniques de f.m.m. et d’induction dans l’en­ trefer) de la machine multipolaire sont représentées respectivement par les vecteurs résultants à variation temporelle ou spatio-temporel­ le dans un plan complexe confondu avec la coupe transversale du modèle bipolaire. Dans la partie consacrée aux phénomènes transitoires la notion de vecteurs résultants à variation temporelle est généralisée et utilisée pour l’obtention des équations différentielles en coordonnées a, p, 0 et d, g, 0, qui décrivent les phénomènes transitoires des machines asynchrones et synchrones. L’écriture des équations et l’interprétation des phénomènes physiques sont, autant que possible, généralisées pour les deux types principaux de machines à courant alternatif. Ceci concerne les expressions du couple électromagnétique, des puissances active et réactive, les équations des tensions ainsi que l’approche du calcul des paramètres inductifs et du circuit magnétique. L’influence de la denture des armatures sur les harmoniques supérieurs d’induc­ tion magnétique dans l’entrefer est étudiée d’une façon plus rigou­ reuse compte tenu des recherches récentes dans ce domaine. De nouveaux éléments sont apportés aux méthodes d’exposé des ques­ tions telles que l’obtention des formules pour les f.m.m., les f.é.m., le couple électromagnétique, les forces électromagnétiques dans la région d’une encoche parcourue par un courant; le calcul des carac­ téristiques des machines synchrones et des machines à courant continu; l’analyse des phénomènes transitoires en cas d’un court- circuit d’un alternateur synchrone et de l’enclenchement sur le réseau d’un moteur asynchrone, l’analyse des phénomènes dans les moteurs asynchrones monophasés, etc. Les machines électriques à commutation électronique qui trou­ vent de nos jours des applications de plus en plus nombreuses sont étudiées de façon plus détaillée que dans les autres manuels. Quant aux machines à collecteur à courant alternatif nous n’en donnons qu’une description succincte parce qu’elles n’ont pas d’application courante ni en U.R.S.S., ni en d’autres pays. L’ouvrage est divisé en deux volumes. Le premier volume com­ prend TIntroduction et les parties 1, 2, 3, 4 (transformateurs, ques­ tions générales de la théorie des machines électriques, questions générales relatives à la construction et au calcul des machines élec­ triques, machines asynchrones), alors que le second volume comprend les parties 5, 6, 7 (machines synchrones, machines à courant continu et machines à commutateur à courant alternatif, phénomènes transi­ toires).

subject:
machines asynchrones spéciales,force magnétomotrice,construction,machines électrique inductances,forces électromagnétiques


btih: cd5f8483dfb585e9ac19c6124c998231a0bf225d
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-hodibaba,fav-vignam
creator: அலெகசாந்தர் கிரீன் (Alexander Grin)
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: crimson-sails-in-tamil-raduga-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-11T15:23:38Z,2026-02-04T19:54:55Z
publicdate: 2024-09-11T15:23:38Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: செந்நிறக் கடற்பாய்கள் (Crimson Sails In Tamil)
year: 1977
description:
கிரின் அவர்களின் கதைகள் ஆவலான, ஆர்வமுள்ள வாழ்க்கையை தேட ஆர்வத்தை தூண்டுகிறது, அதில் புதுமை, சாகசம் மற்றும் தேனீப்போராளிகள், கடலோரர்கள் மற்றும் பயணிகளுக்குப் பிடித்த "மேன்மையின் உணர்வு" ஆகியவை உள்ளன. கிரின் கதைகள் படித்த பிறகு, வாசகர் உலகை முழுவதும் பார்க்க விரும்புகிறார்—எழுத்தாளர் கற்பனைச் சொந்த நாடுகளைப் பொறுத்து அல்ல, மெய்ப்பொருளான, ஒளியுடன் நிரம்பிய, அவர்களின் காடுகள், பல மொழி பேசும் துறைமுகங்கள், மற்றும் மனித உணர்வுகள் மற்றும் காதலுடன் நிரம்பிய நாடுகளைப் பார்ப்பது. “உலகம் என்னைப் ஆவலுடன் தூண்டுகிறது,” என்று கிரின் எழுதியுள்ளார். “அதன் கடல்கள் பரந்தவை, தீவுகள் எண்ணிக்கை மிக்கவை, மற்றும் பலருக்கு மிகுந்த ஈர்ப்பு வழங்கும் மர்மமான சுவரளவான இடங்கள் நிறைந்தவை.” Grin's stories inspire a yearning for an exciting life full of ris , adventure and that "sense o f the sublime" so typical o f explorers seafarers, and travellers. After Grin’s stories, the reader wants to see the whole world— not the writer's countries o f the imagination, but real, genuine ones full of light, with their forests, with the multilingual hubbub o f their harbours, and with human passion and love. “The world tantalizes me,’’ wrote Grin. “Its oceans are vast, its islands without number, and there are so many mysterious, fatally fascinating nooks and crannies.” மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்: நா. முகம்மது செரீபு, எம். ஏ. ஓவியர்: பியோத்தர் கராச்சின்ஸெவ்

stripped_tags:
div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;"

subject:
soviet literature,children's literature,adventure stories,fantasy stories,சோவியத் இலக்கியம்,குழந்தைகள் இலக்கியம்,சாகசக் கதைகள்,கற்பனைக் கதைகள்


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-goguoksana,fav-madi_criswell
creator: Eno Raud
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: eno-raud-the-summers-time-malysh-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-13T13:28:32Z,2026-02-04T21:46:01Z
publicdate: 2022-06-13T13:28:32Z
subject: illustrated books,children's books,soviet children's literature,story books
title: The Summer's Time
year: 1981
description:
A little picture story book for children Translated into English by Michelle MacGrath Illustrated by M. Miturich

format:
DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR


creator: M. Dagaev,V. Demine,I. Klimichine
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: dagaev-demine-klimichine-tcharouguine-astronomie-mir-19
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-01-27T14:42:48Z,2026-02-04T19:57:16Z
publicdate: 2023-01-27T14:42:48Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Astronomie
year: 1986
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-boris_nazarov,fav-emmanuel_nu_ez_ruiz,fav-fresdji_-art_golden,fav-gr_gory_tirmont,fav-pio07

description:
Le présent manuel à l’usage des élèves des écoles pédagogiques supérieures est prévu pour l’étude de l’astronomie dans le cadre des programmes des disciplines physiques et mathématiques. Comme toute science, l’astronomie envisage des lois et recherches fondamentales et des questions secondaires, moins importantes. Les futurs enseignants en physique et mathématiques, dont nom­ breux auront à professer l’astronomie, doivent posséder dans ce domaine des connaissances profondes. De ce fait, dans cet ouvrage l’attention est surtout portée sur le sens physique des phénomènes décrits de façon suffisamment détaillée. Les auteurs sont persuadés qu’il n’est pas de rigueur pour les enseignants en physique, mathématiques et astronomie de connaître les constructions des instruments astronomiques nombreux et va­ riés, les astuces et finesses des méthodes de recherche astronomique, ainsi que les détails de ces recherches. Mais les principes et les résul­ tats fondamentaux issus de ces recherches, les méthodes et les moyens techniques modernes doivent leur être familiers, autrement ils au­ raient des idées fausses sur l ’astronomie moderne et ne pourraient pas établir ce qu’il y a de commun entre les manifestations terrestres et extraterrestres des lois de la Nature, et déceler les liens étroits existant entre elles. Les auteurs se sont efforcés de s’en tenir aux vues modernes sur les méthodes de l’enseignement, qui rendent compte des relations entre les disciplines, d’autant plus qu’un cours d’astronomie est présenté aux élèves après le cours de physique générale qui donne une description détaillée de nombreux appareils employés en astro­ physique, y compris des filtres optiques à cannelure étroite, des photomultiplicateurs, des polarimètres, des interféromètres et des détecteurs des photons. La radiotechnique étant enseignée aux étudiants avant ou en mê­ me temps qu’un cours d’astronomie, aucun besoin n’est de décrire les appareils de radio employés par elle; il faut seulement relever les particularités du fonctionnement des radiotélescopes et des inter- féromètres radioastronomiques. Toutefois, bien que les lois de la mécanique soient exposées par les cours de physique générale et de mécanique classique, leur appli­ cation en astronomie et leur vérification d’après les mouvements des corps célestes doivent être démontrées du fait que ces questions ne sont pas envisagées par d’autres sciences. L’ouvrage donne une description sommaire des principes du service de l’heure où l’on emploie actuellement des étalons atomiques complexes, et cette partie constitutive de l’astronomie autrefois importante, est devenue de nos jours presque complètement du ressort de la physique et de la technique. Aujourd’hui les astronomes n’ont qu’à déterminer le temps sidéral, sans lequel il est impossible d’établir les positions apparentes des corps célestes et d’étudier les irrégularités dans la rotation de la Terre. Les auteurs se sont bornés à n’exposer que les résultats stricte­ ment établis et ont rejeté les hypothèses à vie si courte, mais si nombreuses de nos jours, refutées parfois aussi vite qu’elles n’ont été énoncées. Ils ont entrepris la tentative de donner une description sommaire des problèmes philosophiques que pose l’astronomie moderne. Traduit du russe par Valentin Polonski Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
problemes de cosmologie,l’astronomie galactique et extragalactique,d’astronomie stellaire,astrophysique,système solaire,l’astronomie sphérique,physique


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ken_liddy
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-sturgeon
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-12T16:41:52Z,2026-02-06T00:17:25Z
publicdate: 2024-07-12T16:41:52Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Press
subject: chinese literature,children's books,illustrated books
title: Landing the The Sturgeon
year: 1980
description:
A Chinese picture story book for children. Credits to the original scanner Cleaned and optimised from the original scan https://archive.org/details/TheSturgeon

format:
DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR


btih: 205122aca3964df183f3008e560635c5574b8085
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: વ્યાચેસ્લાવ લેગ્કોબિટ (Vyacheslav Legkobit)
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
description: A book for children to learn drawing. બાળકો માટે ચિત્રકામ શીખવા માટેની એક પુસ્તક.
identifier: vyacheslav-legkobit-everyone-likes-to-draw-in-gujarati-raduga-1988_202501
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: guj
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-11T11:24:05Z,2026-02-06T01:53:55Z
publicdate: 2025-01-11T11:24:05Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: બધાને ચિત્રો દોરવા ગમે છે (Everyone Likes To Draw In Gujarati )
year: 1978
subject:
soviet literature,children's literature,story books,illustrated books,સોવિયેત સાહિત્ય,બાળ સાહિત્ય,વાર્તા પુસ્તકો,સચિત્ર પુસ્તકો


creator: Yu. Shashkin
date: 1991-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yu.-shashkin-puntos-fijos-lecciones-populares-de-matematicas-editorial-mir-1991
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-05-26T17:18:17Z,2026-02-06T02:10:26Z
publicdate: 2022-05-26T17:18:17Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: Puntos Fijos (Lecciones Populares De Matemáticas)
year: 1991
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-emmanuel_nu_ez_ruiz,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-k-oliveira,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-lucas_carughi,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-roberto_mart_nez718,fav-swansaredead

description:
La teoría de los puntos fijos encuentra sus raíces en el trabajo de Poincaré, Brouwer y Sperner y hace un uso extensivo de nociones topológicas como la continuidad, la compacidad, la homotopía y el grado de mapeo. Los teoremas de punto fijo tienen numerosas aplicaciones en matemáticas; la mayoría de los teoremas que aseguran la existencia de soluciones para ecuaciones diferenciales, integrales, de operador u otras ecuaciones se pueden reducir a teoremas de punto fijo. Además, estos teoremas se utilizan en áreas tales como la economía matemática y la teoría de juegos. Este libro presenta una exposición legible de la teoría de puntos fijos. El autor se centra en el problema de si un intervalo cerrado, cuadrado, disco o esfera tiene la propiedad de punto fijo.Otro objetivo del libro es mostrar cómo la teoría de puntos fijos utiliza ideas combinatorias relacionadas con la descomposición (triangulación) de figuras en partes distintas llamadas caras (símplexes), que se unen entre sí de manera regular. Se explican todos los conceptos básicos necesarios, como la continuidad, la compacidad, el grado de un mapa, etc., lo que hace que el libro sea accesible incluso para los estudiantes de secundaria. Además, el libro contiene ejercicios y descripciones de aplicaciones. Los lectores apreciarán este libro por su presentación lúcida de este tema matemático fundamental.

subject:
combinatorio,Lecciones Populares De Matemáticas,Lema de Sperner,teorema de Brouwer,Retracción,conbinatorio,Homotopia,Transformaciones continuas,Homeomorfismos.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-puraton_boighor
creator: ভি. এম. বুয়ানভ (V. M. Buyanov)
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: first-aid-prathomik-chikitsa-sahajya-v.-m.-buyanov_202311
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-11-14T10:59:30Z,2026-02-04T21:54:02Z
publicdate: 2023-11-14T10:59:30Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: প্রথমিক চিকিতসা সাহাজ্য (First Aid in Bengali)
year: 1989
description:
প্রাথমিক চিকিৎসা হল হঠাৎ অসুস্থতা বা দুর্ঘটনার ক্ষেত্রে ব্যবহৃত জরুরি চিকিৎসা ব্যবস্থার সংমিশ্রণ৷ ঘটনাস্থলে বা ভুক্তভোগীকে চিকিৎসা কেন্দ্রে নিয়ে যাওয়ার সময় প্রাথমিক চিকিৎসা বিভিন্ন হতে পারে এবং নিম্নরূপ শ্রেণীবদ্ধ করা হয়: (1) একজন সাধারণ মানুষের দ্বারা প্রদত্ত অদক্ষ প্রাথমিক চিকিত্সা যার কাছে প্রায়শই প্রয়োজনীয় উপায় বা ওষুধ নেই; (2) যোগ্যতাসম্পন্ন প্রাথমিক চিকিত্সা (একজন ডাক্তারের আগমনের আগে) একজন বিশেষভাবে প্রশিক্ষিত চিকিৎসা কর্মী (মেডিকেল টেকনিশিয়ান", নার্স, ল্যাবরেটরি বা ডেন্টাল টেকনিশিয়ান) দ্বারা রেন্ডার করা হয়েছে; (3) একজন ডাক্তার দ্বারা প্রদত্ত প্রাথমিক চিকিৎসা যার কাছে প্রয়োজনীয় যন্ত্র, যন্ত্রপাতি, ওষুধ, রক্ত এবং রক্তের বিকল্প ইত্যাদি রয়েছে৷ পাঠ্যপুস্তক বিভিন্ন দুর্ঘটনা এবং আকস্মিক অসুস্থতার ক্ষেত্রে প্রাথমিক চিকিত্সার সাধারণ ধারণা এবং প্রয়োজনীয় বিষয়গুলি নিয়ে কাজ করে৷ বইটিতে আলোচিত সাধারণ সমস্যাগুলির মধ্যে রয়েছে অ্যাসেপসিস এবং অ্যান্টিসেপসিসের ধারণা,ব্যান্ডেজ প্রয়োগের নীতি এবং মৌলিক দিক এবং পুনরুত্থানের পদ্ধতি৷ রক্তক্ষরণ, ক্ষত, নরম টিস্যু এবং হাড়ের আঘাত, বৈদ্যুতিক শক, তাপ - এবং সূর্য-স্ট্রোক, বিষক্রিয়া, তীব্র অস্ত্রোপচার এবং অ-অস্ত্রোপচার রোগ এবং জরুরী শ্রমের ক্ষেত্রে প্রাথমিক চিকিত্সা বিস্তারিতভাবে মোকাবেলা করা হয়৷  All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog. English version here https://archive.org/details/FirstAid_346

format:
Additional Text PDF,Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
first aid,illness,injury,medical,accident,wounds,bones,poisoning,sun stroke,disease,emergency,doctor,nurse,popular science,প্রাথমিক চিকিৎসা,অসুস্থতা,আঘাত,চিকিৎসা,দুর্ঘটনা,ক্ষত,হাড়,বিষক্রিয়া,সানস্ট্রোক,রোগ,জরুরী,ডাক্তার,নার্স,জনপ্রিয় বিজ্ঞান


btih: 258ad48ce7f71d82afdace0c60cd951d28c15887
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: వై. ద్లుగొలేన్ స్కీ (Y. Dlugolensky)
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: y.-dlugolensky-clocks-and-watches-in-telugu-progress-1983_202506
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-05T08:29:23Z,2026-02-06T02:07:44Z
publicdate: 2025-06-05T08:29:23Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: గడియారాల గురించి నీకు తెలుసా? (Clocks And Watches In Telugu )
year: 1983
description:
A picture story book for children on reading time, watches and clocks పిల్లల కోసం రూపొందించిన చిత్రకథా పుస్తకం — చదవడం, గడియారాలు మరియు సమయాన్ని గుర్తించడం గురించి. అనువాదం: ఆర్వియార్ చిత్రాలు: వి. కుల్కొన్ Many thanks to Anil Battula Garu for the scans స్కాన్లు అందించిన అనిల్ బట్టుల గారికి హృదయపూర్వక కృతజ్ఞతలు.

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",br style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;" /,span style="background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",font color="#2c2c2c" face="Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif",span style="font-size:14px;",font,div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;"

subject:
soviet literature,children's book,story book,picture book,time,watches,clock,measuring time,chronometer,day,hours,minutes,seconds,science,పిల్లల పుస్తకం,కథా పుస్తకం,చిత్రపుస్తకం,సోవియట్ సాహిత్యం,సమయం,గడియారాలు,గడియారం,సమయాన్ని కొలవడం,క్రోనోమీటర్,రోజు,గంటలు,నిమిషాలు,సెకన్లు,శాస్త్రం


btih: 8ce0f3eac6250eb0360fe6d29c9af88f1f389d6b
creator: Ya.S. Bugrov,S.M. Nikolski
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ya.-s.-bugrov-s.-m.-nikolski-matematicas-superiores-calculo-diferencial-e-integr
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-25T03:20:42Z,2026-02-06T02:07:51Z
publicdate: 2025-05-25T03:20:42Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
subject: literatura soviética,límite,continuidad,derivada,integral,sucesión,teorema,interpolación,funciones
title: Matematicas Superiores - Calculo Diferencial E Integral
year: 1984
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-florencia_c_rcamo_s_ez,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-roberto_mart_nez718

description:
Este libro es una introducción al análisis matemático, diseñado para estudiantes de nivel universitario. Comienza con los fundamentos de la lógica matemática, operaciones con conjuntos, propiedades de los números reales, y desigualdades. A continuación, se abordan conceptos fundamentales como el límite de sucesiones y funciones, continuidad, y sucesiones numéricas. Se presentan los teoremas más importantes relacionados con convergencia, completitud del conjunto de los reales y la definición rigurosa del límite, sentando así las bases del cálculo. Los capítulos centrales desarrollan el cálculo diferencial y el cálculo integral. Incluyen la derivación de funciones, la interpretación geométrica, reglas de derivación, derivadas de orden superior, y aplicaciones como extremos locales y la fórmula de Taylor. En la parte del cálculo integral, se estudian las integrales definidas e indefinidas, las impropias, y sus aplicaciones en geometría, como área, volumen y longitud de arco. Finalmente, se presentan métodos numéricos de integración y fórmulas de interpolación, cerrando con aplicaciones avanzadas del análisis matemático. Traducido del ruso por el ingenioro K. Medkov  Todos los créditos a los uploaders originales.

format:
Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR


btih: 12d41a20ed5adbff57ce928d5a8365ca1d471f95
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-lukas_korso223,fav-revamp04,fav-rohit_gupta696,fav-wggwag33
creator: Ye. I. Smirnov
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ye.-i.-smirnov-the-experience-of-soviet-medicine-during-the-great-partriotic-war-1941-1045-ftd-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-13T11:51:35Z,2026-02-06T02:08:11Z
publicdate: 2024-12-13T11:51:35Z
publisher: Foreign Technology Division
subject: soviet literature,soviet medicine,world war 2,war injuries,bullet inujries,bomb injuries,treatment
title: The Experience Of Soviet Medicine During The Great Partriotic War 1941-1945
year: 1982
description:
Table of Contents General Section Chapter I A Brief Historical Overview of the Methods of Treating Firearms Wounds of the Peripheral Nerves 1 Chapter II General Questions of Firearms-Inflicted Wounds to the Peripheral Nerves 17 Chapter III The Histopathology of Peripheral Nerve Trunks in Combat Trauma 62 Chapter IV Regeneration of Nerve Trunks After Firearms Wounds 102 Chapter V On the Organization of Treatment-Evacuation Aid for Firearms-Inflicted Wounds to the Peripheral Nerves 140 Chapter VI General Symptomatology and Diagnosis of Firearms Wounds to the Peripheral Nerves 156 Special Section Chapter I The Clinical Treatment and Diagnostics of Firearms Wounds to Individual Peripheral Nerves 199 Chapter II Firearms Injuries to the Craniocerebral Nerves 269 Chapter III Surgical Treatment of Firearms Wounds to the Peripheral Nerves 288 Chapter IV Firearms Injuries of the Intercostal Nerves and the Thoracoabdominal Nerve 557 Chapter V Conservative Treatment of Firearms Injuries to the Peripheral Nerves 570 Chapter VI The Clinical Picture and Treatment of Reflex Contractures and Paralyses Developing After Firearms Injuries to the Peripheral Nerves 633 Chapter VII Causalgia and Its Treatment 676 Chapter VIII Orthopaedic Operations for Consequences of Peripheral Nerve Injuries 759 Chapter IX Residual Manifestations of Peripheral Nerve Injuries and the Methodology of Treating Them in the Later Period 775 Chapter X Long-Term Results of Surgical Treatment of Firearms-Inflicted Injuries to the Peripheral Nerves 787 Conclusion 816


btih: 5e553abf71e097da3bfc18ca52215cd010f1ecd4
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: യാങംമണങമന്ഥ്‌ രച രെല്‍മാന്ത (Yakov Perelman)
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yakov-perelman-physics-for-entertainment-in-malayalam-progres-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-12T12:48:48Z,2025-08-27T10:00:47Z
publicdate: 2025-06-12T12:48:48Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,popular science,physics,hands-on science,children's science
title: ഭാതികകാതകംാ ഭാഗം 1 (Physics For Entertainment Part 1 In Malayalam)
year: 1977
description:
യാക്കോവ് പെരെൽമാൻ രചിച്ച "Physics for Entertainment, Part 1" എന്ന പുസ്തകം, കടങ്കഥകൾ, ചിന്താ പരീക്ഷണങ്ങൾ, ദൈനംദിന ഉദാഹരണങ്ങൾ എന്നിവയിലൂടെ വിവിധ ഭൗതികശാസ്ത്ര ആശയങ്ങൾക്ക് ആകർഷകവും എളുപ്പത്തിൽ മനസ്സിലാക്കാവുന്നതുമായ ഒരു ആമുഖം നൽകുന്നു. ഗുരുത്വാകർഷണം, ജഡത്വം, ചലനം, ശബ്ദം, പ്രകാശം തുടങ്ങിയ അടിസ്ഥാന വിഷയങ്ങൾ രസകരവും എന്നാൽ വിജ്ഞാനപ്രദവുമായ രീതിയിൽ ഈ പുസ്തകം ഉൾക്കൊള്ളുന്നു, ഇത് സങ്കീർണ്ണമായ ശാസ്ത്ര തത്വങ്ങളെ മനസ്സിലാക്കാൻ എളുപ്പമാക്കുന്നു. പെരെൽമാൻ്റെ സമീപനം ജിജ്ഞാസയെ പ്രോത്സാഹിപ്പിക്കുകയും ദൈനംദിന ജീവിതത്തിൽ ഭൗതികശാസ്ത്രത്തിൻ്റെ പ്രായോഗിക ഉപയോഗങ്ങൾ കണ്ടെത്താൻ വായനക്കാരെ ക്ഷണിക്കുകയും ചെയ്യുന്നു. നർമ്മവും ലാളിത്യവും കലർത്തി എഴുതിയ ഈ പുസ്തകം വിനോദിപ്പിക്കുമ്പോൾത്തന്നെ അറിവ് നൽകാനും, ശാസ്ത്രത്തെ കൂടുതൽ ആകർഷകവും സാധാരണക്കാർക്ക് relatable ആക്കാനും ലക്ഷ്യമിടുന്നു. Physics for Entertainment, Part 1  by Yakov Perelman presents a captivating and accessible introduction to various physics concepts through puzzles, thought experiments, and everyday examples. The book covers fundamental topics such as gravity, inertia, motion, sound, and light in a playful, yet educational way, making complex scientific principles easy to understand. Perelman's approach encourages curiosity, inviting readers to explore the practical applications of physics in everyday life. Written with humour and simplicity, the book aims to entertain while educating, making science both engaging and relatable for a broad audience. വിവർത്തനം: ഗോപാലകൃഷ്ണൻ പ്രശസ്ത സോവിയറ്റ് ശാസ്ത്രപ്രചാരകനായിരുന്ന യാക്കോവ് പെരെൽമാൻ രചിച്ച ഈ കൃതിയുടെ 17 പതിപ്പുകൾ സോവിയറ്റ് യൂണിയനിൽ ഇതിനകം ഇറങ്ങിയിട്ടുണ്ട്. തികച്ചും സാധാരണവും, അതേസമയംതന്നെ അർത്ഥഗംഭീരവുമായ വസ്തുതകളെയും പ്രതിഭാസങ്ങളെയും തിരഞ്ഞെടുക്കാനുള്ള ഗ്രന്ഥകാരൻ്റെ അസാമാന്യ പാടവമാണ് ഇതിൻ്റെ വിജയത്തിനു നിദാനം. ലളിതവും രസകരവുമായ രീതിയിൽ ആധുനിക ഭൗതികത്തിൻ്റെ അടിസ്ഥാന തത്വങ്ങളെ വിവരിക്കുന്ന ഈ പുസ്തകം വായനക്കാരെ ശാസ്ത്രീയമായി ചിന്തിക്കാൻ ശീലിപ്പിക്കുന്നു.

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:Yakov Perelman - Physics for Entertainment in Malayalam - Progres - 1977 :epub:23ab29a4-4c2a-4811-a5ad-b289dccfc61b

format:
Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,LCP Encrypted EPUB,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

stripped_tags:
strong style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",strong,p style="color:rgb(0,0,0);font-weight:400;",span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);"


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: येगवेनी चारुशिन (Yegveny Charushin )
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yegveny-charushin-my-first-animal-book-in-hindi-raduga-1990
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-11-09T10:17:43Z,2026-02-12T18:01:10Z
publicdate: 2023-11-09T10:17:43Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: प्राणिजगत की पहली सैर (My First Animal Book In Hindi )
year: 1990
description:
A little book for children about various wild and domesticated animals and their lives. Translated from the Russian by Yogendra Nagpal. Illustrated by Nikita Charishin विभिन्न जंगली और पालतू जानवरों और उनके जीवन के बारे में बच्चों के लिए एक छोटी सी किताब ।  योगेंद्र नागपाल द्वारा रूसी से अनुवादित। निकिता चारिशिन द्वारा चित्रित

format:
Additional Text PDF,Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
popular science,children's science,soviet literature,zoology,animals,animal life,प्राणि शास्त्र,पशु,पशु जीवन


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-archiveuser096,fav-matt_p7178,fav-renan481
creator: L. I. Yatrebov; A. A. Katsnelson
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yatrebov-katsnelson-foundations-of-one-electron-theory-of-solids
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-06-18T07:04:33Z,2026-02-06T02:07:57Z
publicdate: 2021-06-18T07:04:33Z
title: Foundations Of One Electron Theory Of Solids
year: 1987
description:
In this book the behavior of electrons in a crystal is described in terms of the one-electron model. Clearly, such a system would be best approached by a many-body formalism but because of mathe­ matical complexities only a very few real problems can be solved in this way. In the one-electron model, each electron is considered separately as moving in the averaged field of the nuclei and all the other electrons. The resulting picture is simpler conceptually, much more tractable mathematically and, at the same time, is quite comprehensive, which makes the one-electron model the most popu­ lar approach currently in use in solid state physics. In presenting the material, we have tried to show the logic the theory followed as it was developed and, to some extent at least, to show the “scaffolding” used to build it. Whether or not we have succeeded is for the reader to judge. The concept of pseudopotential, as we believe the reader will become convinced, is a direct consequence of quantum-mechanical scattering theory and we hope therefore that the book will be of interest not only for solid state specialists but also for a reader in­ volved in other “quantum” activities. The book should be read more than once, though some places can perhaps be skipped over. Some of the topics were chosen be­ cause they arc likely to be important in the future development of the one-electron model (these topics include scattering outside iso- energetic surfaces, the concept of effective medium, and higher- order perturbation corrections). Some problems are left, unobtrusive­ ly, for the reader to solve. For example, will a self-consistent cal­ culation yield wider or narrower energy bands than those resulting from the non-self-consistent treatment? To answer this question, the reader will have to master the material in Chapter 3. Our hope is that in the course of the book the reader will himself pose problems like this and we foresee the satisfaction he (or she) will take in solv­ ing them. We hope that this book will be helpful for both theorists and ex­ perimentalists. Contents Preface 7 Introduction 11 Chapter 1. Principles of the one-electron theory Part 1 Theoretical principles of the pseudopotential method Chapter 2. Scattering theory for “solid-state people” 2.1. Mathematical formalism 23 2.2. Scattering on an isolated potential 31 2.3. Pseudism and scattering 46 2.4. Bound states, pseudopotentials and the convergence of series 54  2.5. Scattering theory and potential form factors 61 Chapter 3. Theory of potential 3.1. Potential seen by an atomic electron 69 3.2. Dielectric screening 83 3.3. The self-consistency of pseudopotential and additive screening 99  3.4. Muffin-tin potential 107 3.5. Average value of the screened potential 124 Chapter 4. Theory of pseudopotential form factors 4.1. Nonlocality, the energy dependence of form factors and per­turbation theory 132 4.2. The OPW formfactor 144 4.3. Phase-shift form factors 157 4.4. Effective medium and pseudopotential form factors 173 Chapter 5. Pseudism and the secular equations of band theory 5.1. The Green’s function (or KKR) method 181  5.2. Pseudopotential secular equations 196 Part 2 The use of pseudopotential theory for crystal-structure calculations Chapter 6. Formalism of crystal-structure energy calculations 6.1. Basic assumptions 205 6.2. Band structure energy of pure metals and binary alloys 205  6.3. Electrostatic energy 223 6.4. The total internal energy of an alloy: second-order pertur­bation theory and the locality approximation 227 6.5. Higher-order perturbation analysis 232  6.6. OPW nonlocal alloy theory 236 Chapter 7. Pseudopotential theory of alloys. Structure stabili­ty application 7.1. Phase boundaries in terms of pseudopotential theory 241 7.2. Ordered phases, their structures, and existence conditions 245  7.3. Short-range order problems 256 7.4. Crystal structure stability in the OPW approach 261 Chapter 8. Pseudopotential theory and imperfections in crystals 8.1. Introductory remarks 267 8.2. Crystal lattice vibrations 267 8.3. Static imperfections 279 Chapter 9. Principles of pseudopotential calculations of the properties of metals 9.1. Genera 287 9.2. Calculation of the atomic properties of crystalline metals and alloys 287 9.3. Transport properties of noncrystalline metals and alloys 297 References 317  Index 331

subject:
physics,mir publishers,solids,quantum mechanics,pseudo-potential,crystal structure,crystals,atoms,alloys,imperfections,nearly free electron model,models,potential,scattering theory,pseudism,lattice vibrations,OPW approach,stability,perturbation theory,green's function


creator: N.V. Kopchenova,I. A. Maron
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-v.-kopchenova-and-i.-a.-maron-computational-mathematics-mir-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-05-09T10:41:31Z,2026-02-05T20:41:09Z
publicdate: 2023-05-09T10:41:31Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Computational Mathematics - Worked Examples and Problems With Elements of Theory
year: 1981
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aadya_r_burli,fav-amin_cheikhi,fav-carson_main,fav-delicekervin,fav-f_bio_souza621,fav-felixmarin,fav-floura28zz,fav-jo_o_gabriel_baraldi,fav-marcus_aurelius161,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-oceansandseas,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-prapas1024,fav-samurai_okunola,fav-sarajanesmith,fav-seafarer54,fav-stgfc,fav-user964685,fav-vignam,fav-whitejack

description:
Reasonable utilization of modern computer techniques is out of the question without skillful application of approximate and numerical analysis, which explains the remarkable growth of interest in the methods of approximate calculation. Computational mathematics as a teaching discipline has an increasing place in the syllabuses of engineering and economics faculties and colleges and with it the demand for textbooks in this discipline has grown. A particularly acute need for manuals on solving problems in computational mathematics is felt. The present book is an attempt to provide such a manual. The book has the following structure: each section begins with a brief theoretical introduction on setting the problem, giving working formulas, computational schemes, estimates of error, and a comparison of different methods from the angle of their laboriousness, their attainable degree of accuracy, and the convenience of solving them on a computer. There follows a detailed solution of model problems illustrating the appropriate algorithms. At the end of the section problems for independent practice are suggested. Answers are given for most of these problems. For better understanding of the essence of the matter, most of the problems for which solutions are provided have been selected so that the computations will not be especially, cumbersome. It is suggested that desk computers should be used in the initial stage of instruction, and for group study. The book is intended primarily for engineering students but mav also prove useful for economics students, for graduate engineers, and for post graduate students and scientific workers in the applied sciences. The material, we would emphasize, does not go beyond the limits of the syllabus in computational mathematics. The authors take this opportunity to express their deep gratitude to Kh.L. Smolitsky and I.M. Stesin for reading the manuscript. Their advice and remarks helped to improve the book. We also sincerely thank L.Z. Rumshisky for editing the whole work and for his part in the writing of chapters one and six. We are aware that the work as it stands is not free of error, the more so that it is the first teaching manual of this kind published in our country. We shall therefore, be grateful for the advice and criticism of readers, which should be addressed to 117071, Moscow V-71, Leninsky Prospect, 15, “Nauka” Publishers Main Editorial Office for Physico-Mathematical Literature. Translated from the Russian by V. Shiffer First published 1975 Second printing 1981 Revised from the 1972 Russian edition

subject:
computer programming,mathematics,interpolation,numerical methods,approximate computations,ordinary differential equations,numerical solutions


creator: Yuri Azarov
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yuri-azarov-teaching-calling-and-skills-progress-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-12-10T07:16:16Z,2026-02-06T02:10:30Z
publicdate: 2022-12-10T07:16:16Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: Teaching Calling And Skills
year: 1988
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-natrea,fav-nikemaul,fav-sandeepghutke,fav-sandro_henrique_vieira_de_almeida,fav-sparksflyy1

description:
Professor Yuri Azarov, Doctor of Pedagogical Sciences. chairs the department of pedagogics and psychology at the Institute of Culture in Moscow. he travelled an eventful road from ordinary school teacher to well-known soviet scientist and writer. The book Teaching: Calling and Skills is not an academic study, but rather a lively and vivid account of the formation of a teaching profession and the difficult and noble work this profession entails. drawing on actual examples from the experience of soviet schools, as well as on his own personal experience. The author examines the fundamental educational prob­lems that concern teachers and parents in various countries to­day: the development of moral qualities in children during class­ room practice, games, and sports activities. Their aesthetic upbringing and their interpersonal relations. A rich collection of photo­graphs makes this book particu­larly interesting. this work is meant for a wide readership. Although it is naturally intended for teachers, both beginners and professionals, and for teacher educators.  Translated from the Russian by Inna Medow   Designed by Vadim Belkin

subject:
education,pedagogy,children,classroom teaching,schools,learning,learners,students,arts,science,mathematics,soviet education,teacher education,teacher professional development,soviet schools,sports,aesthetics


btih: 832d905ef5a8e8f1b36cea2bd51bcaaae17c9bda
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-hodibaba,fav-ry_tang,fav-vignam
creator: யூ.வி. கலேஸ்னிகவ் (Yu. V. Kolesnikov),யூ.என். கிளாஸ்கோவ் (Yu. N. Glazkov)
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yu.-v.-kolesnikov-yu.-n.-glazkov-a-spaceship-in-orbit-in-tamil-mir-1980f
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-11T16:20:32Z,2026-02-06T02:10:27Z
publicdate: 2024-09-11T16:20:32Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: சுற்றுப்பாதையில் விண்வெளிக் கப்பல் (A Spaceship In Orbit In Tamil)
year: 1980
description:
"சுற்றுப்பாதையில் விண்வெளிக் கப்பல்" என்ற இந்நூலின் ஆசிரியர்கள் விண்வெளிக் கப்பல்கள், செயற்கைக் கோள்கள், விண்வெளி நிலையங்கள் ஆகியவற்றுடன் வாசகர்களை அறிமுகப்படுத்துகின்றனர். இதில் அவர்கள் சோவியத்து விண்வெளியியலின் சாதனை களை எடுத்துரைத்துச் சோவியத்து-இந்திய விண்வெ ளிப் பயணத்தைப் பற்றிய சுவையான விவரங்களை அளிக்கின்றனர். ஒருசில அத்தியாயங்களில் சந்திரன், செவ்வாய், வெள்ளி ஆகியவற்றுக்குச் செய்யப்பட்ட விண்வெளிப் பயணங்களைப் பற்றி விளக்கமாகக் கூறப்படுகிறது. இந்நூல் குறிப்பாக விண்வெளியைப் பற்றி அறிய ஆவலாக இருக்கும் சிறுவர்களுக்கு மிகவும் பலனளிக்கக் கூடியதாக அமையும். பத்திரிகையாளர் மற்றும் விஞ்ஞானியின் இணைப்பில் எழுதப்பட்டுள்ள இந்த சுவாரஸ்யமான புத்தகத்தில் விண்கலம் வரலாறு விரிவாக விவரிக்கப்படுகிறது. விண்கலத்தின் வடிவமைப்பு மற்றும் அதன் பறப்புகளுக்கு அப்பாலும், விண்வெளியில் செய்யப்படும் பல பௌதிகவியல், வேதியியல், விண்வெளியியல், உயிரியல் மற்றும் பிற பரிசோதனைகள் குறித்த தகவல்களும் இதில் இடம்பெற்றுள்ளன. இந்திய விண்வெளி அறிவியல் வளர்ச்சியும், இந்தியா-சோவியத் கூட்டு விண்வெளி பயணமும் விரிவாக இந்த நூலில் விவரிக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. யு. கலேஸ்னிகொவ் அவர்கள் பத்திரிகையாளராக இருந்ததுடன், 1935 ஆம் ஆண்டு பிறந்தார். அவர் மாஸ்கோவின் ஆற்றல் அறிவியல் நிறுவனத்தில் கல்வி பயின்றார். விண்வெளி அறிவியல், உயிரியல், வரலாறு போன்ற பல தலைப்புகளில் அவருடைய கட்டுரைகள் சோவியத் செய்தித்தாள்கள் மற்றும் மாத இதழ்களில் பரவலாக பிரசுரமாகியுள்ளன. "அறிவு மற்றும் வாழ்க்கை" என்ற பிரபலமான மாத இதழில் அவரது அறிவியல் கட்டுரைகள் பிபழயாக வெளிவருகின்றன. யூரி க்லாச்கோவ் அவர்கள் சோவியத் ஒன்றியத்தின் விமானி-விண்வெளி வீரராக இருந்தார். 1933 ஆம் ஆண்டு பிறந்த அவர், காக்ர்கோவில் உள்ள விமானப்படை பயிற்சி மையத்தில் உயர் கல்வி பெற்றார். "சோவியத் ஒன்றியத்தின் வீரர்" என்ற உயரிய விருதை பெற்றுள்ள இவர், 1965 ஆம் ஆண்டு விண்வெளி வீரராகத் தேர்வு செய்யப்பட்டார். 1977 இல், "சொயுஸ்-24" மற்றும் "சல்யூட்-5" விண்வெளிக் கப்பலில் விண்வெளி பயணமாகி, முக்கியமான விண்வெளி ஆராய்ச்சிகளில் குறிப்பிடத்தக்க பங்கு வகித்தார். ரஷ்ய மொழியிலிருந்து தமிழாக்கம்: கி. பரமேஸ்வரன் All credits to Guptaji.

subject:
soviet literature,popular science,rockets,space travel,spaceships,space,planets,cosmonauts,living in space,சோவியத் இலக்கியம்,பிரபலமான அறிவியல்,ராக்கெட்டுகள்,விண்வெளி பயணம்,விண்கலங்கள்,விண்வெளி,கிரகங்கள்,விண்வெளி வீரர்கள்,விண்வெளியில் வாழும்


creator: Boris Zakhoder
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: zakhoder-the-hermit-and-the-rose-raduga-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-13T04:10:36Z,2026-02-06T02:12:04Z
publicdate: 2022-06-13T04:10:36Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: illustrated books,children's books,soviet children's literature,fantasy
title: The Hermit And The Rose
year: 1988
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aurel_bo,fav-elv_mi,fav-goguoksana,fav-kristen_freeman408,fav-lordcoyote23,fav-megmkg

description:
A collection of stories for children beautifully illustrated. Drawings by Gennady Kalinovsky Contents  The Hermit and the Rose 3 Little Grey Star 31 Little Grey Hare 47 Why the Cock Crows Thrice 63 The Fox's Ruling 69 The Wolf Who Sang Songs 75

format:
Additional Text PDF,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR


backup_location: ia905706_34
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-lukas_korso223,fav-noorvdw
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: V. M. Buyanov
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: FirstAid_346
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-09-14T06:22:23Z,2013-09-14T06:25:07Z,2026-02-04T21:54:05Z
publicdate: 2013-09-14T06:25:07Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: First Aid
year: 1985
description:
First aid is a combination of the emergency medical measures used in case of sudden illness or accident. The first aid rendered on the spot or as the victim is being transported to medical facilities may vary and is classified as follows: (1) unskilled first aid rendered by a layman who often has none of the necessary means or medicines; (2) qualified first aid (before the arrival of a doctor) rendered by a specially trained medical worker (medical technician", nurse, laboratory or dental technician); (3) first aid rendered by a doctor who has the necessary instruments, apparatus, medicines, blood and blood substitutes, and so on at his disposal. The textbook deals with general concepts and essentials of First Aid in various accidents and sudden illnesses. General problems discussed in the book include the concepts of asepsis and antisepsis, the principles of applying bandages and basic aspects and methods of resuscitation. First Aid in haemorrhages, wounds, injuries to the soft tissues and bones, electric shock, heat- and sun-stroke, poisoning, acute surgical and non-surgical diseases, and emergency labour are dealt with in detail. The book was translated from the Russian by Elena Koltsova Bengali version https://archive.org/details/first-aid-prathomik-chikitsa-sahajya-v.-m.-buyanov_202311

format:
Abbyy GZ,Animated GIF,DjVu,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF

subject:
first aid,illness,injury,medical,accident,wounds,bones,poisoning,sun stroke,disease,emergency,doctor,nurse


backup_location: ia906109_17
creator: I. V. Savelyev
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
description: Book 2 of the General course on physics
identifier: SavelyevPhysicsGeneralCourseVol2
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-05-29T04:25:07Z,2026-02-05T23:09:08Z
publicdate: 2016-05-29T04:25:07Z
subject: physics,electricity magnetism,wavs,optics
title: Physics A General Course Volume 2 Electricty and Magnetism, Waves and Optics
year: 1989
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aristo25,fav-elias_abobo,fav-fkoewifopew,fav-fredorm2017,fav-golgonooza,fav-hcmx,fav-hello_world201,fav-herrera_pelayo_carlos,fav-jaskoetemovic,fav-john_b858,fav-kev009,fav-klajditarko,fav-koolobo2,fav-leonardo662020,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-mi_ko45,fav-navendur,fav-pb_ess,fav-physicslover27,fav-pio07,fav-pratiksha_giri,fav-rilberte_costa,fav-robert1902,fav-shauhram,fav-sureshpal360,fav-tay123840,fav-timomartin,fav-utzi9299,fav-vit_ngo

format:
Abbyy GZ,Animated GIF,Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF


creator: G. P. Gavrilov,A. A. Sapozhenko
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: gavrilov-sapozhenko-selected-problems-in-discrete-mathematics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-05-06T13:46:44Z,2026-02-04T21:59:35Z
publicdate: 2022-05-06T13:46:44Z
title: Selected Problems In Discrete Mathematics
year: 1989
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dstev1,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-kev009,fav-khoshmaram,fav-leo_r_comerford,fav-modelisa_design,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-raghu13957,fav-renan481,fav-sarajanesmith,fav-sky357,fav-timomartin,fav-verante

description:
This collection of problems is intended as an accompaniment to a course on discrete mathematics at the universities. Senior students and graduates specializing in mathematical cybernetics may also find the book useful. Lecturers can use the material for exercises during seminars. The material in this book is based on a course of lectures on discrete mathematics delivered by the authors over a number of years at the Facultv of Mechanics and Mathematics, and later at the Faculty of Computational Mathematics and Cybernetics at Moscow State University. The reader can use Introduction to Discrete Mathematics by S. Yablonsky as the main text. when solving the problems in this collection. The exercises in the book have various origins. Most of the material is traditional and specialists on discrete mathematics are all too familiar with such problems. However, it is practically impossible to trace the origin of the problems of this kind. Most of the problems were conceived by the authors during seminars and practical classes, during examinations, and also while preparing this hook. Some of the problems resulted from studying publications in journals, and a few have been borrowed from other sources. Several problems were passed on to us by staff at the Faculty and by other colleagues. The authors express their sincere gratitude to them all.

subject:
problem book,mathematics,discrete mathematics,boolean functions,closed classes,completeness,k-valued logics,graphs,networks,coding theory,finite automata,algorithm theory,combinatorial analysis,mir publishers


backup_location: ia906705_5
creator: O. J. Vorobyova, K. M. Dunaeva; E. A. Ippolitova; N. S. Tamm; V. I. Spitsyn (Ed.)
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
format: Abbyy GZ,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,JPEG Thumb,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF
identifier: SpitsynVorobyovaDunaevaIppolitovaTammPracticalInorganicChemistryMir1984
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-05-16T09:29:35Z,2026-02-05T23:58:54Z
publicdate: 2018-05-16T09:29:35Z
subject: chemistry,preparation,practical,inorganic,elements,salts,compounds,methods,process
title: Practical Inorganic Chemistry
year: 1984
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-builds_by_cooper,fav-carson_main,fav-dahan_wang,fav-floura28zz,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-joka_5,fav-kidus_mesfin920,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nmk505,fav-pio07,fav-simao_pc,fav-sp1k3f0rce,fav-sysy7,fav-verante,fav-vignam

description:
In this post we will see a book titled Practical Inorganic Chemistry by O. J. Vorobyova, K. M. Dunaeva, E. A. Ippolitova , and N. S. Tamm and was edited by V. I. Spitsyn . Students using the present textbook will acquaint themselves with procedures of work in a modern laboratory. The latter include the carrying out of operations in vacuum, synthesis in non-aqueous solvents, the conducting of reactions in a gaseous medium (a fluidized bed, "transport" reactions) or in liquefied gases, photolytic reduction and oxidation, and the preparation of pure substances (sublimation, recrystallization, extraction, chromatography, and distillation). Students will acquire skill in handling glass and quartz ware on standard joints, cryostats, thermostats, "dry" chambers, and simple measuring instruments. The present book devotes a lot of space to the synthesis of the most important inorganic compounds and the chemistry of the elements. Since the book contains a large number of experiments and syntheses, they cannot be performed by the students during the time allotted for practical work, and the authors have divided the laboratory works of each chapter into two parts. The first describes the obligatory experiments, and the second, supplementary experiments and syntheses. The large number of diverse syntheses in the book enable the instructor to vary the assignments to the students and thus expand their chemical outlook. The book was translated from the Russian by G. Leib and was first published by Mir in 1987. All credits to the original uploader. Contents: Preface 1 Work in a Laboratory and Technique of an Experiment 1.1 1.1 Procedure of Work in a Laboratory Laboratory Notebook (17). Safety (18). First Aid (18). Laboratory Ware (19). Heating Equipment (22). 1.2 Technique of Laboratory Work Temperature Control (26). Temperature Measurement and Heating Procedures (26). Filtration (28). Work with Laboratory Ware on Ground Joints (32). Drying of Solids (33). Drying of Organic Solvents (34). Balances and Weighing (36). Work with Glass (39). Stoppers (40). Producing a Vacuum (41). Vacuum Measurement (44). Apparatus Assembly (45). 2 Purification of Substances 47 2.1 Solids 47 Recrystallization (47). Sublimation (48). 2.2 Purification and Distillation of Liquids 2.3 Gases 2.4 Separation and Purification of Inorganic Compounds by Ion-Exchange Chromatography 2.5 Separation and Purification of Inorganic Compounds by Extraction 3 Determination of Molecular and Atomic Masses and of Chemical 53 3.1 Molecular Masses of Gaseous Substances 3.2 Equivalents Determination of Molecular Masses of Volatile Liquids from Their Vapour Density (56) 3.3 Determination of Chemical Equivalents and Atomic Masses of Metals (58) Determination of the Atomic Mass of Lead (60). 4 Oxygen 62 4.1 Preparation 4.2 Properties Supplementary Experiments Ozone (64). 5 Hydrogen 66 5.1 Preparation 66 5.2 Properties 68 5.3 Hydrogen Peroxide 69 6 Rate of Chemical Readions 70 6.1 Rate of Homogeneous Reactions 70 Effect of Reactant Concentration on Reaction Rate (70). Effect of Catalyst on Reaction Rate (71). Effect of Temperature on Reaction Rate (72). 6.2 Rate of Heterogeneous Reactions Effect of the Degree of Reactant Mixing on the Reaction Rate (73). Supplementary Experiments 1. Effect of the Surface Area on the Reaction Rate (74). 2. Effect of Light on the Decomposition of Silver Chloride (74). 7 Chemical Equilibrium 74 7.1 Effect of Reactant Concentration 7.2 Effect of Temperature Supplementary Experiment Reaction of Potassium Chloride with Nitric Acid (75). 8 Solutions 76 8.1 Solubility of Salts 76 8.2 Effect of Temperature on Salt Solubility 77 8.3 Preparation of Supersaturated Solutions 78 8.4 Thermal Phenomena in Dissolution of Salts 78 Supplementary Experiments 78 1. Change in Volume in Dissolution (78). 2. Determining Solubility of Air in Water (79). 3. Osmosis (80). 4. Determining the Freezing Point of Water (81). 5. Determining the Temperature of Water Crystallization from Aqueous Sugar and Sodium Chloride Solutions (82). 6. Determining the Cryohydrate Point (82). 9 Electrolytic Dissociation 82 9.1 Electrical Conductance of Solutions 83 9.2 Comparison of the Strength of Acids and Bases 83 9.3 Change in the Hydrogen and Hydroxyl Ion Concentration 86 9.4 Hydrolysis of Salts 87 9.5 Solubility Product 87 10 Electrochemical Properties of Solutions 88; 10.1 Electrochemical Series 10.2 Electrolysis 11 Halogens. Preparation and Properties 90· 11.1 Chlorine Preparation Methods (90). Preparation and Studying of Properties (91). 11.2 Bromine Preparation (94). Properties (94). 11.3 Iodine Preparation (95). Properties (96). 11.4 Fluorine 11.5 Hydrogen Compounds of the Halogens Hydrogen Chloride (97). Hydrogen Bromide (97). Hydrogen Iodide (98). Hydrogen Fluoride (98). 11.6 Oxygen Compounds of the Halogens Chlorinated Lime (Bleaching Powder) (100). Potassium Chlorate (100). Iodic Acid (101). 11.7 Comparison of Oxidizing Properties of the Halogens Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 1. Preparation of Chlorine by Reacting Oxygen with Hydrogen Chloride (102). 2. Preparation of Purified Iodine (103). 3. Preparation of Iron(III) Chloride (104). 4. Preparation of Nickel, Cobalt, or Chromium Chloride (105). 5. Preparation of Ammonium Iodide (106). 6. Preparation of Potassium Iodide (107). 7. Preparation of Cadmium Iodide (107). 8. Preparation of Potassium Bifluoride (108). 9. Preparation of Potassium Bromate (108). 10. Preparation of Iodic Acid (109). 11. Preparation of Iodine Trichloride (109). 12. Preparation of Tetrachloroiodic Acid Tetrahydrate (110). 13. Preparation of Potassium Tetrachloroiodate Dihydrate (110). 12 Sulphur, Selenium, Tellurium 12.1 Sulphur and Its Compounds Properties of Sulphur (111). Hydrogen Sulphide (111). Metal Sulphides (112). Sulphurous Acid Anhydride (113). Sulphuric Acid and Its Salts (114). Sodium Thiosulphate (115). 12.2 Selenium and Tellurium Selenium(IV) and Tellurium(IV) Oxides (116). Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 1. Preparation of Hydrogen Sulphide from Its Elements (117). 2. Preparation of Sodium Bisulphide (118). 3. Preparation of Sodium Sulphide (119). 4. Preparation of Sulphur Chlorides (119). 5. Preparation and Purification of Sulphur Monochloride (120). 6. Preparation of Thionyl Chloride (121). 7. Preparation of Sulphuryl Chloride (122). 8. Preparation of Sulphuric Acid by the Contact Process (123). 9. Preparation of Sulphuric ,Acid by the Chamber Process (124). 10. Preparation of Copper Sulphate Pentahydrate (Copper Vitriol) (125). 11. Preparation of Potassium Persulphate (125). 12. Preparation and Properties of Selenium(IV) Oxide (126). 13. Preparation and Properties of Tellurium(IV) Oxide (127). 13 Nitrogen 128 13.1- Preparation and Properties 13.2 Compounds Ammonia (128). Ammonium Salts (129). Hydrazine and Hydroxylamine (130). Oxygen Compounds (130). Nitrous Acid (132). Nitric Acid (133). Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 1. Liquefaction of Ammonia and Studying of Its Properties (134). 2, 3. Preparation of Magnesium Nitride by Reacting Magnesium with Nitrogen (136) and Ammonia (137). 4. Preparation of Lithium Nitride by Reacting Lithium with Nitrogen (138). 5. Preparation of Hydrazine Sulphate (139). 6. Preparation of Hydrazine Hydrate (139). 7. Preparation of Hydrazine (140). 8. Preparation of Hydroxylamine Chloride (141). 9. Preparation of Nitrogen(IV) Oxide and Nitrous Acid Anhydride (141). 10. Preparation of Nitrosyl Chloride by Reacting Nitrogen(II) Oxide with Chlorine in the Presence of an Activated Carbon Catalyst (142). 11. Preparation of Nitrosyl-Sulphuric Acid (Nitrosonium Bisulphate) (143). 12. Preparation of Nitrosyl Chloride by Reacting Nitrosyl Sulphuric Acid with Sodium Chloride (143). 13. Preparation of Nitric Acid by Oxidizing Ammonia (144). 14. Preparation of Anhydrous Nitric Acid (144). 15. Preparation of Potassium Nitrite (145). 16. Preparation of Anhydrous Copper Nitrate (146). 14 Phosphorus 147 14.1 Allotropy 14.2 Properties 14.3 Compounds Hydrogen Phosphide (149). Phosphorous Anhydride and Phosphorous Acid (149). Phosphoric Anhydride (150). Phosphoric Acids (151). Salts of Phosphoric Acids (153). Phosphorus Halides (153). Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 1. Burning of Phosphorus under Water (155). 2. Preparation of Hydrogen Phosphide (155). 3. Preparation of Phosphonium Iodide (155). 4. Preparation of Hypophosphorous Acid (156). 5. Preparation and Separation of Phosphorus Tri- and Pentachlorides (157). 6, 7. Preparation of Phosphorus Tribromide by Reacting White Phosphorus with Bromine (159), Red Phosphorus with Bromine (161). 8. Preparation of Phosphorus Iodide $\latex P_{2}I_{4}$ (161). 9. Preparation of Phosphorus Thiochloride (162). 15 Carbon 162 Compounds 162 Carbon(IV) Oxide (162). Salts of Carbonic Acid (163). Carbon(II) Oxide (163). Carbides (165). Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 1. Preparation of Activated Carbon (165). 2. Comparison of Adsorptivity of Activated and Non-Activated Carbon (165). 3. Preparation of "Dry" Ice (166). 4, 5. Preparation of Calcium Carbide in an Electric Arc Furnace (166) and by Reacting Metallic Calcium with Carbon (167). 6. Preparation of Chloroform (167). 16 The Colloidal State of Substances 168 16.1 Preparation of Colloidal Solutions 170 Condensation (168). Dispersion (169). 16.2 Properties of Colloids Tyndall Effect (170). Adsorption of Coloured Substances (170). Dialysis (171). Coagulation of an Iron(III) Hydroxide Sol (171) 17 Silicon 171 17.1 Preparation and Properties 17.2 Compounds Silicates (172). Silicic Acids (173). Fluosilicic Acid (173). Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 1. Preparation of Crystalline Silicon (173). 2. Preparation of Silicic Acid Anhydride (174). 3. Preparation of Silicon Tetrachloride (174). 4. Preparation of Silicochloroform (175). 18 Boron 176 18.1 Preparation and Properties 18.2 Compounds Boric Acid (177). Boric Acid Anhydride (177). Coloured Borax Beads (178). Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 1. Preparation of Boron Trichloride by Reacting Aluminium Trichloride with Boron Trifluoride (178). 2. Preparation of Boron Tribromide (179) 19 Alkali Metals 180 19.1 Properties 180 19.2 Compounds Oxides (181). Hydroxides (182). Salts (182). Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 1. Preparation of Metallic Cesium (Rubidium) (183). 2. Preparation of Lithium Hydride (184). 3. Preparation of Lithium Peroxide (185). 4. Preparation of Sodium Peroxide (187). 5. Preparation of Lithium Iodide (187). 6. Preparation of Potassium Hydroxide by the Electrolysis of a Potassium Chloride Solution (188). 7. Preparation of Sodium Sulphate and Its Hydrates (188). 8. Determining the Transition Temperature of Sodium Sulphate Decahydrate to the Anhydrous Salt (188). 9. Preparation of Potassium Nitrate (189). 20 Beryllium, Magnesium, Calcium, Strontium, Barium 20.1 Beryllium, Magnesium, and Their Compounds Hydroxides (190). Carbonates (191). Beryllium Oxyacetate (191). Magnesium Ammonium Phosphate (192). 20.2 Calcium, Strontium, Barium Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 1. Preparation of Barium Peroxide (193). 2. Preparation of Calcium Hydride (193). 3. Preparation of Magnesium Chloride Hexahydrate (194). 4. Preparation of Anhydrous Magnesium Chloride (194). 5. Preparation of Anhydrous Magnesium Chloride by Reacting Hydrogen Chloride with Magnesium in Absolute Ethanol (194). 6. Preparation of Magnesium Iodide (195). 7. Preparation of Calcium Chloride Hydrate (196). 8. Processing of Barium Sulphate into Barium Chloride (197). 9. Preparation of Magnesium Perchlorate (197). 10. Preparation of Magnesia Cement (198). 11. Determining the Hardness of Water (198). 12. Solutions Used in Hardness Determination (199). 21 Aluminium 201 21.1 Properties 201 21.2 Compounds 201 Aluminium Hydroxide (201). Potassium Aluminium Alum (201). Other Compounds (201). Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 1. Preparation of Iron by Aluminothermic Process (202). 2. Preparation of Aluminium Hydroxide (202). 3. Preparation of Sodium Aluminate (203). 4. Preparation of Aluminium Sulphate from Kaolin (203). 5. Preparation of Aluminium Chloride in a Fluidized Bed (203). 6. Preparation of Aluminium Bromide (204). 22 The Rare-Earth Elements 205 22.1 Cerium(III) Compounds 205. Hydroxide (205). Salts (205). 22.2 Cerium(IV) Compounds Hydroxide (206). Salts (206). Supplementary Experiment Preparation of Cerium(III) Sulphate by the Photochemical Reduction of Cerium(IV) Compounds with Ethanol (206). 23 Titanium, Zirconium, Hafnium 206 23.1 Titanium(IV) Compounds 207 23.2 Titanium(IIl) Compounds 207 Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 208 1. Preparation of Titanium Tetrachloride and Studying of Its Properties (208). 2. Preparation of Zirconium (Hafnium) Bromide (Iodide) (209). 3. Preparation of Ammonium Heptafluozirconate(IV) (210). 24 Vanadium, Niobium, Tantalum 210 24.1 Vanadium Compounds 211 Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 212 1. Preparation of Vanadium by the Aluminothermic Process (212). 2. Preparation of Vanadium(V) Oxide (212). 3. Preparation of Sodium Vanadate (212). 4. Preparation of Vanadium Oxychloride and Studying of Its Properties (212). 5. Preparation of Ammonium Fluovanadate(III) (213). 6. Preparation of Anhydrous Dioxovanadium Nitrate (V0 2NO a) (214). 7. Preparation of Niobium (Tantalum) Chloride and Purification from Iron Impurities (214). 25 Chromium, Molybdenum, Tungsten, Uranium 215 25.1 Chromium Chromium(II) Compounds (215). Chromium(III) Compounds (216). Chromium(VI) Compounds (218). 25.2 Molybdenum and Tungsten Compounds 25.3 Uranium Compounds Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 1. Preparation of Chromium (221). 2. Properties of Chromium (222). 3. Preparation of Chromium(II) Acetate (222). 4. Preparation of Chromium(III) Chloride Hydrate (223). 5. Preparation of Anhydrous Chromium(III) Chloride (224). 6. Preparation of Chromium (III) Nitride (224). 7. Preparation of Chromium (III) Sulphide (224). 8. Preparation of Potassium Trioxalatochromate(III) (225). 9. Preparation and Properties of Chromyl Chloride (225). 10. Preparation of Potassium Chlorochromate (225). 11. Preparation of Chromium(VI) Oxysulphate (225). 12. Preparation and Properties of Molybdenum (Tungsten) (227). 13. Preparation of Molybdenum(VI) Oxide (227). 14. Preparation of Sodium Paramolybdate (229). 15. Preparation of Normal Ammonium Tungstate (229). 16. Preparation of Sodium Paratungstate (229). 17. Preparation of Sodium Metatungstate (229). 18. Preparation of Tungsten Bronzes (230). 19. Preparation of Potassium Hexachloromolybdate(III) (231). 20. Preparation of Molybdenum Pentachloride and Tungsten Hexachloride (232). 21. Preparation of Molybdenum(III) Bromide (233). 22. Preparation of Uranium(IV) Fluoride (233). 23. Preparation of Uranium(IV) Chloride (234). 26 Manganese 235 26.1 Manganese(II) and Manganese(IV) Compounds 26.2 Manganese(VI) and Manganese(VII) Compounds Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 1. Preparation of Manganese by the Aluminothermic Process (237). 2. Preparation of Manganese Chloride in an Ethanol Solution (238). 3. Preparation of Manganese Oxalate (238). 4. Preparation of Manganese(II) Oxide (238). 5. Preparation of Sodium Manganate(V) (239). 6. Preparation of Sodium Manganate(VI) by the Solid-Phase Reaction of Manganese Dioxide with Sodium Peroxide (239). 7. Preparation of Potassium Permanganate by the Hydrolysis of Potassium Manganate (240). 8. Preparation of Potassium Permanganate by the Anodic Oxidation of Manganese (240). 27 Iron, Cobalt, Nickel 241 27.1 Properties 27.2 Compounds Preparation and Properties of Hydroxides (241). Salts (242). 27.3 Complex Compounds Compounds with Complex Cations (244). Compounds with Complex Anions (245). Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 1. Preparation of Reduced Iron (Cobalt, Nickel) (245). 2. Preparation of Pyrophoric Iron (246). 3. Preparation of Iron(II) Oxide (246). 4. Preparation of Macrocrystalline Iron(III) Oxide (246). 5. Preparation of Nickel(III) Oxide (247). 6. Preparation and Properties of Sodium Ferrite (247). 7. Preparation of Anhydrous Cobalt (Nickel) Chloride in an Ethanol Solution (247). 8. Preparation of Anhydrous Iron(III) Chloride in a Fluidized Bed (247). 9. Preparation of Potassium Trioxalatoferrate(III) (247). 10. Preparation of Tetraamminecarbonatocobalt(III) Nitrate (248). 11. Preparation of Ammonium Hexafluocobaltate(II) (248). 12.Preparation of Hexaaminenickel(II) Chloride (248). 13. Preparation of Nickel Carbonyl (249). 28 Copper, Silver, Gold 250 28.1 Copper 250 Copper(I) Compounds (251). Copper(II) Compounds (252) 28.2 Silver 253 Properties (254). Compounds (254). Silver Plating (255) 28.3 Gold 255 Properties (255). Compounds (256). Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 256 1. Preparation of Copper(II) Fluoride (256). 2. Preparation of Copper(II) Nitride (256). 3. Preparation of Copper(II) Bromide (257). 4. Preparation of Copper(II) Acetylide (257). 5. Preparation of Silver from Silver Chloride (257). 29 Zinc, Cadmium, Mercury 258 29.1 Zinc and Cadmium Compounds 258 29.2 Mercury Compounds (259) Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 260 1. Preparation of Zinc Amalgam (260). 2. Preparation of a Low Melting Alloy (260). 3. Preparation of Zinc Chloride (260). 4. Preparation of Zinc Oxychloride (261). 5. Preparation of Zinc Choride Crystallohydrate (261). 6. Use of Zinc Chloride in Soldering (262). 7. Preparation of Zinc Iodide in Absolute Ether (262). 8. Preparation of Zinc Oxyacetate (262). 9. Preparation of Crystalline Cadmium Sulphide (263). 10. Preparation of Autocomplex Cadmium Iodide (263). 11. Preparation of Cadmium Pigments (263). 12. Purification of Mercury by Filtration (264). 13. Chemical Purification of Mercury (264). 14. Preparation of Mercury (I) Nitrate (264). 15. Preparation of Mercury (II) Nitrate (264). 16. Preparation of Mercury(II) Iodide (264). 30 Tin, Lead 265 30.1 Tin 265- 30.2 Lead 266- Oxides and Hydroxides (266). Salts and Their Properties (267). Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 267 1. Preparation of Tin by Reduction with Charcoal (267). 2. Preparation and Properties of Tin (II) Oxide (267). 3, 4. Preparation of $latex \alpha$ and $latex \beta$ Stannic Acid (268). 5. Preparation of Tin(II) Chloride (268). 6. Preparation of Tin (IV) Chloride (268). 7. Preparation of Chlorostannic Acid (268). 8. Preparation of Ammonium Chlorostannate (269). 9. Soldering (269). 10. Preparation of Lead (270). 11. Properties of Lead (270). 12. Preparation of Lead(II) Oxide (Yellow and Red Modifications) (270). 13. Preparation of Lead(II) Acetate (Lead Sugar) (271). 14. Preparation and Properties of Lead(lV) Oxide (271). 15. Preparation and Properties of Red Lead Oxide (Minium) (271). 16. Preparation of Ammonium Hexachloroplumbate (272). 17. Preparation of Lead Tetrachloride (272). 18. Preparation of Lead Tetraacetate (272). 31 Arsenic, Antimony, Bismuth 273 31.1 Arsenic 273 31.2 Antimony 275 31.3 Bismuth 276 Supplementary Experiments and Syntheses 276 1. Preparation of Antimony (276). 2. Preparation of Antimony(V) Oxide (277). 3. Preparation of Antimony(III) Iodide (277). 4. Preparation of Bismuth and Studying of Its Properties (277). Appendix 1. Selected Tables 278 Appendix 2. CCourse Projects in Inorganic Chemistry 303, Literatur

stripped_tags:
em,a href="http://mirtitles.files.wordpress.com/2012/06/practical-inorganic-chemistry-cover.png" rel="ugc nofollow",img class="aligncenter size-medium wp-image-1042" title="practical-inorganic-chemistry-cover" src="//web.archive.org/web/2im_/http://mirtitles.files.wordpress.com/2012/06/practical-inorganic-chemistry-cover.png?w=189" alt="" width="189" height="300" /,strong


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-theneonew
creator: Weissenberg
date: 1967-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: weissenberg-muons-1967
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-02-02T08:27:32Z,2026-02-06T01:55:24Z
publicdate: 2023-02-02T08:27:32Z
title: Muons
year: 1967
description:
A book about experimental observations of muons and their theoretical explanation along with associated phenomena.

format:
DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
cosmic rays,muons,elementary particle physics,mesomolecular phenomena,muonium,electromagnetic interactions,muon capture,pion decay,quantum mechanics,elementary particles


backup_location: ia905705_0
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: A. S. Solodovnikov.
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: SystemsOfLinearInequalitieslittleMathematicsLibrary
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-08-16T12:24:36Z,2013-08-16T12:27:09Z,2026-02-06T00:09:31Z
publicdate: 2013-08-16T12:27:09Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Systems of Linear Inequalities (Little Mathematics Library)
year: 1979
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_superuser,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-hajer_ghassan_al_khafaji,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess

description:
The book tells about the relation of systems of linear inequalities to convex polyhedra, gives a description of the set of all solutions of a system of linear inequalities, analyses the questions of compatibility and incompatibility; finally, it gives an insight into linear programming as one of the topics in the theory of systems of linear inequalities. The last section but one gives a proof of duality theorem of linear programming. The book is intended for senior pupils and all amateur mathematicians.

format:
Abbyy GZ,Animated GIF,Daisy,DjVu,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF

subject:
little mathematics library,mathematics,mir publishers,analytic geometry,incompatible systems,linear inequalities,linear programming,systems,convex polyhedra


btih: 8900de52b185ed08419943caebbe825bc7683a93
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-advocate_sathishkumar,fav-user_34125
creator: சிங்கிஸ் ஐத்மாத்தோவ் (Chinghiz Aitmatov)
date: 1973-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: chinghiz-aitmatov-jameela-in-tamil-progress-1973
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-02-15T14:25:46Z,2026-02-04T15:55:50Z
publicdate: 2025-02-15T14:25:46Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,சோவியத் இலக்கியம்,kyrgyz literature
title: ஜாமீலா (Jameela In Tamil )
year: 1973
description:
ஜாமீலா என்பது கிர்கிஸ் எழுத்தாளர் சிங்கிஸ் ஐத்மாத்தோவ் எழுதிய ஒரு சிறந்த காதல் நாவலாகும். இது இரண்டாம் உலகப்போரின் பின்னணியில் கிர்கிஸ் கிராமப்புற வாழ்க்கையை சித்தரிக்கிறது. இக்கதையின் பிரதான பாத்திரம் ஜாமீலா, ஒரு இளம்பெண். அவள் கணவர் போர் முனையில் இருப்பதால், அவரது இல்ல வாழ்க்கை தடுமாறுகிறது. அவள் விவசாய வேலைகளில் ஈடுபடும்போது, தானியoor (டானியார்) எனும் ஓர்தாலியபோ திரும்பிய யுத்த வீரருடன் தொடர்பு கொள்ளிறார். அவனது மென்மையான இயல்பு, அவனின் கலை உணர்வு, அவள் மீது அவனுக்கு இருக்கும் அன்பு, ஜாமீலாவை மயக்குகிறது. இது சாதாரண காதல் கதை அல்ல. அது சமூகத்தின் கட்டுப்பாடுகளை மீறி உணர்வுகளை வெளிப்படுத்தும் ஓர் அழகிய புகைப்படம். ஜாமீலா தனது வாழ்க்கையை உருமாற்றிக்கொள்ளும் ஒரு பெண்ணாக மாறுகிறாள். ஜாமீலா என்ற நாவல், காதல், சுதந்திரம், சமூக மரபுகள் மற்றும் பெண் எmanிமையை வலியுறுத்தும் முக்கியமான படைப்பாக உலகளவில் பாராட்டப்பட்டது. மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்‌: பூ. சோமசுந்தரம்‌ Original scan from Tamil Digital Studies at Toronto Universtiy. This is a cleaned. optimised scan.

stripped_tags:
div style="margin-top:1.43em;margin-bottom:1.43em;margin-right:5rem;color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;"


btih: 2d812eaa648f5060940da7bfe793f50ff326dad6
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: चिंघिझ आयत्मातोव (Chinghiz Aitmatov)
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: chinghiz-aitmatov-jamila-a-novella-in-marathi-raduga-1990
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: mar
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-02-15T13:03:19Z,2026-02-04T15:55:48Z
publicdate: 2025-02-15T13:03:19Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers,रादुगा प्रकाशन
subject: सोविएत साहित्य,soviet literature
title: जामील्या कादंबरीका (Jamila A Novella In Marathi )
year: 1990
description:
चिंघिझ आयत्मातोव -सोविएत बहुराष्ट्रिक गद्यामधील एक नामवंत आणि ठळक लेखक. लेनिन पारितोषिकाचे आणि सोविएत संघ राज्याच्या सरकारी पारितोषिकाचे मानकरी, अनेक पुस्तकांचे लेखन सोविएत व परदेशी वाचकांमध्ये अमाप लोकप्रियता . ... चिंघिझ आयत्मातोव यांची "जामील्या" ही पहिली कहाणी सुमारे तीस वर्षापूर्वी प्रकाशित झाली होती. पण वाचकांचे तिच्याबद्दल अजूनही कतूहळ शमत नाही. स्वत:च्या सुखाचा हक्‍क सांगणार्‍या महिलेच्या ह्या काव्यमय कथेला अनेक देशांमध्ये जाणतात . फ्रेंच लेखक लुई आरागोन म्हणाले होते को, “ ' जामील्या' जगात सर्वात सुंदर प्रेमकहाणी आहे. ' अनुवाद: अनिल हवालदार सजावट: आ. अल्तूनीन पुस्तक उपलब्ध करून दिल्याबद्दल शंकर ब्रह्मे समाज विज्ञान ग्रंथालय, पुणे यांचे मनःपूर्वक आभार. Many thanks to Shankar Brahme Samaj Vigyan Granthalaya, Pune for providing access to the book.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
external-identifier: urn:lcp:TAJIK FOLKTALES - Tajik Lokkahini:epub:54694f12-9490-4a01-968c-bcf62b375ace
identifier: tajik-folktales-tajik-lokkahini_202309
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-07T05:16:58Z,2026-02-06T00:10:30Z
publicdate: 2023-09-07T05:16:58Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: তাজিক লোককাহিনী (Tajik Folktales in Bengali)
year: 1980
description:
An illustrated book with Tajik folk tales তাজিক লোককাহিনী সহ একটি চিত্রিত বই Translated from Russian to Bengali রাশিয়ান থেকে বাংলা অনুবাদ All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.

format:
Additional Text PDF,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,LCP Encrypted EPUB,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই,Soviet Literature,Children's Books,Fairy Tales,Fantasy Tales,Illustrated Books,রূপকথার গল্প,ফ্যান্টাসি গল্প,সচিত্র বই


backup_location: ia907100_34
creator: S. Targ
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: targtheoreticalmechanicsashortcourse
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2020-01-05T05:02:06Z,2020-01-05T05:02:27Z,2026-02-06T00:11:07Z
publicdate: 2020-01-05T05:02:27Z
title: Theoretical Mechanics - A Short Course
year: 1988
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ahmed_bousnina175,fav-c_barker,fav-captain1949,fav-carson_main,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nasser_ahmed573,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-rilberte_costa,fav-seafarer54,fav-shauhram,fav-sol909,fav-tammy_lee837,fav-user_23638

description:
This Short Course o f Theoretical Mechanics is designed for students of higher and secondary technical schools. It treats of the basic methods of theoretical mechanics and spheres of their application along with some to­ pics which are of such importance todays that no course of mechanics, even a short one, can neglect them altogether. In preparing the original Russian edition for translation the text has be­ en substantially revised, with additions, changes and corrections in practi­ cally all the chapters. Most of the additions are new sections containing supplementary infor­ mation on the motion ofa rigid body about a fixedpoint (the kinematic and dynamic Euler equations) and chapters setting forth the fundamentals of the method of generalized coordinates (the Lagrange equations), since the de­mands to the course of theoretical mechanics in training engineers of diffe­rent specialities makes it necessary to devote some space to this subject even in a short course. Also the book presents an essential minimum on the elementary theory of the gyroscope and such highly relevant topics as motion in gravitational fields (elliptical paths and space flights) and the motion of a body of va­riable mass (rocket motion); a new section discusses weightlessness. The structure of this book is based on the profound conviction, born out by many years of experience, that the best way of presenting study mate­ rial, especially when it is contained in a short course, is to proceed from the particular to the general. Accordingly, in this book, plane statics comes be­ fore three-dimensional statics, particle dynamics before system dynamics, rectilinear motion before curvilinear motion, etc. Such an arrangement helps the student to understand and digest the material better and faster and the teaching process itself is made more graphic and consistent. Alongside with the geometrical and analytical methods of mechanics the book makes wide use of the vector method as one of the main generally accepted methods, which, furthermore, possesses a number of indisputable advantages. As a rule, however, only those vector operations are used which are similar to corresponding operations with scalar quantities and which do not require an acquaintance with many new concepts. Considerable space—more than one-third of the book—is devoted to examples and worked problems. They were chosen with an eve to ensure a clear comprehension of the relevant mechanical phenomena and cover all the main types of problems solved by the methods described. There are 176 such examples (besides worked problems); their solutions contain instruc­tions designed to assist the student in his independent work on the course. In this respect the book should prove useful to all students of engineering, notably those studying by correspondence or on their own. The numeration of the equations of each of the four parts is separate; therefore, references to equations are only by their numbers. References to equations in other parts are given with the number of the respective section.

format:
Abbyy GZ,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

stripped_tags:
div class="page" title="Page 6",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",span style="font-size:11pt;font-family:TimesNewRomanPSMT;",span style="font-size:11pt;font-family:TimesNewRomanPS;font-style:italic;",div class="page" title="Page 7"

subject:
physics,mechanics,motion,kinematics,dynamics,conservation laws,rigid body,rotation,momentum,friction,forces,virtual workmir books,soviet


avg_rating: 3
backup_location: ia906705_18
creator: I. R. Lavretsky
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: LavretskyErnestoCheGuevaraProgress1976
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
num_reviews: 1
oai_updatedate: 2018-05-21T16:35:02Z,2026-02-05T20:02:36Z,2022-11-13T17:43:17Z
publicdate: 2018-05-21T16:35:02Z
reviewdate: 2022-11-13T17:43:17Z
title: Ernesto Che Guevara
year: 1976
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_tefan_da_o,fav-caleb_malskaitis,fav-carthorse,fav-edgar_andr_gardu_o_dominguez,fav-fyodor_loumakos,fav-gmccrea,fav-irohamca,fav-nikemaul,fav-odette322,fav-ogonna_ikeora916,fav-rohit_gupta696,fav-van_buren_minter

description:
In this post, we will see the biography of Ernesto "Che" Guevara by I. R. Lavretsky.  Che perhaps is the most iconic face of a revolutionary, and indeed in deed he was a revolutionary at heart till his untimely and gruesome death.   About the book: This book by I. R. Lavretsky, Dr. Sc. (Hist.), Is concerned with the life and activities of the outstanding revolutionary and fighter for the national liberation of the Latin American peoples Ernesto Che Guevara. The author makes use of numerous documents, press Items, notes from personal conversations with friends, relatives and comrades-in-arms of Che Guevara, as well as a wealth of photographs. The book was translated from the Russian by A. B. Eklof and was designed by V. An. The book was first published by Progress Publishers in 1976. Original scan  by IA user  Thomas Mrett . We cleaned, OCRed, bookmarked the scan.   Contents THE ROAD TO THE "GRANMA" First Steps  Character Formation A Lost Battle The "Granma" SIERRA MAESTRA Fighting in the Mountains The Daily Life of a Guerrilla Through Santa Clara to Havana "PATRIA 0 MUERTE" In the Whirlwind of Revolution The World of Socialism  A Shock Worker for Communism "Cuba Si, Yanqui No!"  "BOLIVIAN DIARY" A Mysterious Disappearance The Camp on the Nancahuasu River And Again the Thunder of Battle On the Other Side of the Barricades The Immortal Cause of Revolution LANDMARKS IN THE LIFE OF ERNESTO CHE GUEVARA

format:
Abbyy GZ,Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

stripped_tags:
em,a href="https://archive.org/details/ErnestoCheGuevara" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/details/@ismail_badiou" rel="ugc nofollow",p class="p1",strong,p class="p2",span class="s1"

subject:
socialism,communism,capitalism,revolution,che,progress publishers,soviet,history,cuban revolution,bay of pigs,bolivian diary,fidel castro,bolivia,ernesto che guevara,che guevara,anti-imperialism


backup_location: ia906109_34
creator: A. S. Mishchenko, Yu. P. Solovyev, A. T. Fomenko
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ASMishchenkoYu.P.SolovyevATFomenkoProblemsInDifferentialGeometryAndTopologyMirPublishers1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-06-05T17:58:30Z,2026-02-04T09:30:13Z
publicdate: 2016-06-05T17:58:30Z
title: Problems In Differential Geometry And Topology
year: 1985
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ahylla,fav-hajer_ghassan_al_khafaji,fav-hello_world201,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-marcus_aurelius161,fav-max522,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess,fav-peckinpah,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-scorpionerosso80,fav-shauhram,fav-tim_ringenbach,fav-timomartin,fav-verante

description:
About the book This problem book is compiled by eminent Moscow university teachers. Based on many years of teaching experience at the mechanics-and-mathematics department, it contains problems practically for all sections of the differential geometry and topology course delivered for university students: besides classical branches of the theory of curves and surfaces, the reader win be offered problems in smooth manifold theory, Riemannian geometry, vector fields and differential forms, general topology, homotopy theory and elements of variational calculus. The structure of the volume corresponds to A Course of Differential Geometry and Topology (Moscow University Press 1980)  by Prof. A. T. Fomenko and Prof. A. S. Mishchenko Some problems however, touch upon topics outside the course lectures. The corresponding sections are provided with all necessary theoretical foundations. Preface 5 1. Application of Linear Algebra to Geometry 7 2. Systems of Coordinates 9 3. Riemannian Metric 14 4. Theory of Curves 16 5. Surfaces 34 6. Manifolds 53 7. Transformation Groups 60 8. Vector Fields 64 9. Tensor Analysis 70 10. Differential Forms, Integral Formulae, De Rham Cohomology 75 11. General Topology 81 12. Homotopy Theory 87 13. Covering Maps, Fibre Spaces, Riemann Surfaces 97 14. Degree of Mapping 105 15. Simplest Variational Problems 108 Answers and Hints 113 Bibliography 208

format:
Abbyy GZ,Animated GIF,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF

subject:
tensors,fibre spaces,cohomology,topology,mathematics,problems,curves,smooth manifold,riemman geometry,vector fields,differential forms,homotopy,variational calculus,problem book


backup_location: ia906102_30
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-lukas_korso223
creator: K. Stanyukovich
description: Soviet literature sea stories
identifier: KStanyukovichMaximkaSeaStories
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-03-25T09:34:32Z,2026-02-05T19:58:38Z
publicdate: 2016-03-25T09:34:32Z
subject: soviet literature,sea stories
title: Maximka Sea Stories
format:
Abbyy GZ,Animated GIF,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF


btih: 33afb385316086b760edff8c51ad11f9205d84b7
creator: V.I. Feodosyev
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-i.-feodosyev-selected-problems-and-questions-in-strength-of-materials-mir-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-10T04:16:39Z,2026-02-13T06:22:29Z
publicdate: 2025-06-10T04:16:39Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Selected Problems And Questions In Strength Of Materials
year: 1977
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-adleroadams,fav-carlosbrpo,fav-carson_main,fav-dnaultra5,fav-dstev1,fav-koolobo2,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-seafarer54,fav-shauhram,fav-vignam

description:
This is a textbook that offers a collection of problems and questions designed to help students understand and apply the principles of strength of materials. The book covers various topics within the subject, including stress and strain, elastic and inelastic behavior, bending, torsion, and shear. It can be used as a supplementary resource for courses on materials science and engineering Prof. Vsevolod Feodosvev, D.Se., is a leading Soviet researcher in the field of the theory of elasticity and problems of the strength of mechanical elements, and is a laureate of the Lenin Prize. . Prof. Feodosyev’s published works include “Methods of Strength Analysis in Mechanical Engineering”, “Elastic Elements in Instrument-Making’, and “Strength of Heat-Stressed Units in Rocket Engines”. In addition to his extensive research work, Prof. Feodosyev is actively en- gaged in teaching, holding a chair at the Bauman Higher Technical School in Moscow one of the oldest higher educational institutions in the USSR. Translated from the Russian by M. Konyaeva All credits to IA user  Quantum AI Contents PROBLEMS AND QUESTIONS 7 I. Tension, Compression, and Torsion 7 II. Geometrical Properties of Sections. Bending 23 III. Combined Stresses and Strength Theories 41 IV. Stability 48 V. Miscellaneous Questions and Problems 71 SOLUTION OF PROBLEMS AND ANSWERS TO QUESTIONS 86 I. Tension, Compression, and Torsion 86 Il. Geometrical Properties of Sections. Bending 135 III. Combined Stresses and Strength Theories 220 IV. Stability 238 V. Miscellaneous Questions and Problems 383 LITERATURE 430

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",a href="https://archive.org/details/@quantum_ai" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;" rel="ugc nofollow"

subject:
soviet literature,mechanical engineering,statics,materials science,bending,tension,stress,compression,stability


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-pio07
creator: V. Kiréev
date: 1968-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-kireev-cours-de-chimie-physique-mir-1968
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-05-04T09:08:22Z,2026-02-06T01:45:01Z
publicdate: 2023-05-04T09:08:22Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Cours De Chimie Physique
year: 1968
description:
Un cours de physique chimique. Traduit du russe par André Golovanoff Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
chimie,structure de l’atome,structure des molécules,liaison chimique,les gaz,les cristaux,les liquides,thermodynamique chimique,équilibres chimiques,les solutions,les phénomènes de surface,électrolytes,cinétique des réactions,l’état colloïdal,polymères


btih: dcb919b78965227ea09af2b1e8319145428bb7b7
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: व्लादिमीर बस्काकोव (V. Baskakov)
date: 1968-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-baskakov-soviet-cinema-in-marathi-soviet-desh-pustika-1968
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: mar
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-02-15T12:58:22Z,2026-02-06T01:44:58Z
publicdate: 2025-02-15T12:58:22Z
publisher: Soviet Desh Pustika,सोविएत देश पुस्तिका
subject: soviet literature,soviet cinema,soviet movies,soviet actors
title: सोविएत चित्रपट (Soviet Cinema In Marathi )
year: 1968
description:
"सोविएत चित्रपट" या पुस्तकाचे छेखक ब्लादिमीर बस्काकोव हे सोविएत मंत्रिमंडळाच्या कक्षेतील चित्रफ्टशास्र- समितीचे पहिले उपाध्यक्ष आहेत. या छोट्या निबंधात त्यानी सोविएत चित्रपटांचा उगम आणि प्रमृव भवत्था यांचा मागोवा घेतला आहे. अनुवाद अनिल हवालदार पुस्तक उपलब्ध करून दिल्याबद्दल शंकर ब्रह्मे समाज विज्ञान ग्रंथालय, पुणे यांचे मनःपूर्वक आभार. Many thanks to Shankar Brahme Samaj Vigyan Granthalaya, Pune for providing access to the book. संपादक : जी. एल्‌. कोलोकोलोब व्यवस्था-संपादक : ए.. जी. कालुगिन सहसंपादक : रॉक कार्व्हालो तंत्र-संयोजक : महेश मेहता अनुक्रमणिका चित्रपटकळला आणि क्रांती जीवनाचा आरसा जेव्हा तोफा धडाडल्या... बास्तबवादी व्यक्तिचित्रण मिन्न भिन्न शेली सर्वत्र चलच्चित्रपट प्रत्येक खंडात मास्को----महोत्सवनगरी आंणखी थोडेसे


btih: 8b3c07cd3152e3cb29e23795ab3ea8954771b4a6
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: V. Datskevich
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-datskevich-the-green-island-raduga-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-01T15:24:36Z,2026-02-06T01:44:59Z
publicdate: 2024-08-01T15:24:36Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,popular science,botanical gardens,plants,flowers,animals,moscow
title: The Green Island
year: 1983
description:
A little book describing a green area, the Botanical Gardens, in the middle of Moscow visited by six year old boy Vadik and his father. Various plants, trees, flowers are described with birds and other animals. Colour photographs by V. Datskevich Translated from the Russian by Jan Butler


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-nikemaul
creator: Valentina Zhuravlyova
date: 1960-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: valentina-zhuravlyova-the-astronaut
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-02-28T05:13:29Z,2026-02-06T01:45:23Z
publicdate: 2024-02-28T05:13:29Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: science fiction,Soviet literature,Russian,space,space travel,space ship
title: The Astronaut
year: 1960
description:
Valentina Zhuravlyova (b. 1933) received her training at a medical institute. She was probably prompted to try her hand at scientific fiction by almost fantastic possi- bilities offering in the field of medicine. The reader will particularly enjoy the bold flights of fancy in her scientific thinking. “The Astronaut” – 1960 – is one of her latest creations. Translated from the Russian by Leonid KolesnikovEdited by Richard Dixon From the compilation Destination: Almathea


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-modelisa_design,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pio07,fav-whitejack
creator: V. Smirnov
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-smirnov-cours-de-mathematiques-superieures.-tome-iv-part-2-mir-1984
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-07T08:21:16Z,2026-02-06T01:45:06Z
publicdate: 2022-06-07T08:21:16Z
publisher: Editions Mir
stripped_tags: div class="page" title="Page 8",div class="section",div class="layoutArea",div class="column"
title: Cours De Mathématiques Supérieures - Tome IV - Part 2
year: 1984
description:
Dans l'avant-propos à la deuxième édition du tome V (1959)Vladimir Smirnov écrivait qu'il &lt;&lt;envisageait la publication d'ulh sixième tome consacré à quelques problèmes de la théorie modernedes opérateurs différentiels à une et plusieurs variables indépendantes&gt;&gt;. Il me proposa d'être co-auteur de ce nouveau tome. Mais diverses circonstances compromirent cette entreprise et la décision, fut prise d'élargir simplement le tome IV. La théorie de l'intégralede Lebesgue et de l'espace L2 fut incluse dans le tome Il, quant autome IV, il fut divisé en deux parties (livres). La première traite· de la théorie des équations intégrales dans l'espace des fonctions. continues et dans l'espace L2, du calcul des variations, de la théorie des dérivées distributionnelles, des propriétés fondamentales des- espaces w~ et w: et du minimum d'une fonctionnelle quadratique· en termes de distributions. Cette partie a été publiée en 1974 *). La deuxième partie fut revue et complétée au moment où Vladimir Smirnov était miné par une grave maladie. Néanmoins il trouva le courage de relire attentivement et de rédiger les ajouts et changements que j'avais écrits et avança quelques suggestions quant à laforme définitive de cet ouvrage. Smirnov avait l'intention de supprimer une partie de la précédente édition, qui lui semblait dépassée. Mais nous décidmes d'un commun accord de la conserver et d'y apporter seulement quelques correctifs pour faire la jonction entre· l'ancien et le nouveau texte. Les références sont données entre crochets. Celles qui ne com- portent pas le numéro du tome concernent le tome IV2•

subject:
mathématiques,equations de types parabolique et hyperbolique,transformation de laplace,equation de helmholtz,equations de type elliptique,limites,systèmes d'équations,equations d'ordre supérieur,d~rivées partielles,cours de mathématiques supérieures


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-elegans_hominis512,fav-kathyusha,fav-pio07
creator: V. Sokolov,A. Foursov
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-sokolov-a.-foursov-prospections-detaillees-de-champs-de-petrole-et-de-gaz-mir-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-23T13:09:10Z,2026-05-20T17:03:07Z
publicdate: 2023-09-23T13:09:10Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Prospections Détaillées De Champs De Pétrole Et De Gaz
year: 1983
description:
L’objectif du cours « Prospections détaillées de champs de pétrole et de gaz » est d’assurer aux géologues futurs des connaissances et le savoir-faire qui leur permettraient de rechercher efficacement les champs de pétrole et de gaz, d’établir leur type, leur valeur commerciale et de choisir le système rationnel de prospection du champ. Ce manuel est destiné à l’enseignement technique secondaire spécial et constitue la traduction en français de la seconde édition parue en U.R.S.S. en 1979 Traduit du russe par O. Partchevski Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le livre

subject:
roches-magasins,pièges à pétrole,champs de pétrole,champs de gaz,méthodes géologiques,prospection,geologie


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-nikemaul
creator: V. Yesakov,A. Nenarokov
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-yesakov-a.-nenarokov-from-literacy-classes-to-higher-education-progress-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-05-02T11:25:22Z,2026-02-06T01:45:11Z
publicdate: 2024-05-02T11:25:22Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: From Literacy Classes To Higher Education
year: 1982
description:
This pamphlet deals with events, most of which took place several decades ago and which are known in history as the cultural revolution in Soviet Russia. Their record is not covered in archival dust: today they are relevant to many developing countries confronted with almost the same problems which faced the world’s first workers’ and peasants’ state after the Great October Socialist Revolution of 1917—elimination of illiteracy, training of specialists, and development of science, to name but a few. Our generation, born in the late 1920s, remembers how the cultural revolution was taking place in this country, how parents learned to read and write together with their children, how new schools and colleges were opened, how the first Soviet films appeared and art exhibitions were organized for the working people. Within a historically short space of time, less than two decades, cultural transformations had turned illiterate Russia into one of the most highly developed countries in the world. Under the general editorship of Academician Isaac Mints TO CATCH UP WITH THE OTHER NATIONS 8 The Russian miracle 8 Continuation of the political revolution 11 “It requires a longer period” 14 In the fight for peace 18 IN THE INTERESTS OF WORKERS AND PEASANTS 21 Protection of the people’s property 21 Equality and freedom 26 Constructive work 31 “WE ARE NOT SLAVES. WE SHALL WIN” 41 “Down with illiteracy!” 41 The ABC book 47 The new school 50 For the first time in history 54 SCIENCE AND SOCIETY 59 “A task of world-historic difficulty” 59 Taking account of the achievements of world science 62 How Lenin “succumbed to a Utopia” 66 FROM THE OLD TO THE NEW 75 Succession and continuity 75 Traditions and innovation 76 Is the artist free under socialism? 82 Years of trials 87 UNITY WITHOUT UNIFORMITY 94 An excursion to Yerevan 94 A feeling of belonging to one family 98 Mutual enrichment 100 IN THE NAME OF PEACE AND PROGRESS 105 International recognition 105 Equality and cooperation 109

subject:
soviet literature,USSR,soviet society,soviet education,literacy,adult education,schools,teachers,pedagogy


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-amit_phone,fav-anand953,fav-coop1er
creator: व्से. व्युडेनिच (V. Yudenich)
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-yudenich-first-aid-in-hindi-mir-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-03-26T08:12:10Z,2026-02-06T01:45:11Z
publicdate: 2024-03-26T08:12:10Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: आहत का प्राथमिक उपचार (Accident First Aid In Hindi)
year: 1988
description:
गंभीर दुर्घटनाग्रस्त धावमी का जीवन और उसकी सफल चिकित्सा धक्सर सही समय पर सही ढंग से किये गये प्राथमिक उपचार पर ही निर्भर करते हैं। सामूहिक दुर्घटनात्मक परिस्थितियों में और आगजनी, भूकंप आदि दैवी प्रकोपों तथा विदेशी सैनिक-आक्रमण के समय स्व- भौर पारस्परिक उपचार के मूल तत्त्वों का ज्ञान विशेष रूप से आवश्यक होता है। ऐसे अवसरों पर चिकित्सा- कर्मियों की हमेशा कमी रहती है और घायल का जीवन बहुत कुछ इस बात पर निर्भर करता है कि वह और उसके आसपास के लोग अपनी और दूसरों की कहां तक सहायता कर पाते हैं, प्राथमिक उपचार में कामचलाऊं साधनों का उपयोग करना कहां तक जानते हैं। प्रस्तुत पुस्तक चोट लगने पर अपनी और दूसरों की सहायता करने की विधियां सीखने में उन लोगों के लिये उपयोगी सिद्ध होगी, जिन्हें आयुर (डाक्टरी) का विशेष ज्ञान नहीं है। कोष्ठकों में दी गयी सामग्रियां अनुवादक द्वारा आयो- जित हैं। श्राशा है कि वे पुस्तक को सरलतापूर्वक आत्म- सात करने में सहायक होंगी। देवेंद्र वर्मा ने हिंदी में अनुवाद किया ।  सारा श्रेय गुप्तजी को जाता है ।  A book on first aid to be given to accident victims.  Translated to Hindi by Devendra Varma. All credits to Guptaji.

subject:
popular science,soviet literature,medicine,first aid,fractures,health,accidents,cuts,wounds,लोकप्रिय विज्ञान,सोवियत साहित्य,चिकित्सा,प्राथमिक चिकित्सा,भंग,स्वास्थ्य,दुर्घटनाओं,कटौती,घाव


btih: 24fe03e51e9674716006c72a6b40241706877ee3
creator: V.Z. Parton,I.M. Morozov
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-z.-parton-i.-m.-morozov-elastic-plastic-fracture-mechanics-mir-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-19T12:26:25Z,2026-02-06T01:45:13Z
publicdate: 2025-05-19T12:26:25Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Elastic-Plastic Fracture Mechanics
year: 1978
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-betohl,fav-daniel_savazzi_del_bianco,fav-dstev1,fav-matt_404,fav-nikemaul,fav-sejtan,fav-vignam

description:
The book presents modern concepts and original investigations into the theory of large cracks capable of propagating in deformable solids and initiating partial or complete fracture. It covers a wide range of problems related to the behaviour of cracked bodies, from crack extension criteria to the solution of several complex fracture mechanics problems. Attention is given to limiting and sublimiting states of equilibrium under single, multiple, thermal, and dynamic loadings in elastic, viscoelastic, and elastic-plastic bodies with cracks. The book is intended for scientific researchers and practising engineers working in the field of fracture mechanics, as well as for postgraduates and senior students specialising in solid mechanics and the strength of machine parts. Translated from the Russian First published 1978 Revised from the 1974 Russian edition CONTENTS PREFACE CHAPTER I CONDITIONS FOR CRACK GROWTH 1 Fracture Mechanics and Strength of Solids 2 Stress and Displacement Fields in the Vicinity of a Crack Tip 3 The Griffith-Orowan-Irwin Concept Stable and Unstable Crack Growth 4 The Integral Variational Principle in Crack Theory 5 Some Other Model Representations CHAPTER II STRESS INTENSITY FACTOR 6 Intensity Factor Basic Characteristic of a Cracked Body 7 Basic Numerical Methods for Calculating the Stress Intensity Factor 8 Calculation of the Stress Intensity Factor for Double Cantilever Beam Specimens by the Finite Element Method 9 The Method of Sections for an Approximate Calculation of the Stress Intensity Factor 10 Some Material Characteristics Used for the Evaluation of Crack Propagation Resistance CHAPTER III CRACKS IN LINEARLY ELASTIC BODIES 11 Solution of Some Plane and Three-dimensional Problems 12 Constructional Crack Arrest 13 System of Cracks 14 Stress Intensity Factors for Some Practically Important Cases 15 Shell with a Crack 16 On a Method of Calculating a Crack Trajectory CHAPTER IV CRACKS IN ELASTIC-PLASTIC BODIES 17 Experimental Investigations of the Plastic Zone at the End of a Cut Crack 18 Calculation of the Plastic Zone 19 Critical State of the Plane and Space with a Crack 20 The Elastic-plastic Problem for a Plane with Straight Slits 21 Subcritical Crack Growth 22 Low-cycle Fatigue Life Based on the Number of Cycles 23 Experimental Results for Single and Cyclic Loadings 24 The Ultimate Fracture Strength 25 Design Procedure in the Presence of Cracks 26 Examples of Designing with Cracks CHAPTER V CRACKS IN LINEARLY VISCOELASTIC MEDIA 27 The Viscoelastic Analogue of the Griffith and Sack Problems 28 The Viscoelastic-plastic Analogue of the Griffith and Sack Problems 29 Allowance for Material Sensitivity to the Rate and Frequency of Loading CHAPTER VI THERMAL PROBLEMS IN FRACTURE MECHANICS 30 Cracks Under Thermal Loading 31 The Axially Symmetric Thermoelastic Problem for a Cylinder with a Cut 32 The Quasi-stationary Thermoelastic Problem for a Plane with a Semi-infinite Cut 33 Procedure for Solving Crack and Punch Problems CHAPTER VII DYNAMIC PROBLEMS IN FRACTURE MECHANICS 34 Velocity of Supercritical Crack Propagation 35 The Dynamic Problem for a Plane with a Cut 36 The Dynamic Problem for a Longitudinal Shear Crack 37 The Plane Problem of Steady-state Vibrations for a Strip with a Cut 38 Steady-state Vibrations of an Infinite Plane with a Periodic System of Cuts Along an Axis 39 Steady-state Vibrations of an Infinite Plane with a Periodic System of Cuts Along an Axis Continued 40 The Action of a Shear Wave on a Periodic System of Cracks 41 On Some Prospective Problems in Fracture Mechanics 42 Conclusion APPENDIX A APPENDIX B APPENDIX C REFERENCES

subject:
soviet literature,engineering mechanics,fracture mechanics,crack propagation,stress intensity factor,elastic-plastic analysis,viscoelastic media,dynamic loading


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king,fav-anand953,fav-mky_mky,fav-sureshpal360
creator: वसीली सुखोमिलिंस्की (Vasili Sukhomilinsky)
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: vasili-sukhomilinsky-to-children-i-give-my-heart-hindi-progress-1986
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-02-10T03:26:26Z,2026-02-06T01:45:46Z
publicdate: 2023-02-10T03:26:26Z
publisher: Progress Publishers,प्रगति प्रकाशन
title: बाल-ह्रदय की गहराइयां (To Children I Give My Heart Hindi)
year: 1986
description:
वासिली अलेक्जेंड्रोविच सुखोमलिंस्की (1918-1970) ने अपने छोटे जीवन के पैंतीस साल परवरिश के लिए समर्पित किए और बच्चों की शिक्षा ।  उनतीस वर्षों के लिए वह यूक्रेनी गांव पावलिश में एक स्कूल के निदेशक थे,  बड़े शहरों से दूर ।   शिक्षा के क्षेत्र में अपने काम के लिए, वह समाजवादी श्रम के हीरो के खिताब से सम्मानित किया गया और के मेरिटेड शिक्षक यूक्रेनी एसएसआर; और यूएसएसआर के शैक्षणिक विज्ञान अकादमी के संबंधित सदस्य चुने गए ।  एक शिक्षक के रूप में वसीली सुखोमलिंस्की के काम का सार क्या है?  प्रगतिशील शिक्षकों ने लंबे समय से परवरिश और शिक्षा को एक शैक्षिक प्रक्रिया में मिलाने की कोशिश की है ।  इस सुखोमलिंस्की के शैक्षिक कार्य में सपना साकार हुआ ।  हर स्कूल के बच्चे में एक व्यक्ति को देखने के लिए-यह उनकी शैक्षिक पद्धति का सार था और जो कोई भी उठाने और सिखाने की उम्मीद करता है, उसके लिए एक आवश्यक आवश्यकता थी बच्चे। वसीली सुखोमलिंस्की ने सिद्धांत और व्यवहार में दिखाया कि कोई भी स्वस्थ बच्चा आधुनिक माध्यमिक शिक्षा प्राप्त कर सकता है उज्ज्वल और कम उज्ज्वल के समूह में बच्चों के किसी भी अलगाव के बिना एक साधारण पब्लिक स्कूल में ।  यह नहीं था नई खोज। लेकिन वह समझदार मतलब है कि सक्षम पाया, शिक्षक रखने में ज्ञान के लिए बच्चे का नेतृत्व करने के लिए राष्ट्रीय शैक्षिक कार्यक्रम के साथ। सुखोमलिंस्की के लिए मुख्य बात बच्चे की इच्छा को जगाना था आत्म-शिक्षा और आत्म-अनुशासन के लिए एक स्वाद विकसित करना सीखें ।  सुखोमलिंस्की ने अपने प्रत्येक शिष्य का अध्ययन किया, अन्य शिक्षकों के साथ और माता-पिता के साथ परामर्श करते हुए, उनकी तुलना की अतीत के महान शिक्षकों के विचारों और लोक ज्ञान के साथ अपने विचार ।  बच्चों को पढ़ाने के लिए, आपको उन्हें पसंद करना चाहिए ।  तभी कोई बच्चे को काम करने की खुशी का पता लगाने में मदद कर सकता है दोस्ती, और मानवता। शिक्षक को हर बच्चे के दिल में अपना रास्ता खोजना होगा ।  तभी वह या वह कर सकते हैं बच्चों को अपने परिवार, अपने स्कूल, काम और ज्ञान और अपनी मातृभूमि से प्यार करना सिखाएं ।  संक्षेप में यह विधि-बच्चे के दिल के लिए एक रास्ता खोजना-वासिली सुखोमलिंस्की ने जो काम किया था, उसकी नींव थी शिक्षा। अपने विद्यार्थियों में सर्वश्रेष्ठ लाने के लिए - अपनी प्राकृतिक क्षमताओं को विकसित करना, अपने नैतिक गुणों को निर्धारित करना, उठाना कम्युनिस्ट आदर्शों के लिए समर्पित ईमानदार लोग-यही वह था जिसे वह एक सोवियत शिक्षक का लक्ष्य मानते थे ।  सुखोमलिंस्की की शैक्षिक पद्धति अच्छे, सत्य, भावना की दुनिया और विचारों के लिए शिक्षा है; यह एक व्यक्ति और नागरिक का गठन है ।  अपने जीवन के अंतिम बीस वर्षों में, सुखोमलिंस्की ने अपनी टिप्पणियों और प्रतिबिंबों पर नोट्स बनाए, जो उन्होंने तब  उनकी कई पुस्तकों और लेखों के लिए उपयोग किया जाता है, जिनमें से सबसे प्रसिद्ध बच्चों को मैं अपना दिल देता हूं, एक का जन्म  नागरिक, पावलिश में माध्यमिक विद्यालय, और सामूहिक की बुद्धिमान शक्ति ।  वे के संश्लेषण हैं  इस उत्कृष्ट शिक्षक का समृद्ध अनुभव। सुखोमलिंस्की ने खुद अपने कामों को "मकरेंको का उत्पाद"कहा ।  अनुवादक योगेन्द्र नागपाल

format:
Additional Text PDF,Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
शिक्षा,स्कूल,शिक्षक,छात्र,सोवियत शिक्षा,शिक्षा प्रणाली,बच्चे,education,learning,school,teachers,students,soviet education,education system,children


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: वी. सुतेयेव (V. Suteyev)
date: 2002-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v-suteyev-me-too-progress
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: mar
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-04-10T17:35:57Z,2026-02-06T01:45:01Z
publicdate: 2023-04-10T17:35:57Z
publisher: Progress Publishers,Eklavya
title: मी पण (Pictures and Stories)
year: 2002
description:
A short story about a duckling and its friend the chick. Story and Pictures by V. Suteyev अनुवाद सुधा हर्डीकर

subject:
soviet,children's literature,picture stories,illustrated books,stories about animals,animal babies,मराठी


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-t79
creator: A. I. Vdovikin
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: vdovikin-erdekes-kapcsolasok-mir-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hun
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-09-24T05:09:51Z,2026-02-06T01:46:05Z
publicdate: 2022-09-24T05:09:51Z
publisher: Műszaki Könyvkiadó,Mir Könyvkiadó
stripped_tags: span class="Apple-tab-span" style="white-space:pre;"
subject: elektronika,rádió,amatőr
title: Érdekes Kapcsolások
year: 1985
description:
Lektorálta Barkó József Az első rádióhallgatók saját maguk építették rádiókészülékeiket. A „rádió­ amatőr” szó az alkotóképesség, a tudnivágyás és a lelkesedés szinonimájává vált, hiszen abban az időben e tulajdonságok együttes megléte tette csak lehetővé az eredményes rádiózást. Az amatőrök maguk tekercselték a nagy­ méretű indukciós tekercseket, maguk készítették az ellenállásokat és konden­ zátorokat, sőt még a detektálást végző kristályokat is ők állították elő. A detektoros és csöves vevőkészülékek ideje régen lejárt. Ma az ipar annyi­ féle elektronikus eszközt bocsát ki, hogy úgy tűnik, napjaink rádióamatőré­ nek nem sok tennivalója akad. A saját készítésű eszközökkel foglalkozó könyvek ennek ellenére megőrizték korábbi népszerűségüket. A „saját készí­ tésű” és „amatőr” szavak sajátos varázzsal rendelkeznek, magukban rejtik az új megismerésének és a saját kis felfedezéseknek az örömét. Az amatőr készülékek megalkotása szélesíti a látókört, fejleszti az alkotóképességet, ezek hiányában pedig az ember nem képes teljes értékű munkát végezni a korszerű termelésben. Könyvünkben emléktárgyak, játékok és más hasznos eszközök leírása és a megépítéshez szükséges alapvető tudnivalók találhatók. Reméljük, hogy ezek között több olyan is akad, amelyet az elkészítés után hasznos segítő­ társnak, ill. jó barátnak tekintenek majd az olvasók. A könyvben előforduló szovjet gyártmányú és típusjelzésű aktív eszközök (diódák, tranzisztorok, integrált áramkörök és elektroncsövek) főbb adatait, valamint a helyettesítésükre vonatkozó tudnivalókat a könyv végén elhelye­ zett kiegészítés tartalmazza. SOROZATSZE RKESZTŐ Csabai Dániel


btih: 381c4406d66da4d0e101b26f8d7f1f2ee02b7a2b
creator: Yuri Olesha
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
external-identifier: urn:lcp:Yuri Olesha - Envy - Raduga - 1988:epub:c6e844e3-d731-4f3f-8e5e-e05bbe10ec8e
identifier: yuri-olesha-envy-raduga-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-30T15:40:35Z,2026-02-06T02:10:33Z
publicdate: 2024-08-30T15:40:35Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
stripped_tags: em
subject: soviet literature,novellas,russian literature
title: Envy
year: 1988
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-apeiron91,fav-bhills99,fav-charliehydec,fav-dominic248,fav-irohamca,fav-jess798,fav-kitty_medici,fav-luis_landeros,fav-matt_bradley,fav-nicholas_knopf,fav-phoebe2488,fav-retrostorm568,fav-sadie_kimbrough,fav-videshia

description:
Envy  by Yuri Olesha is a satirical novel that explores the tensions between the old and new Soviet society through the relationship between two main characters: Andrei Babichev, a successful and confident Soviet food industry manager, and Nikolai Kavalerov, a bitter and envious young man whom Babichev takes in. The novel contrasts Babichev's embodiment of Soviet ideals—progress, collectivism, and industrial success—with Kavalerov's disillusionment, individualism, and sense of alienation. Through Kavalerov's envy and resentment, Olesha critiques the emotional and psychological costs of Soviet modernization and the loss of individual identity in a society driven by collective goals. Translated by J. C. Butler Designed by Mikhail Krakovsky

format:
Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,LCP Encrypted EPUB,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR


btih: a48069509fe4be3482b05d44294c96feb158018e
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-sticky_pepsi,fav-vncomrade
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ussr-on-the-threshold-of-1984-novosti-1984
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-28T06:31:33Z,2026-02-06T01:44:07Z
publicdate: 2024-08-28T06:31:33Z
publisher: Novosti Press Agency Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,cpsu
title: USSR On The Threshold Of 1984 Novosti 1984
year: 1984
description:
Statement by Yuri ANDROPOV, General Secretary of the CPSU Central Committee Resolution of the USSR Supreme Soviet "On the International Situation and the Foreign Policy of the Soviet State" Commentary: Towards Economic and Social Progress  CONTENTS From the Publishers 5 Statement by Yuri ANDROPOV, General Secretary of the CPSU Central Committee 7 Resolution of the USSR Supreme Soviet "On the International Situation and the Foreign Policy of the Soviet State" 25 Commentary: Towards Economic and Social Progress 31


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-linds8987
creator: Vsevolod Garshin
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: vsevolod-garshin-the-frog-went-travelling-raduga-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-02-09T11:18:27Z,2026-02-06T01:53:33Z
publicdate: 2023-02-09T11:18:27Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's stories,illustrated books
title: The Frog Went Travelling
year: 1987
description:
A picture story book for children. Drawings by Nikita Charushin Translated from the Russian by Olga Shartste


btih: 8b8ad30d1e9c98eba5ab351252342af6cc5c1f34
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: व्लादिमीर बाँच-ब्रूयेविच (Vladimir Bonch-Bruevich)
date: 1971-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: vladimir-bonch-bruevich-the-first-days-of-the-october-revolution-in-marathi-progress-1971
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: mar
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-17T03:37:59Z,2026-02-06T01:52:29Z
publicdate: 2025-05-17T03:37:59Z
publisher: Progress Publishers,प्रगती प्रकाशन
title: ऑक्टोबरचे पहिले दिवस(The First Days Of The October Revolution In Marathi)
year: 1971
description:
व्लादिमीर बाँच-ब्रूयेविच (१८७३-१९५५) सोविएत मुत्सद्दी आणि पक्षकार्यकर्ते, व्लादिमीर इल्यिच लेनिन यांचे मित्र आणि सहकारी' प्रिय मुलांनो! १९१७ सालाच्या घडामोडींमध्ये भाग घेणारे, ऑक्टोबर क्रांतीच्या मुख्य लष्करी कचेरीचे पहिले प्रमुख व्लादीमिर बाँच-बूयेविच यांनी हे पुस्तक लिहिले आहे. मॉस्कोतील क्रांतीसंग्रहालयात काळजीपूवेक जतन केलेली त्या दिवसांतील दस्तऐवजपर छायाचित्रे या पुस्तकात दाखविली आहेत . ऑक्टोबर क्रांती घडून ६० वर्षे होते आली. या काळात आर्थिकरीत्या अल्पविकसित मागासलेल्या रशियाचे आश्रचयेकारक रूपांतर घडून आले आहे. या छायाचित्रात जी मुले आहेत, त्यांना रशिया 'हा. जगातील सर्वांत अग्रगण्य देश आहे हे माहीत आहे. ही मुले प्रचंड बांधकामांच्या आणि अंतराळामधीळ यशः:सिद्धींच्या काळात रहात आहेत . ऑक्टोबरं क्रांतीमध्ये भाग घेणारे जुने कम्युनिस्ट वासिली पेत्रोविच विनोग्रनादोव. त्या महान ऐतिहासिक दिवसांविषयी माहिती सांगण्यासाठी मुलांकडे आले आहेत. मुलांना त्यांची माहिती मनोरंजक वाटते. चित्रे गेओर्गी युदिन अनुवाद अनिल हवालदार

subject:
soviet literature,october revolution,russian history,lenin,सोव्हिएत साहित्य,ऑक्टोबर क्रांती,रशियन इतिहास,लेनिन


backup_location: ia905708_27
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: A. Afanasiev, G. E. Zaikov
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: InTheRealmOfCatalysis
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-10-23T07:06:00Z,2013-10-23T07:09:57Z,2026-02-04T22:27:50Z
publicdate: 2013-10-23T07:09:57Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: In the realm of Catalysis
year: 1979
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-floura28zz,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-matt_404

description:
In this popular narrative we have attempted to unveil some 'secrets' of catalytic reactions and to provide illustrations which are more closely related to our own field of research. We have placed special emphasis on the kinetic principles of catalysis. In the discussion of catalysis we considered it necessary to give the reader the basic principles of the theory of chemical catalysis and gave examples of catalysis in biology and in industry. It was not our aim to discuss all aspects of catalysis in chemistry and biology, and in this respect this book is far from being comprehensive. The book was translated from the Russian by Alexander Rosinkin and was first published by Mir Publishers in 1979. Contents Contents Introduction Chapter One. An Interview on Catalysis 9 Chapter Two. A Few Words About Industrial Catalysis 15 Chapter Three. Rate of Reaction 21 Chapter Four. Energy Barrier 29 Chapter Five. The Law of Conservation of Disorder 32 Chapter Six. Overcoming the Energy Barrier 38 Chapter Seven. What Next? 42 Chapter Eight. Model Reactions 46 Chapter Nine. The Smile of Mona Lisa 51 Chapter Ten. Acid Catalysis 55 Chapter Eleven. 'Tender Points' of Molecules 65 Chapter Twelve. The Least. What Is It? 71 Chapter Thirteen. Homogeneous Catalysis 78 Chapter Fourteen. Heterogeneous Catalysis 84 Chapter Fifteen. Reaction Medium Acts Like a Catalyst 88 Chapter Sixteen. Catalysis in Biology 95 Chapter Seventeen. Catalysis in the Realm of Elementary Particles 111

format:
Abbyy GZ,Animated GIF,Daisy,DjVu,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF

subject:
chemistry,catalysis,chemical reactions,model,energy barrier,conservation of disorder,molecules,compounds


creator: N. N. Lebedev; I. P. Skalsyaka; Y. S. Uflyand
date: 1965-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: problems-of-mathematical-physics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-05-22T05:54:40Z,2026-02-05T22:05:19Z
publicdate: 2021-05-22T05:54:40Z
title: Problems Of Mathematical Physics
year: 1965
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aadya_r_burli,fav-amrax_tagiyev,fav-christosdedes,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-pio07,fav-timomartin

description:
A problem book on mathematical physics.  AUTHORS’ PREFACE The aim of the present book is to help the reader ac­ quire the proficiency needed to successfully apply the methods of mathematical physics to a variety of prob­lems drawn from mechanics, the theory of heat conduc­tion, and the theory of electric and magnetic phenomena. A wide range of topics is covered, including not only problems of the simpler sort, but also problems of a more complicated nature involving such things as curvilinear coordinates, integral transforms, certain kinds of integral equations, etc. The book is intended both for students concomitantly studying the cor­ responding topics in courses of mathematical physics, and for research scientists who in their work find it necessary to carry out calculations using the methods described here. We also think that quite apart from its value as a tool for acquiring technique, the book can also serve as a handbook, especially in view of the fact that answers to the problems are included.

subject:
physics,problems and solutions,mirtitles,mathematical physics,hyperbolic and elliptic equations,harmonic oscillations,fourier method,integral transformations,curvilinear coordinates,variational methods


backup_location: ia905707_2
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: L. V. Tarasov
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: TarasovLaserPhysics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-09-16T11:53:23Z,2026-02-06T00:11:05Z
publicdate: 2013-09-16T11:53:23Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: physics,lasers,light,applications of lasers,types of lasers,molecular lasers
title: Laser Physics
year: 1983
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dahan_wang,fav-flhoosier,fav-pb_ess,fav-raghu13957,fav-theneonew,fav-zebresse

description:
About the Book The book aims at bringing the reader up-to-date with the latest achievements and trends in the physics of laser processes, as well as at  providing sufficient information so that the reader can then independently make use of specialized literature in this field. It describes the present state of affairs in the development of laser technology from the point of view of research as well as applications in various branches of industry. The book was translated from the Russian by Ram S. Wadhwa and was first published by Mir Publishers in 1983.

format:
Abbyy GZ,Animated GIF,DjVu,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF


backup_location: ia905705_0
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: L. A. Kaluzhnin
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: TheFundamentalTheoremOfArithmetic
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-08-16T09:36:17Z,2013-08-16T09:38:40Z,2026-02-06T00:20:16Z
publicdate: 2013-08-16T09:38:40Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: The Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic (Little Mathematics Library)
year: 1979
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_superuser,fav-abhirup152,fav-augustus2025,fav-chris_ssss,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-hypercube8,fav-jv9876,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-malthouse,fav-manoj_jeyaram_mjn82_,fav-mimavan,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-oceansandseas,fav-paul_dirac,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-raghu13957,fav-rzgh,fav-timomartin

description:
In this booklet, Prof. Kaluzhnin deals with one of the fundamental propositions of arithmetic of rational whole numbers â the uniqueness of their expansion into prime multipliers. Having established a conncetion between arithmetic and Gaussian numbers and the question of representing integers as sum of squares, Prof. Kaluzhnin has shown the uniqueness of expansion also holds in the arithmetic of complex (Gaussian) whole numbers. The author hopes that the booklet will not only be of interest to senior schoolboys but will also be useful for teachers.

format:
Abbyy GZ,Animated GIF,DjVu,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF

subject:
little mathematics library,mathematics,mir publishers,arithmetic,diophantine equations,fundamental theorem,gaussian numbers,gcd,prime numbers,whole numbers.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-pio07
creator: A. V. Pogorelov
date: 1961-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: topics-in-theory-of-surfaces-in-elliptic-space-pogorelov
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-11-15T17:33:29Z,2026-02-06T00:25:04Z
publicdate: 2021-11-15T17:33:29Z
title: Topics In Theory Of Surfaces In Elliptic Space
year: 1961
description:
This book  deals  with  the solution  of a  number  of problems  in  the theory  of  surfaces  in  elliptic space, through  consideration  of  isometric surfaces.  The principal  method of  investigation is comparison  of a pair  of  isometric figures  in  elliptic space  with a  pair of  isometric figures  in a  Euclidean space  which  cor- responds geodesically to the elliptic space. This enables us  to  transpose the main difficulties in the proof  to  Euclidean space, where  they  can be over- come  by  the appropriate theorems.

stripped_tags:
div class="page" title="Page 11",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",span style="font-size:11pt;font-family:Times;",span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:Times;",span style="font-size:13pt;font-family:Times;"

subject:
mathematics,soviet,elliptic spaces,surfaces,convex bodies,convex surfaces,isometric surfaces,congruent figures,transformations


btih: e06b145e7a2ab0d29e74503d9c07cb849591de3a
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-just4comments,fav-lukas_korso223,fav-pio07,fav-sameermadh
creator: Dashiell Hammett
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: dashiell-hammett-selected-detective-prose-raduga-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-07-24T13:57:13Z,2025-07-24T15:07:44Z
publicdate: 2025-07-24T13:57:13Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: detective stories,realism
title: Selected Detective Prose
year: 1985
description:
This collection introduces the reader to the work of one of the classics of American detective literature, Dashiell Hammett (1894–1961), whose works are notable not only for their gripping plots but also for their critical portrayal of American reality. The edition includes an afterword and commentary on the texts. Recommended for all who know or are studying the English language. Compiled and Afterword by G. A. Andzhaparidze Commentary by E. S. Burmistrova Illustrator M. P. Klyachko Editor S. B. Belov Publishing Editor: V. A. Bonar Art Editor: Z. V. Ivashchenko Technical Editor: A. P. Pryanchikova Proofreaders: L. V. Daninburg, E. V. Solntseva Contents  THE GLASS KEY THE THIN MAN 201 STORIES FLY PAPER  398 THE GATEWOOD CAPER.  412 Г. А. Анджапаридзе. Загадка Дэшила Хемметта 431 Коммевтарии ЕЁ. С. Бурмистрова 453


btih: e8930a0c8f63a92660c43fa0226ab5e48dfb7dc2
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-sureshpal360
creator: इवान बूनिन (Ivan Bunin)
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ivan-bunin-dark-avenues-in-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-01-15T14:51:38Z,2026-01-15T14:54:18Z
publicdate: 2026-01-15T14:51:38Z
stripped_tags: strong
title: अन्धी गलियाँ (Dark Avenues In Hindi)
year: 2026
description:
A powerful story of love, memory, and missed possibilities, marked by emotional restraint and tragic inevitability. अन्धी गलियाँ यह प्रेम, स्मृति और अधूरी संभावनाओं की मार्मिक कथा है, जिसमें भावनात्मक गहराई और नियति की छाया स्पष्ट है।

subject:
soviet literature,russian literature,russian stories,russian novels,सोवियत साहित्य,रूसी साहित्य,रूसी कहानियां,रूसी उपन्यास


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ইয়েভগেনি পারমিয়াক (Yevgeny Permyak)
identifier: two-brothers-dui-bhai-yevgeny-permyak_202407
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-01T09:07:24Z,2026-02-06T01:39:31Z
publicdate: 2024-07-01T09:07:24Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
stripped_tags: p style="margin:0px;font-size:12px;line-height:normal;font-family:'Helvetica Neue';"
title: দুই ভাই (Two Brothers in Bengali)
description:
Yevgeny permyak is one of the most impressive and original types of writers in the Soviet Union.  "Two Brothers" by Yevgeny Permyak is a Russian folktale about two brothers who must choose between two divergent paths in life. The older brother opts for the easy, well-trodden path, seeking comfort and avoiding difficulties, while the younger brother chooses the challenging, overgrown path, driven by a desire to help others and embrace adventure. As the older brother lives a comfortable yet unfulfilled life, the younger brother faces numerous obstacles but grows stronger and more fulfilled through his acts of kindness and perseverance. The story ultimately highlights the moral that true happiness and a sense of purpose come from facing challenges and making selfless choices. "দুই ভাই" ইয়েভগেনি পার্ম্যাকের একটি রুশ লোককাহিনী, যা দুই ভাইয়ের জীবনের দুই ভিন্ন পথে পা দেওয়ার বিষয়ে। বড় ভাই সহজ, পরিচিত পথ বেছে নেয়, যা আরামদায়ক এবং ঝামেলাহীন, অন্যদিকে ছোট ভাই কঠিন, আগাছায় ভরা পথটি বেছে নেয়, সাহায্য করার ইচ্ছা এবং অভিযানের আকাঙ্ক্ষা দ্বারা পরিচালিত। বড় ভাই একটি আরামদায়ক কিন্তু অপূর্ণ জীবন যাপন করে, যখন ছোট ভাই অসংখ্য বাধার সম্মুখীন হয় কিন্তু তার দয়া এবং অধ্যবসায়ের মাধ্যমে আরও শক্তিশালী এবং সন্তুষ্ট হয়ে ওঠে। গল্পটি শেষ হয় ছোট ভাইয়ের সাথে বড় ভাইয়ের পুনর্মিলনের মাধ্যমে, যা চ্যালেঞ্জের মুখোমুখি হওয়া এবং নিঃস্বার্থ সিদ্ধান্ত গ্রহণের মাধ্যমে প্রকৃত সুখ এবং জীবনের উদ্দেশ্য খুঁজে পাওয়ার নৈতিকতা তুলে ধরে। অনুবাদ: ননী ভৌমিক প্রচ্ছদপট ও মুদ্রণ পরিকল্পনা: নিকোলাই গ্রিশিন All credits to Sovietbooksinbengali blog.

subject:
soviet literature,russian novel,russian literature,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,রাশিয়ান উপন্যাস,রাশিয়ান সাহিত্য


btih: 3816f9b0375c90d0b37e7bb2905e94988cedc096
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-laichar,fav-leonardo662020,fav-semyon196,fav-swarup_dey,fav-xif
creator: Эрик Роджерс
date: 1969-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: Rogers_Physics-for-the-Inquiring-Mind-vol-1-1969-ru
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: rus
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2020-12-30T18:43:34Z,2026-02-05T23:05:46Z
publicdate: 2020-12-30T18:43:34Z
title: Эрик Роджерс. Физика для любознательных. Том 1. 1969
year: 1969
description:
Эрик Роджерс. Физика для любознательных. Том 1. 1969 Издательство "Мир" Eric Rogers. Physics for the Inquiring Mind vol. 1

format:
Additional Text PDF,Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
Eric Rogers,physics,science,Physics for the Inquiring Mind,Rogers,Эрик Роджерс,Роджерс,Физика для любознательных,Мир,издательство Мир,Mir,Mir Titles


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Ya. Pérelman
date: 1974-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: perelman-experiences-et-problemes-recreatifs-mir
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-09-21T07:37:34Z,2026-02-05T21:55:44Z
publicdate: 2022-09-21T07:37:34Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
subject: physique,mathématique,géométrie,mécanique récréative,science
title: Expériences Et Problèmes Récréatifs
year: 1974
description:
Traduit du russe par V. Glasov C’est en 1913, sur les étalages des librairies, qu’est apparu le livre de l ’excellent pédagogue Yakov Pérelman « La physique récréative ». Ce livre a connu un grand succès auprès des lecteurs, des jeunes surtout, qui y trouvèrent les réponses à beaucoup des problèmes qui les intéressaient. « La physique récréative » avait le don d’intéresser le lecteur, mais aussi de l’instruire. Dans la préface à la 11-ème édition, Y. Pérelman écrivait : « Le but principal de « La physique récréative» est d’éveiller l’imagination scientifique, d’apprendre au lecteur à penser dans l’esprit de la physique et d’associer dans sa mémoire des connaissances physiques avec les phénomènes les plus variés et les plus habituels de la vie. »  « La physique récréative » s’est révélée un livre très populaire. Yakov Pérelman est né en 1882 à Biélostock. En 1909, il a terminé l’Ecole des forêts de Saint- Pétersbourg et obtenu le diplôme de sylviculteur. Après « La physique récréative » Y. Pérelman a écrit d’autres ouvrages dans lesquels il s’est montré un excellent vulgarisateur de la science. Citons parmi ses livres les plus connus : « L’arithmétique récréative », « La mécanique récréative », « La géométrie récréative », « L’astronomie récréative », « Les mathématiques vivantes », « La physique dans la vie de tous les jours », « Gadgets et récréations », etc. Aujourd’hui ces livres sont appréciés du plus large public. Il a également écrit plusieurs livres consacrés aux voyages interplanétaires (« Les voyages interplanétaires », « En fusée vers les étoiles », « Les mondes lointains », etc.). Le grand savant russe Tsiolkovsky rendait hommage au talent et à l'oeuvre de Pérelman. En préfaçant « Les voyages interplanétaires », il écrivait entre autres: «L'auteur est depuis longtemps connu par ses livres populaires, pleins d’esprit et d'un bon niveau scientifique en physique, astronomie et mathématiques et qui de plus sont merveilleusement écrits et facilement assimilables par les lecteurs. » Y. Pérelman est également l’auteur d'un certain nombre de manuels et de différents articles dans les revues « Le savoir est une force », « La technique pour la jeunesse » et autres. Il n’avait pas que des activités pédagogiques, scientifiques et littéraires. Son travail de rédacteur dans les revues « La nature et les hommes », « Dans l'atelier de la nature » lui prenait également beaucoup de temps. Y. Pérelman est mort à Léningrad le 16 mars 1942. De nombreuses générations de lecteurs soviétiques lisaient avec intérêt les livres passionnants de Pérelman et nous espérons qu'il en sera de même pour celles à venir.


btih: f2d9fa1db0b68fd51891051a2dac3571a405fe96
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-jkreiser,fav-pio07
creator: E.V. Armensky,G.B. Falk
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: e.-v.-armensky-g.-b.-falk-fractional-horsepower-electrical-machines-mir-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-04-03T16:39:23Z,2026-04-03T17:05:16Z
publicdate: 2026-04-03T16:39:23Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Fractional Horsepower Electrical Machines
year: 1978
description:
This book is concerned with the theory of, and physical processes of, miscellaneous tractional-horsepower electrical machines. Special attention is given to the static and dynamic characteristics of these machines. The book also presents design and construction features of fractional-horsepower electrical machines and gives illustrative examples of their application. Along with general-purpose fractional-horsepower machines used in large-scale production, the book deals with a number of promising types, such as contecness fractional-horsepower d.c. motors, flow-inertia machines, amplifier motor-generator sets, and synchro-motor units; fractional-horsepower synchronous harmonic-drive motors; fractional-horsepower steromotors, etc. The book is intended for use in the curriculum for electrical engineering students and may be of interest to electrical engineers dealing with fractional-horsepower electrical machines. Translated from the Russian by O.B. Volodina Contents Preface Introduction 0.1 Classification of Fractional-Horsepower Electrical Machines and Their Functions in State-of-the-Art Engineering 0.2 Basic Technical and Economic Requirements for Fractional-Horsepower Electrical Machines 0.3 General Problems of Fractional-Horsepower Machine Reliability Chapter 1 Rotary Amplifiers 1.1 General Information and Classification 1.2 Self-Excited Rotary Amplifier 1.3 Cross-Magnetised Rotary Amplifier (Amplidyne): Mechanical Design and Principle of Operation 1.4 Amplidyne Static and Dynamic Characteristics 1.5 Application of Rotary Amplifiers Chapter 2 Fractional-Horsepower Electric Motors 2.1 General Information and Classification 2.2 Fractional-Horsepower D.C. Servo Motors: Mechanical Design and Principle of Operation 2.3 Methods of Control of Fractional-Horsepower D.C. Servo Motors 2.4 Dynamic Characteristics of Fractional-Horsepower D.C. Servo Motors 2.5 Universal Fractional-Horsepower Commutator Motors 2.6 Fractional-Horsepower Induction Servo Motors: Mechanical Design and Principle of Operation 2.7 Methods of Control of Fractional-Horsepower Induction Servo Motors 2.8 Dynamic Characteristics of Fractional-Horsepower Induction Servo Motors 2.9 Continuous-Running Fractional-Horsepower Synchronous Motors 2.10 Stability of Fractional-Horsepower Synchronous Motor Speed 2.11 Continuous-Running Low-Speed Synchronous Motors 2.12 Stepper Motors 2.13 Auxiliary Fractional-Horsepower Single-Phase Motors 2.14 A.C. Motor Sets 2.15 Application of Servo Motors Chapter 3 Tachogenerators 3.1 General Information and Classification 3.2 Direct-Current Tachogenerators 3.3 A.C. Induction Tachogenerators 3.4 Alternating-Current Synchronous Tachogenerators 3.5 Dynamic Characteristics of Tachogenerators 3.6 Application of Tachogenerators Chapter 4 Synchros 4.1 General Information and Classification 4.2 Mechanical Design of Single-Phase Synchros 4.3 Synchro Indicators 4.4 Synchro Transformers 4.5 Differential Synchros in Indicating Transmission Systems 4.6 High-Torque Indicating Transmission Systems 4.7 Dynamic Characteristics of Synchro Indicators 4.8 Application of Synchros Chapter 5 Rotary Transformers 5.1 General Information and Classification 5.2 Mechanical Design of Rotary Transformers 5.3 Sine-Cosine Rotary Transformers 5.4 Rotary Transformer Balancing Adjustment 5.5 Linear, Scale, and Vector-Computing Rotary Transformers 5.6 Rotary Transformer Errors 5.7 Sine-Cosine Rotary Transformers in High-Accuracy Angular Displacement Transmission Systems 5.8 Application of Rotary Transformers Bibliography Appendices Index

subject:
soviet literature,electrical engineering,electrical machines,rotary amplifiers,synchros,tachogenerators,rotary transformers,electric motors


btih: 5800b7caee808386054dffaff302a7d54bfb629b
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-pio07,fav-rilberte_costa,fav-roberto_mart_nez718
creator: Petr B. Gusjatnikov,S.V. Reznichenko
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: petr-b.-gusjatnikov-algebra-vectorial-en-ejemplos-y-problemas-mir-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-05T07:20:23Z,2026-02-07T12:11:41Z
publicdate: 2025-12-05T07:20:23Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: Algebra Vectorial En Ejemplos Y Problemas
year: 1988
description:
El presente manual está escrito sobre la base de la experiencia de enseñar el álgebra vectorial en el Instituto Físico-Técnico de Moscú. Corresponde al programa del curso «Geometría Analítica» para las facultades de física y matemáticas de universidades, institutos pedagógicos y centros de enseñanza técnica superior con capacitación ampliada en matemáticas. En el manual se exponen detalladamente los métodos de solución de problemas geométricos, utilizando el aparato del álgebra vectorial y la geometría analítica. Los principales conocimientos teóricos se presentan de forma abreviada, lo que permite al estudiante aplicarlos directamente para resolver los problemas. A diferencia de la mayoría de los compendios existentes, que hacen hincapié principalmente en el estudio y entrenamiento de operaciones formales con vectores, el objetivo esencial del manual es desarrollar hábitos técnicos prácticos basados en la resolución de problemas geométricos complejos. En el capítulo 1 se introducen los conocimientos teóricos necesarios de la geometría elemental; en el capítulo 2 se examinan los vectores y las operaciones lineales con ellos; en el capítulo 3, el producto escalar de vectores. El material de estos capítulos corresponde al programa de las escuelas secundarias y puede ser utilizado por profesores y alumnos para estudiar geometría en los grados superiores. En el capítulo 4 se consideran los productos vectorial y mixto. Al final de este capítulo se presentan los principales problemas vectoriales de la recta y el plano, cuya solución exige el dominio completo del aparato del álgebra vectorial. En el Complemento se reúnen las principales propiedades de las transformaciones geométricas.

format:
Additional Text PDF,Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
literatura soviética,matemáticas,libros de problemas,álgebra vectorial,geometría analítica,problemas geométricos,enseñanza técnica,transformaciones geométricas


creator: E. S. Véntsel
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: e.-s.-ventsel-elementos-de-la-teoria-de-los-juegos-lecciones-populares-de-matematicas_202309
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-16T09:47:26Z,2026-02-04T21:41:56Z
publicdate: 2023-09-16T09:47:26Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
subject: Lecciones Populares De Matemáticas
title: Elementos De La Teoria De Los Juegos ( Lecciones Populares De Matemáticas)
year: 1977
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-christian_vargas_raudales,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-marccelino,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-roberto_mart_nez718,fav-tecolote2023

description:
Trata de los elementos de la teoría de los juegos y de ciertos procedimientos de resolución de juegos de matrices. Casi no contiene demostraciones y las tesis básicas de la teoría se ilustran con ejemplos. Para su lectura es suficiente elconocimiento de los elementos de la teoría de las probabilidades y del análisis matemático.   El objetivo del libro es la divulgación de las ideas de la teoría delos juegos, las cuales tienen amplia utilización práctica en la economía y en el arte militar.   Contenido:     1. Que estudia la teoria de los juegos. Nociones basicas   2. Valor inferior y superior del juego. Principio del "min - max"   3. Estrategias puras y mixtas. Solución de juegos con estrategias mixtas   4. Métodos elementares de resolución de juegos. Juegos de 2x2 y de 2xn   5. Métodos generales de resolución de juegos finitos   6. Métodos aproximados de resolución de juegos   7. Métodos de resolución de ciertos juegos infinitos Créditos al cargador original.

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",br style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;" /,span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;"


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ভ্যালেন্টিন কাতায়েভ (Valentin Kataev)
date: 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: flower-with-seven-colours-satronga-phul-valentin-kataev_202407
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-03T04:39:22Z,2026-02-04T21:54:52Z
publicdate: 2024-07-03T04:39:22Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
title: সত্রঙ্গি ফুল (Seven Coloured Flower in Bengali)
year: 1970
description:
A picture story book for children. All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog. অনুবাদ: ননী ভৌমিক প্রগতি প্রকাশন মস্কো


btih: 225a90f9dbe9ea0a4ab21acc8f36fa2007ec2927
creator: G. Avanesov
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: g.-avanesov-the-principles-of-criminology-progress-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-21T16:26:33Z,2026-02-04T21:59:07Z
publicdate: 2024-07-21T16:26:33Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: The Principles Of Criminology
year: 1981
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-golgonooza,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-yoshiyamadeep

description:
Professor G. Avanesov, Doctor of, law is a leading Soviet criminologist. He has written more than 120 scientific works on problems of jurisprudence  and sociology. The present follow me sir recent work that makes a profound and comprehensive study of criminology and the prevention of anti social behaviour. It is a valuable contribution to the development of Soviet criminology theory. It gives a detailed survey of the development of Soviet criminology analysis its present state and examines is the prospect of development of this branch of knowledge. This book provides an extensive exploration of criminology, delving into its scientific basis, subject matter, and methodology. It examines the socio-legal essence of crime, its causes, and the intricate relationship between social and biological factors. The text discusses the concept of the criminal personality and the dynamics of anti-social behavior. It introduces criminological forecasting, including its types, methods, and organizational challenges, and extends to the forecasting of individual anti-social behavior. The book also focuses on the concept and implementation of social prevention, detailing its principles, the roles of various subjects and objects, and the legal regulations that govern it. Lastly, it addresses the organizational issues in managing social prevention and emphasizes comprehensive planning in crime prevention efforts. This is a cleaned, optimised scan of  https://archive.org/details/principlescriminology1982 A 1982 Soviet work. Scanned by Ismail, sent to him by Nathan O'Connor. Translated from the Russian Designed by Yuri Luther PREFACE 7 CHAPTER I. Criminology as a Science. Its Subject and Method 15 1. A General Description of Criminology 15 2. The Subject and Method of Criminology, Its Aims and Tasks 21 3. The Aims and Tasks of Criminology, Its Main Functions 32 4. The Place of Criminology in the System of Sciences 46 CHAPTER II. Crime and Its Socio-Legal Essence 61 1. The Characteristics and Relationship of the Concepts of Crime and Crimes 61 2. The Concept of Crime and Its Socio-Legal Essence 68 CHAPTER III. The Causes of Crime and Social Contradictions 80 1. The Causes of Crime, Its Level and General Description 80 2. The Causes of Crime and Contradictions of Social Development 89 3. The Differentiated Approach to the Assessment of the Causes of Crime 97 4. The Causes of Crime in Connection with an Analysis of Criminogenic Factors 116 CHAPTER IV. The Relationship of the Social and Biological in the Causes of Crime 122 1. The Interconnection of the Social and Biological in the Causes of Crime 122 2. Biological Problems in the Causal Complex of Antisocial Behaviour 130 CHAPTER V. The Criminal Personality and Its Anti-Social Tendency 142 1. The Criminal Personality in the System of Social Relations and Its Peculiarities 142 2. The Dialectical Interconnection of the Criminal Personality and Anti-Social Behaviour 158 3. Anti-Social Behaviour in the System of Types of Social Behaviour 163 CHAPTER VI. The Concept and Essence of Criminological Forecasting 173 1. The Science of Forecasting and the Branch of Criminological Forecasting 173 2. Types, Terms and Methods of Criminological Forecasting 184 3. Organisational Problems and the Content of Criminological Forecasting 194 CHAPTER VII. The Forecasting of Individual Anti-Social Behaviour 202 1. The Concept and Peculiarities of Forecasting Individual Anti-Social Behaviour 202 2. Applied Problems of Forecasting Individual Anti-Social Behaviour 211 CHAPTER VIII. The Conception of Social Prevention and the Limits of Its Functioning 218 1. Determining the Conception in Relation to the Concept of Social Prevention 218 2. Social Prevention in the System of Measures for Crime Control 228 3. The Sphere of Social Prevention and the Limits of Its Functioning 234 CHAPTER IX. The System of Subjects and Objects of Social Prevention 246 1. Subjects of Social Prevention and Their General Characterisation 246 2. The Main Trends in the Activity of the Subjects of Social Prevention 253 3. The Objects of Social Prevention and Their General Characteristics 267 4. The General Analysis of Crimes as Objects of Social Prevention 274 CHAPTER X. The Main Forms and Content of Social Prevention 285 1. Levels, Forms and Types of Social Prevention 285 2. A Characterisation of the Content and Provision of the Social Prevention of Offences 299 CHAPTER XI. Basic Principles of the Legal Regulation of Social Prevention 306 1. The Place and Role of Law in the Social Prevention of Offences 306 2. The Legal Status of Subjects and Objects of Social Prevention of Offences 314 CHAPTER XII. The Main Problems of the Organisation of Social Prevention 321 1. Special Features of Management in the Sphere of Social Prevention of Offences 321 2. Comprehensive Planning in the Sphere of the Social Prevention of Offences 338

subject:
soviet literature,crime,causes of crime,prevention of crime,criminal law,criminology,social aspects of crime,criminal tendencies,social systems,criminological forecasting,criminal theory


btih: 7fa9eb6c08f07c58525d9f8573e55352ea4d96c5
creator: G. Klimov
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: g.-klimov-probability-theory-and-mathematical-statistics-mir-1986
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-11T16:18:44Z,2026-04-15T09:50:03Z
publicdate: 2025-06-11T16:18:44Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Probability Theory And Mathematical Statistics
year: 1986
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-captchaagain,fav-debopriyo_ghosh,fav-dnaultra5,fav-dstev1,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-firebook,fav-gclr,fav-jetmorgann,fav-john_clark467,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-mahmoud_mahmoud918,fav-mouloud_meddi,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pdsolutions,fav-renan481,fav-romninja4582,fav-shauhram,fav-tawana_bean,fav-troy_chavez,fav-vishwahe

description:
This book is based on a three-term course of lectures that the author delivered at the Faculty of Computational Mathematics and Cybernetics of Moscow University. It is divided into three parts: Probability, Stochastic Processes and Statistics. The text includes approximately 200 problems and illustrative examples and is designed for university and college students, as well as anyone studying or using probability theory. Prof. G.P. Klimov, D.Sc. (Phys.-Math.), is a lecturer in mathematical statistics at Moscow University. His scientific interests lie within the field of random processes, queue theory, invariant statistical processes, and invariant statistical inference. He is the author of more than 60 papers and several books translated into German, Polish, and Bulgarian. Prof. G.P. Klimov has also delivered courses of lectures at the Sorbonne, Universities of Liège, Berlin, and the Stefan Banach International Mathematical Centre in Warsaw. Translated from the Russian by Oleg Efimov All credits to IA user  Quantum AI Okay, here’s the table of contents formatted for copy-pasteability into an RTF document. It includes bullet points to clearly delineate each section and subsection, making it easy to use within a document editor.     Table of Contents              Part 1: Probability Theory              Introduction          Chapter 1: Discrete Probability Space              Event and Probability              Probability Space              Independence of Events              Conditional Probability              Probability of Union of Events              Composite Probability Formula              Bayes Formula              Examples of Distributions              Random Variable, Mathematical Expectation              Independence of Random Variables              Additive and Multiplicative Properties of Mathematical Expectation              Moments              Variance Additivity for Independent RV’s              Generating Function              Binomial Distribution              Poisson Distribution              Negative Binomial Distribution              Approximation of Binomial by Poisson Distribution              Indicator of Event              Markov Inequality              Law of Large Numbers              Central Limit Theorem          Chapter 2: Probability Space              Definition of Probability Space              Construction of Probability Space              Complete Probability Space              Continuous Probability Space              Definition of Random Variable              Operations over RV’s              Equivalence and Almost Certain Convergence of RV's              Independence              Mathematical Expectation, Distribution Function, Distribution Density          Chapter 3: Subjective Probability (Supplement)              Semi-Markov Renewal Process          Part 2: Stochastic Processes              Introduction: Definition of Random Process, Kolmogorov Theorem on Construction of Processes from Partial Distributions          Chapter 3: Discrete- and Continuous-Time Markov Chains              Definition of Discrete- and Continuous-Time Markov Chains              Examples of Homogeneous Markov Chains              Limiting Distribution of Markov Chains          Chapter 4: Renewal Processes              Definition of Renewal Process              Elementary Renewal Theorem              Blackwell Theorem              Key Renewal Theorem          Chapter 5: Regenerative Processes              Definition of Regenerative Process              Limit Theorem for Regenerative Process              Law of Large Numbers for Regenerative Processes          Chapter 6: Elements of Random Analysis              Types of RV Convergence              Equivalent Definitions of RV Convergence and Basic Properties              Prokhorov Theorem and Its Applications              Stochastic Continuity              Stochastic Integrals of Non-Random Functions              Orthogonal Measure and Integral with Values in Hilbert Space              Differentiation and Integration of Mathematical Expectation of Processes          Chapter 7: Gaussian Processes              Definition of Gaussian Process              Wiener Process              Non-Homogeneous Wiener Process          Part 3: Statistics              Introduction          Chapter 9: Mathematical Statistics: Basic Concepts              Statistical Structure              Statistic              Sufficient Statistic              MVUE (Most Variable Unbiased Estimator)              Complete and Sufficient Statistic              Minimum Risk Criterion          Chapter 10: Point Estimation – Cramér-Rao Theory              MVUE (Most Variable Unbiased Estimator)              MVUE Uniqueness              Cramér-Rao Inequality              Efficient Estimators              Multidimensional Analogue of Cramér-Rao Inequality          Chapter 11: Point Estimation – Maximum Likelihood Method              Maximum Likelihood Estimator              Consistent Estimators              MLE Consistency              MLE Asymptotic Normality          Chapter 12: Point Estimation – Least Squares Method              Examples              Normal Equation              Gauss-Markov Theorem              Linear Regression Model              Normal Error Distribution          Chapter 13: Interval Estimation              Definition of Confidence Intervals              Likelihood Ratio Principle              Technique of Likelihood Ratio Principle Application          Chapter 14: Linear Model – Multidimensional Analysis              Introduction              Assumptions for Space of Parameters (6 = (n, a))              MLE Property              Estimating Function              Interval MLE for 6 = (n, a)              Independence of nm and a              Estimating pp and a Separately          Chapter 15: Statistical Hypothesis Testing              Hypothesis and Test              Power Function, Test Ordering              Fundamental Neyman-Pearson Lemma          Chapter 16: Sequential Analysis              Problem Posing              Probability Ratio Sequential Test for s Hypotheses              Average Sample Size Finiteness in Using PRST     Index of Definitions   

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:G. Klimov - Probability Theory and Mathematical Statistics - Mir - 1986:epub:b98b6572-b049-40e7-a619-e3643a2a4325

format:
Archive BitTorrent,Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,LCP Encrypted EPUB,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",a href="https://archive.org/details/@quantum_ai" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;" rel="ugc nofollow"

subject:
soviet literature,probability space,random variable,mathematical expectation,hypothesis testing,maximum likelihood,statistical inference,stochastic process,renewal process,cramér-rao theory,interval estimation,statistics


creator: F. I. Fedorov
date: 1968-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: f.-i.-fedorov-theory-of-elastic-waves-in-crystals-1968
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-02T11:57:25Z,2026-02-04T21:49:08Z
publicdate: 2024-07-02T11:57:25Z
subject: soviet literature,physics,theory of elasticity,elastic waves,tensor calculus,isotropic media
title: Theory Of Elastic Waves In Crystals
year: 1968
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-christosdedes,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-jaskoetemovic,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-runice7,fav-vignam

description:
The book is derived from a series of lectures presented by the author in the fall of 1962 to graduate students and others specializing in crystal physics at Moscow University. During its preparation for publication, the material was significantly extended and supplemented. The theory of elastic waves in crystals is fundamental to ultrasonic technology, piezoelectronic devices, and various areas of solid-state physics that hold practical and theoretical significance. There has been a recent surge of interest and research in this field, with many papers published on the subject. While surveys have been published in other countries, they are typically review articles or single chapters in broader books on elasticity theory or solid mechanics. The author notes a lack of comprehensive, up-to-date books focused solely on the general theory of elastic waves in homogeneous crystalline solids. The book aims to address this gap. The author's approach differs from other works on the subject, relying heavily on the general and systematic use of direct (coordinate-free) methods from vector and tensor calculus. These methods have demonstrated their efficacy in crystal optics and are particularly useful for studying the complex laws governing the propagation of elastic waves in crystals. Since these methods are still relatively unfamiliar to most physicists, the second chapter is devoted entirely to a detailed exposition of them. Much of the material represents the author's original work, with a strong emphasis on general methods for solving various classes of problems. Specific features of particular crystals within different symmetry classes are given less space, serving primarily an illustrative purpose. Translated from Russian by J. E. S. Bradley Contents  CHAPTER 1. General Equations of the Theory of Elasticity 1. Deformation tensor  2. Stress tensor  3. Equilibrium conditions and the equation of an elastic medium  4. Hooke's law  5. Energy of a deformed elastic body  6. Tensor for the elastic moduli  7. Crystal symmetry  8. Elastic moduli of crystals of the lower systems  9. Elastic moduli of crystals of the higher systems   CHAPTER 2. Elements of Linear Algebra and Direct Tensor Calculus 10. Vectors and matrices in n-dimensional space  11. Three-dimensional tensors and dyads  12. The Levi-Civita tensor and its applications  13. Eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a second-rank tensor  14. Tensor relations in a plane   CHAPTER 3. General Laws of Propagation of Elastic Waves in Crystals 15. Plane waves and Christoffel's equation  16. General properties of the A tensor and forms of plane elastic waves in crystals  17. Special directions for elastic waves in crystals  18. Longitudinal normals and acoustic axes  19. Form of the A tensor for various crystal systems  20. Convoluted tensor for the elastic moduli   CHAPTER 4. Energy Flux and Wave Surfaces 21. The energy-flux vector and the ray velocity  22. Energy vector with acoustic axes  23. Elliptical polarization in elastic waves and the instantaneous energy-flux vector  24. Wave surfaces  25. Sections of the wave surfaces by symmetry planes   CHAPTER 5. General Theory of Elastic Waves in Crystals Based on Comparison with an Isotropic Medium 26. Mean elastic anisotropy of a crystal  27. Comparison with an isotropic medium  28. Special directions  29. Approximate theory of quasilongitudinal waves  30. Another form of the approximate theory   CHAPTER 6. Elastic Waves in Transversely Isotropic Media 31. Covariant form of the A tensor  32. Phase velocities and displacements  33. Comparison of a hexagonal crystal with an isotropic medium  34. Mean transverse anisotropy  35. Comparison with a transversely isotropic medium   CHAPTER 7. Elastic Waves in Crystals of the Higher Systems 36. Cubic crystals  37. Approximate theory for cubic crystals  38. Tetragonal crystals  39. Comparison with a hexagonal crystal  40. Trigonal crystals   CHAPTER 8. Reflection and Refraction of Elastic Waves 41. Boundary conditions for plane elastic waves  42. Reflection of elastic waves at the free boundary of an isotropic medium  43. Reflection at the free boundary of a crystal  44. The complex refraction vector and inhomogeneous plane waves  45. Invariant characteristics of the polarization of plane waves  46. Inhomogeneous waves at a free boundary   CHAPTER 9. Elastic Waves and the Thermal Capacity of a Crystal 47. Statistical theory of the thermal capacity of a solid  48. Computation of the Debye temperature  49. Averaging of the products of components of unit vector  50. Debye temperatures of cubic crystals  51. Debye temperatures of hexagonal crystals   LITERATURE CITED  INDEX


btih: 94db6f7a1db0cad6394bae8b9cceee453ebf0aea
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-lukas_korso223,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pitou13001
creator: F. Korolev
date: 1958-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: f.-korolev-education-in-the-ussr-soviet-land-1958
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-02-27T17:11:06Z,2026-02-04T21:49:11Z
publicdate: 2025-02-27T17:11:06Z
publisher: Soviet Land
title: Education In The USSR
year: 1958
description:
A small book let describing Soviet education system. Contents Introduction 7 System Of Public Education 9 Pre-School Upbringing 13 The General Educational School 15 Extracurricular & Extramural Work 40 Young Pioneer And Komsomol Organisation In The School 46 Training Skilled Workers And Specialists With Secondary School Qualifications 49 The Higher School 54 Cultural And Educational Institutions 74 Public Education In The National Republics 79 The Soviet School-Teacher 91 Many thanks to Shankar Brahme Samaj Vigyan Granthalaya, Pune for providing access to the book.

subject:
soviet literature,soviet education,soviet teachers,teacher training,students,soviet schools,soviet ideology


backup_location: ia905704_35
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: P. Klushantsev
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: AllAboutTheTelescope
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English (Translated from the Russian)
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-08-15T10:23:29Z,2013-08-15T10:34:49Z,2026-02-03T21:39:18Z
publicdate: 2013-08-15T10:34:49Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: astronomy,popular science,children's book,telescope,planets,stars, moon,earth,constellations
title: All About The Telescope
year: 1980
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ak31416,fav-bivas_ghosh671,fav-captain1949,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-nushka_98,fav-pb_ess,fav-xnhan00

description:
Surely, youâd like to know where the Earth ends, what surrounds the Earth, how far it is to the Moon and the stars, why the stars sparkle, why a ball you throw up always falls down, why itâs warmer in the Sun in summer, why the moon is round one day and crescent shaped another, and what other planets are there besides earth. The answers to these and many other questions are contained in P. Klushantsevâs book All About the Telescope.


backup_location: ia906102_30
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-lukas_korso223
creator: Alexander Grin
description: A soviet literature story
identifier: AlexanderGrinTheShipsInLiss
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-03-25T10:33:51Z,2026-02-03T21:34:43Z
publicdate: 2016-03-25T10:33:51Z
subject: soviet literature
title: The Ships In Liss
format:
Abbyy GZ,Animated GIF,Cloth Cover Detection Log,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR


creator: V. G. Boltianski,I. Ts. Gojberg
date: 1994-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-g.-boltianski-i.-ts.-gojberg-division-de-figuras-en-partes-menores-lecciones-_202309
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-16T12:17:09Z,2026-02-06T01:44:57Z
publicdate: 2023-09-16T12:17:09Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
subject: Lecciones Populares De Matemáticas
title: División De Figuras En Partes Menores ( Lecciones Populares De Matemáticas)
year: 1994
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-fredorm2017,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-juan_miguel340,fav-k-oliveira,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-lucas_carughi,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-roberto_mart_nez718,fav-swansaredead

description:
 PROLOGO El presento libro est.á dedicado a los problemas relacionados cnt.re sf de una nueva rama de las matemátic~s. la llamada geometría com- bi.natorta que en la actualidad se desarrolla impctuosament.c. Los pro- blemas que aquí se consideran están unidos por la idea general do la división de fi~ras en varias partes menorcs. ¿Qué se entfende por una "part.o menor"? Esto puede ser comprendido de diferen~es formas y es la causa de la aparición de los diferent.os problemas que se analizan en el presente libro. Todos los teoremas que aquí so demuestran son recientes en extremo; ol más antiguo fue hallado por el matemático polaco Borsuk hace unos 40 años. Este teorema es el principio alrede· dor del cual so desarrolla la posterior exposición. El t.eoroma más reciente acaba de cumplir un año. Los problemas que se estudian en el presente libro están al alean- ce de los alumnos de los grados superiores. Al mismo tiempo, el libro aproxima al lect.or a una serie do problemas geométricos aún no resueltos. A este círculo de problemas, so dedica el libro de los mismos auto- res "Teoremas y problemas de geometrfa comhinat.oria" ("Ciencia", 1965). Sin embargo, en él se pres\.6 mayor a1Amci6n a los problemas que se croan en el espacio tridimensional o en los de mayor número de dimensiones. Por el contrario, el presente libro trata exclusiva- mento los problemas rle la ~omet.ría en el plano. Gracias a esto, el libro puede ser empleado en los círculos de matemáticas de las escue- las. El libro "Teoremas y problemas de geometría combinatoria", que mencionamos anteriormente, será útil como libro de lectura para aquellos lectores que estén interesados por los problemas que en 61 mismo se exponen. Las notas (1), ('), etc., que se dan al final del libro, están calcu- ladas para lect.eres con una preparación más elevada. Créditos al cargador original.


creator: I. P. Stepanenko
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: stepanenko-fundamentals-of-microelectronics-mir-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-02T07:23:11Z,2026-02-06T00:04:06Z
publicdate: 2022-06-02T07:23:11Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
stripped_tags: div class="page" title="Page 8"
title: Fundamentals Of Microelectronics
year: 1982
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aarush_,fav-carson_main,fav-claudioc70,fav-dahan_wang,fav-diego_oliveira,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-gherling,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-kaichan,fav-matt_404,fav-navix,fav-nikemaul,fav-patriceatangana,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-rafaeltm,fav-s_jayanth,fav-seafarer54,fav-theperegrine,fav-timomartin,fav-vivan_singh678

description:
This textbook is an attempt to characterize more or less fully all the constituent parts of microelectronics. Particular attention is given to the aspects which have not been treated in detail in other books on the subject. These are transistor physics, transistor micro- circuitry, and integrated circuitry in general. The limited space of the book did not allow for the equally detailed description of the design, manufacturing, metric, and some other problems. But this does not seem to be a severe limitation since the reader can obtain additional information from the available books. So, the intention was to organize the book on the basis of a system approach: to interconnect the sections so that they all in combination form the foundation for further specialization of students. As for engineers who have different backgrounds, but must acquire a thor­ough knowledge of microelectronics, they should focus on sections dealing with physics, technology, and circuitry. The author hopes that the course “Fundamentals of microelectro­nics” built in accordance with the structure of this book will become as traditional as the courses “Semiconductor devices” or “Basic theory of electrical engineering”. This would undoubtedly aid both in more adequate training of students of the same specialty and also in promoting understanding between engineers of related specialities, who inevitably come in contact in designing complex microelectronic circuits. Translated from the Russian by P. S. Ivanov First published 1982 Revised from the 1980 Russian edition

subject:
microelectronics,electronics,soviet,technology,semiconductors,transistors,integrated circuits,analog circuits,MOS


btih: d95bee648b407a25b27e2c16a7267d69749effdf
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: we-and-our-mountains-modern-armenian-novel-in-telugu-progress-1979
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-03T07:03:55Z,2026-02-06T01:55:06Z
publicdate: 2025-06-03T07:03:55Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,armenian literature
title: కొండగాలి కొత్తజీవితం ఆర్మీనియన్ కథలు (We And Our Mountains Modern Armenian Novel In Telugu )
year: 1979
description:
A collection of stories from Amernian authors translated to Telugu. ఆర్మేనియన్ రచయితల కథల సంకలనాన్ని తెలుగులోకి అనువదించాం. అనువాదం: నిడమర్తి ఉమారాజేశ్వరరావు ““క్రేశవ్‌ గోపాల్‌ ”” ముఖచ్చితం: ఎ. సేపిషెన్‌ Many thanks to Anil Battula Garu for the scans స్కాన్లు అందించిన అనిల్ బట్టుల గారికి హృదయపూర్వక కృతజ్ఞతలు. కాందులో రాఫాయేల్ ఆరమ్యాన్ – పుట 4 కడవ భుజాన పెట్టి నీటికెళ్లెను పడతిః అనువాదం – నిడమర్తి ఉమారాజేశ్వరరావు – పుట 8 గరుడ పర్వతం పైన – అనువాదం: నిడమర్తి ఉమారాజేశ్వరరావు – పుట 12 రాచియ కోచార్ – పుట 22 బీవి లేచ్చ – అనువాదం: విడమర్తి ఉమారాజేశ్వరరావు పుట 35 విగన్ హెచుమ్యాన్ – పుట 42 వంతెన – అనువాదం: నిడమర్తి ఉమారాజేశ్వరరావు – పుట 50 సెరో భాంజాద్యాన్ – పుట 66 తెల్ఫ్ గొరెపిల్ట్ – అనువాదం: నిడమర్తి ఉమారాజేశ్వరరావు – పుట 67 వార్చ్‌గేన్ షేతస్యాన్ – పుట 72 గుడ్ మార్నింగ్ జాక్! – అనువాదం: నిడమర్తి ఉమారాజేశ్వరరావు – పుట 76 గౌంత్ మాతెనోస్యాన్ – పుట 84 ఆకుపచ్చ లోయ – అనువాదం: “కేశవ్ గోపాల్” – పుట 95 ఆచీగ్ ఆవాక్యాన్ – పుట 102 చరమ దశ – అనువాదం: విడమర్తి ఉమారాజేశ్వరరావు – పుట 103 నొర్జెర్ ఆదాల్యాన్ – పుట 120 ఒంబలు వెళ్తాయి, పర్వతాలు ఉండిపోతాయి – అనువాదం: నిడమర్తి ఉమారాజేశ్వరరావు – పుట 121

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);"


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-betohl,fav-floura28zz
creator: V. S. Fomenko, G. V. Samsonov (eds.)
date: 1966-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: fomenko-samsonov-eds.-handbook-of-thermionic-properties
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-11-13T13:55:13Z,2026-02-04T21:55:10Z
publicdate: 2021-11-13T13:55:13Z
title: Handbook Of Thermionic Properties
year: 1966
description:
 The current rapid development of cathode electronics has led to extensive investigations of the emission properties of chemical elements and their compounds. This expansion of research is aimed at the continual refinement of data already available and the steady widening of the circle of materials under investigation. These events have necessitated a whole series of additions and changes in this handbook, even though the original Russian edition was published only in 1964. Every effort has been made to include all available information on each element or compound. Particular attention has been given to bringing the sections on borides and carbides of the transition and rare metals up to date, since interest in these compounds has recently been fanned by their widespread use as cathode materials. A whole new section on the thermionic properties of aluminides has been introduced.   The list of pertinent literature has been augmented by new contributions published in the years 1963-1965, as well as some earlier publications that had escaped notice in the Russian edition. It is the author's hope that the handbook will prove of great value to American readers interested in the emission properties of the elements and compounds, and that it will contribute to the further development of research in this promising and most timely field of electronics.

subject:
physical data,work functions,thermionic effect,cathode ray tubes,elements,materials,electronics,borides,carbides,rare metals,richardson constant,tables


btih: 842eed911619bce746effd8ff80104f2330987fb
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-baha_tuna,fav-sticky_pepsi
creator: George Bereday ( Ed.)
date: 1960-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: george-bereday-ed.-the-politics-of-soviet-education-1960
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-03-11T05:41:43Z,2026-02-04T22:00:25Z
publicdate: 2025-03-11T05:41:43Z
stripped_tags: em
subject: soviet education,soviet schools,soviet pedagogy,western perspectives,soviet philosophy
title: The Politics Of Soviet Education
year: 1960
description:
With the growing number of writings on Soviet education, ranging from insightful analyses to naive eyewitness accounts, there is an increasing need for rigorous academic research in this field. This volume is a collection of essays produced by young scholars, each based on six months of study and discussed at a three-week seminar held in July 1958 at the Institute for the Study of the U.S.S.R. in Munich. The seminar brought together researchers from various countries and disciplines, including political science, history, sociology, economics, and education. Some participants had firsthand experience of Soviet schools, either as visitors or as former students, which allowed for a rich exchange of perspectives. The title  The Politics of Soviet Education  reflects the seminar’s focus on the social and political contexts that shape Soviet schooling. Beyond analysing Soviet education, the seminar also aimed to highlight the importance of continuous research based on Soviet printed sources, which is as valuable as direct observations. The project was supported by the American Council on Germany and the Institute for the Study of the U.S.S.R., ensuring the necessary resources for scholars to contribute to this field. Although this volume does not provide a comprehensive overview—particularly regarding science education—it offers in-depth studies on other crucial aspects of Soviet schooling. A full understanding of Soviet education requires an extensive analysis of its many facets, and this collection seeks to enhance that understanding at a time when such knowledge is of vital significance.


creator: K. Gladkov
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: gladkov-the-powerhouse-of-the-atom-mir-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-07-04T09:14:04Z,2026-04-19T04:02:19Z
publicdate: 2022-07-04T09:14:04Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: The Powerhouse Of The Atom
year: 1977
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aadya_r_burli,fav-camryn_p543,fav-earthiangirl,fav-enverian,fav-floura28zz,fav-ilem,fav-kastriot_maloku,fav-kretinizm,fav-luc_le_meur,fav-mert_ege_nce,fav-michael_r_ttger,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-radio247,fav-theneonew,fav-timomartin

description:
About the Book The Powerhouse of the Atom is a compact encyclopaedic book for young readers on the structure of matter and atomic ener­gy, treating these themes historically and from the standpoint both of the pre­sent-day level of knowledge and the futu­re prospects of atomic and thermonuclear engineering. The original Russian edi­tion of the book was awarded the Rouge et Vert prize, the highest, award of the Brussels international exhibition of po­pular science books, in 1965. The present English translation is made from the se­cond, revised Russian edition. Although it is designed for extracurricu­lar reading by pupils of the senior forms of secondary schools, The Powerhouse of the Atom can be expected, because of the wide popular interest in power sour­ ces of the future and nuclear physics, to appeal to a broad readership of all ages. Like the author’s earlier book The Atom from A to Z (Mir Publishers, 1971), The Powerhouse of the A tom has been transla­ ted into French, Spanish, and Arabic, as well as English. About the Author The late Kirill Gladkov was a radi­ophysicist by training. He worked for many years in both industrial enterprizes and research institutions. For his scientific accomplishments, he recei­ved an USSR State prize. For a number of years, he wrote popular science ar­ticles and books on atomic energy, electronics, television, and high tempe­ rature physics. Among his published works is The Atom from A to Z (Mir Publishers, 1971). At the time of his death, Kirill Gladkov was science edi­tor of Tekhnika Molodezhi (Engineering for the Young), one of the Soviet Union’s popular science journals. Translated from the Russian by s. M. Semenov and H. C. Creighton Chapter I ON THE EVE OF A GREAT DISCOVERY  A Dream of the Impossible 9 ‘Plum Pudding’ 11  Becquerel’s Mistake 14 Chapter II RADIOACTIVITY A Polish Girl’s Discovery 17  The Radioactive Families 21  Almost ‘Perpetual Motion’ 25 Chapter III ANOTHER RIDDLE OF NATURE The Great Emptiness 27 How is the Atom Constructed? 29 What is Meant by ‘Energy Level’ and ‘Elec­tron-Volt’? 31 An Inquisitive Doctor 34 What is an Isotope? 35 An Atom-Sorting Machine 36 The World of Minute Particles and Enormous Energies 38 ‘Atomic Artillery’ 36 Chapter IV THE SCIENTISTS’ TOOLS How They Managed to Count Atoms 43  Fog That Makes the Invisible Visible 45  A Simpler Than Simple Instrument 47 ‘Cold Boiling’ 48 A ‘Lilliputian Thunderstorm’ 50  Again That Photographic Plate 52  Larger Calibres 52 At New Cross Roads 57 Chapter V THE KEY TO THE ATOMIC NUCLEUS  New Radiation 61 Enter the Neutron 63 The Clue to Nuclear Structure 65 The Cap of Fortunatus 67 Artificial Radioactivity 69 Another Mistake! 71 The Family of Uranium Isotopes 75  The Cherished Goal Reached 75 Chapter VI ABOUT ‘HORRIBLE THEORY’  Almost Back at the Beginning 79  Particle-Waves and Wave-Particles 80  Paradoxes of Wave Motion 81 How Electromagnetic Waves Are Formed 83  What is Light? 83 Photons, the Particles of Light 83 The Great Law 89 ‘What is Mass Defect’? 91  Nuclear Binding Energy 94  But What Is Radioactivity? 99  Briefly About Heat 104 The Thermonuclear Reaction 106 Chapter VII CONTROLLED NUCLEAR FISSION  Obtaining the First Artificial Elements 111 ‘Atomic Matches’ 113 A Controlled Chain Reaction 114 Atoms and a Game of Billiards 115  Water That Is Heavier Than Water 117 Critical Mass 118 When It’s Not a Vice To Be Lale 120  A ‘Mirror’ for Neutrons 122 A ‘Bonfire’ in a Laboratory 123 The Atomic Bomb 124 Once More About Neutrons 125 The Road to ‘Transurania’ 128 Chapter VIII NUCLEAR REACTORS What is a Reactor? 133 In Pencils and in Reactors 134 A Heavy-Water Reactor 136 A Homogeneous Reactor 138  Atomic ‘Flames’ Under Water 139 Chapter IX A BRAND-NEW INDUSTRY Fertile Materials 143 How Uranium and Thorium are Factories for Nuclear Fuel 147  Nuclear Fuel from Man’s ‘Second Nature' 149 Thorium-232 151  Stellar Fuel 152 Chapter X THE MARCH OF ATOMIC POWER Refined 143 Nature’ 149 How Much Longer Will People Bum Money? 157  Steam Boiler vs Nuclear Reactor 158 The First One in the World 160 New Ideas 164 When One Log Becomes Two 169 The Dream Begat a Plan, the Plan a Dream 172 ‘S P ’ 174 ‘Teaser’ 175 ‘Arbus’ 177 Self-Propelled Atomic Generator 178  ‘Romashka’ 179 Atoms to Irrigate Deserts 181 Chapter XI THE ‘YOUNGER’ BROTHER OF ATOMIC ENERGY What Does a Capful of Smoke Cost? 185  Precious Waste 187 ‘Labelled’ Atoms 192 Isotopes in Biology 195 Isotopes in Medicine 197 Radiation Hazards 200 A Clock That Measures Millenia 202  'Hot Labs’ and ‘Iron Hands’ 204 Chapter XII THE FUTURE OF ATOMIC POWER Blazing a New Trail 209 On Engines in General 209 The First Atomic Ice-Breaker—The ‘Lenin’ 212  Atomic Locomotives 215 Atomic Aircraft 216 Interplanetary Spaceships of the Future 219 Ion Engine 221 Photon Rockets 222 A Nuclear Battery 225 Chapter XIII WHAT ARE NUCLEAR FORCES? A Strange Game 229 What Attracts Electrons to Protons 230 Enter a New Particle, the Meson 232 The Meson Family 233 Superheavy Particles or Hyperons 235 What Can There Be in Common Between a Drop of Water and an Atomic Nucleus? 236 The Puzzle of Particle Interaction 238  The Elusive Neutrino 239 Chapter XIV THE LATEST ON NUCLEAR STRUCTURE  What is a Nuclear ‘Model’? 243 When is a Light Projectile Better Than a Heavy One? 245 Regularities of Electron Showers 248 Small-Calibre Atomic ‘Artillery’ 249  New Discoveries, New Models 250 Can We See Atoms? 251 How They Peeped Inside a Proton 254 Chapter XV COMPETITION WITH SPACE Cosmic Rays 257 Cosmic Rays 257 About ‘Electron-Asses’, ‘Dirac’s Sea’, Anti-Particles, and Other Obscure Things 261 The First Anti-Particle—The Positron 262 There Should Also Be an Anti-Proton 263 Can Anti-Matter Exist? 268 Are There More Symmetries in the World of Microparticles? 268 How ‘Elementary’ are Elementary Particles? 270  Can a Part Be Larger Than the Whole? 271  When Two Times Two Is Too Much 274 Chapter XVI ARTIFICIAL ATOMS The Positronium, an Artificial Atom 282  Two Photons or Three? 282 Two Photons or Three? 282 Why Spin Is Also Important 283 The Mesonic Atom 285 Chapter XVII CAN THE HYDROGEN BOMB BE TAMED?  What About Making Small Change? 289  The ‘Scream’ of Colliding Galaxies 290  Plasma, the Fourth State of Matter 291  The Miraculous Spark 295 The Energy of a Waterfall in a Glass Tube 297  A ‘Personage’ with a Thousand Whims 299 A Magnetic ‘Cage’ for a ‘Firebird’ 300 If Only... 303

subject:
physics,technology,fusion,nuclear power,soviet,nuclear power plant,radioactivity,thermonuclear engineering,atomic power,popular science,science for children,positronium,artificial atoms,Dirac sea,anti-particles,nuclear forces,neutrino,nuclear reactions,isotopes,applications of radioactivity,critical mass,history of nuclear power


creator: V. L. Ginzburg
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ginzburg-theoretical-physics-and-astrophysics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-05-03T07:00:12Z,2026-02-04T22:02:28Z
publicdate: 2022-05-03T07:00:12Z
stripped_tags: div class="page" title="Page 10",div class="layoutArea",div class="column"
title: Theoretical Physics And Astrophysics
year: 1979
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aristo25,fav-floura28zz,fav-fredorm2017,fav-jaskoetemovic,fav-jay_acker,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-pio07,fav-roberto_stander,fav-utzi9299,fav-xojennychen

description:
There are many textbooks of theoretical physics among which the many- volume work of Landau and Lifshitz is the best known and most outstanding* It is impossible, however, to deal with all problems in such a course. Moreover, even the problems which are considered can usually not be looked at from dif­ferent points of view. At the same time, depending on their peculiar abilities, the nature of their training, natural inclinations, and so on, different people often prefer different approaches, arguments, examples, and proofs. A natural possibility to satisfy an existing need is, clearly, to publish dif­ferent textbooks and, in particular, different supplementary textbooks which are devoted to separate problems, aspects, and methods rather than to a syste­matic exposition of a topic. Such supplementary texts differ in principle from the systematic ones in that the choice of material to a large extent is not predetermined. One can say the same about the style and nature of the exposition whereas in a systematic textbook one must impose very rigid restric­tions with respect to conciseness, content of technical methods, unified notation, and so on. The present book is just such a supplementary text which is devoted to a few problems in theoretical physics and astrophysics. From the table of contents it is immediately clear, but we may also state it that, in general, we are dealing with problems which are in one way or other connec­ted with electrodynamics. The basis of the exposition was a lecture course for students in the physics and astrophysics departments of the Moscow Physico-Technical Institute. These lectures were not meant to replace a systematic course and had just the charac­ter of ’capita selecta' taking into account the interests of the department and not least the interests and capabilities of the author. Of course, we are not saying that the problems which the author at a particular moment in the page was occupied with are more important or more interesting than many other It is simply the case that merely presenting ’more or less moved by the spi material with which he is well familiar, the author may perhaps hope to suppK ment existing texts and monographs without checking whether he is rewriting to some extent duplicating them. As to the nature of the exposition one should note that we are dealing here not with lectures which are written out but with a special text specially pre­ pared for these lectures, in which rather often we have also included material which is not very suitable and in fact was not used for the lectures themselves (that is, for the oral presentation). In this respect the book is in style close to a monograph or a review article which finds reflection also in the rather large number of references to the literature. As amongst those there is a large number of references to work by the author, we emphasize that this, like the choice of material, is completely unconnected with any pretentions, but caused by the tendency, already mentioned, to touch only upon very familiar problems which were dealt with in detail in the papers referred to; moreover, a whole number of such papers were used directly in the text. We note, finally, that the book is definitely not intended for people with a mathematical inclination — such as ’pure* theoretical physicists. The excep­tionally large role played by mathematics in theoretical physics is completely unquestionable and natural, but aiming at mathematical generality and rigour is by far not always justified — one must pay for this. It is generally known, in particular, that most new physical results have been obtained by relatively simple means while the 'mathematization' occurred only in the later stages. At any rate, physics, and not mathematics is the main point of theoretical physics. An exposition of theoretical problem with a 'general physics' bias is at least as permissible as the nowadays more widely propagated tendency to mathematical perfection. One may hope that this book will turn out to be useful for graduate students and also for post-doctoral and research workers.

subject:
physics,astronomy,astrophysics,radiation,electrodynamics,cherenkov radiation,superluminal sources,scattering,cosmic rays,x-ray astronomy,gamma ray astronomy,radiative transfer,synchrotron radiation


backup_location: ia906709_32
btih: c63c6000d443eaf5765d7d924b88d6a9e31060a0
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-laichar,fav-swarup_dey
date: 1968-01-01T00:00:00Z
description: М.: Мир Modern Quantum Chemistry. Istanbul Lectures CW90 - страницы повёрнуты на 90 град.
identifier: B-001-028-015-ALL
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: rus,English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-07-28T07:47:45Z,2026-02-04T10:05:57Z
publicdate: 2018-07-28T07:47:45Z
subject: A300
title: Современная квантовая химия. Т. 2
year: 1968
format:
Abbyy GZ,Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Excel,Generic Raw Book Zip,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,ZIP


backup_location: ia906706_26
btih: 260e1b6cad4d81cfa0422a0368f0f132b6a68a24
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-elv_mi,fav-gocha31,fav-laichar,fav-swarup_dey
creator: Гленфорд Дж. Майерс
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
description: М.: Мир Glenford J. Myers Advances in Computer Architecture. Second Edition
identifier: B-001-027-796-ALL
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: rus,English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-06-12T16:52:58Z,2026-02-04T10:05:21Z
publicdate: 2018-06-12T16:52:58Z
subject: A300
title: Архитектура современных ЭВМ. Кн. 1 (В 2-кн)
year: 1985
format:
Abbyy GZ,Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Excel,Generic Raw Book Zip,JPEG Thumb,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,ZIP


backup_location: ia906500_17
btih: efcaad7c9cce064954469af60107c179efba2c06
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-cruentaver,fav-gocha31,fav-nanruj,fav-user_71996
creator: Ф. Бернет
date: 1964-01-01T00:00:00Z
description: М.: Мир
identifier: B-001-024-431
imagecount: 189
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: rus
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2017-07-26T18:45:32Z,2026-02-04T10:00:59Z
publicdate: 2017-07-26T18:45:32Z
subject: A300
title: Целостность организма и иммунитет
year: 1964
format:
Abbyy GZ,Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Excel,Generic Raw Book Zip,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,ZIP


backup_location: ia906404_6
btih: 80fa9a6c4ec8a31e9723a7110bc02934cbf84b74
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-leonardo662020
creator: Б. Шутц
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
description: М., Мир, 1984.- 304 с.
identifier: B-001-002-842
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: rus
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2017-05-17T04:17:03Z,2026-02-04T09:54:57Z
publicdate: 2017-05-17T04:17:03Z
subject: PDF
title: Геометрические методы математической физики
year: 1984
format:
Abbyy GZ,Archive BitTorrent,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Excel,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,ZIP


creator: V. V. Sychev
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sychev-the-differential-equations-of-thermodynamics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-05-22T12:48:07Z,2026-02-06T00:09:06Z
publicdate: 2021-05-22T12:48:07Z
title: The Differential Equations Of Thermodynamics
year: 1983
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-betohl,fav-carson_main,fav-floura28zz,fav-fredorm2017,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-matt_404,fav-native80,fav-oliveira_murilo_gomes_de,fav-pio07,fav-raghu13957,fav-tmtm750,fav-user_50073

description:
Thermodynamics, as is known, is constructed quite simply. Two of its main laws have been established experimentally, and by applying mathematical tools to them we can obtain the range of conclusions in which thermodynamics is so rich. The mathematical tools of thermodynamics are simple but in certain aspects at the same time quite sophisticated. Neglecting some of these sophisticated “trifles” often results in crude mistakes, even in reputable works on thermodynamics. The restricted size of the usual textbooks on thermodynamics does not permit discussing more extensively these important questions concerning the mathematical tools. For this reason it was felt neces­ sary to consider these problems in a special book, which though lim­ ited in size would at the same time go into details. Naturally, the author does not aim at a presentation of thermo­ dynamics and its physical, chemical, and technical applications. These have been sufficiently discussed in the existing textbooks and monographs. The purpose of this book is more modest—to deepen the reader’s knowledge of the mathematical tools of thermodynamics, to systematize them, and at the same time to emphasize questions that are often a source of error in thermodynamic calculations. The book is therefore designed to meet the needs of students and graduates majoring in thermal physics, physical engineering, and physico- technical specialities who already have a background in general thermodynamics. I hope that the book may also prove useful to scientists, engineers, and teachers specializing in thermodynamics. Comments on the contents of this book will be much appreciated.

subject:
physics,thermodynamics,heat,differential equations,phase,state,maxwell equations,thermodynamic systems,critical point


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-fox-and-the-thrush-in-kannada
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: kan
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-05-21T14:19:53Z,2026-02-06T00:16:01Z
publicdate: 2023-05-21T14:19:53Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: ನರಿ ಮತ್ತು ಮೈನಾ ಹಕ್ಕಿ (The Fox And The Thrush In Kannada)
year: 1984
description:
A picture story book for children in Kannada. (translated from Russian) ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ಮಕ್ಕಳಿಗಾಗಿ ಒಂದು ಸಣ್ಣ ಚಿತ್ರ ಕಥೆ ಪುಸ್ತಕ (ರಷ್ಯನ್ ಭಾಷೆಯಿಂದ ಅನುವಾದಿಸಲಾಗಿದೆ) ರಷ್ಯನ್ ಜಾನಪದ ಕಥೆ ಹೇಳಿದವರು: ಎ.ಎನ್ ತೊಲ್‌ಸ್ಟೋಮ್ ಚಿತ್ರಗಳು: ಎದ್ದೇನಿಮ್ ರಚೇವ್ ಅನುವಾದ: ಕೆ.ಎಲ್ ಗೋಪಾಲಕೃಷ್ಣರಾವ್ Many thanks to Guptaji for the original scan.

subject:
children's book,story book,illustrated books,animal stories,soviet literature,ಮಕ್ಕಳ ಪುಸ್ತಕ,ಕಥೆ ಪುಸ್ತಕ,ಸಚಿತ್ರ ಪುಸ್ತಕಗಳು,ಪ್ರಾಣಿ ಕಥೆಗಳು,ಸೋವಿಯತ್ ಸಾಹಿತ್ಯ,ನವಕರ್ನಾಟಕ,Navakarnataka,folk tale,fairy tale,ಜಾನಪದ ಕಥೆ,ಕಾಲ್ಪನಿಕ ಕಥೆ


btih: a909467950c0b37c4c5d44bbcdefef2bc4aaa07a
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: వి.కొమరొవ్‌ (V. Komarov)
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-komarov-this-fascinating-astronomy-in-telugu-mir-1989
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-03T07:12:47Z,2026-02-06T01:45:04Z
publicdate: 2025-06-03T07:12:47Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: soviet literature,astronomy,popular science,history of astronomy,plantes,stars,cosmology
title: ఖగోశళాప్తం వినద౦-విజ్ఞాన౦ (This Fascinating Astronomy In Telugu )
year: 1989
description:
ఈ పుస్తకానికి చెందిన ముందుమాటలో రచయిత ఖగోళశాస్త్రం యొక్క మహత్త్వాన్ని వివరించారు. ఖగోళశాస్త్రం మాత్రమే కాదు, శాస్త్ర విజ్ఞానంలో ప్రతి అభివృద్ధి గత జ్ఞానానికి ఆధారపడే తత్వాన్ని కలిగి ఉందని రచయిత స్పష్టంగా తెలియజేశారు. ఖగోళశాస్త్ర అభివృద్ధి అంతరిక్ష పరిశోధనల వలన వేగంగా కొనసాగుతుండగా, శాస్త్రీయ కల్పనలపై పరిశోధనలు, ఊహలు కూడా ఈ రంగాన్ని ముందుకు నడిపిస్తున్నాయని వివరించారు. ఇవి ప్రకృతిని బట్టి మనం సాధించాల్సిన ప్రాథమిక అర్థం, పదార్థ నిర్మాణం, మరియు అంతరిక్షపు అంతర్లీన తత్వాన్ని మనకు వివరిస్తాయని చెప్పారు. రచయిత ధ్యేయం అద్భుతాలు చెప్పడం కాదని, శాస్త్రంలో సృజనాత్మకత, తర్కం, పరిశీలన, కల్పన వంటి అంశాల విలువను పాఠకులకు వివరించడం అని చెప్పారు. నూతన విషయాలు ఎలా పాత విషయాల మీద ఆధారపడి ఉంటాయో, అలాగే ఖగోళశాస్త్రంలో ఊహాత్మక సిద్ధాంతాలు ఎలా అవసరమవుతాయో కూడా చర్చించారు. శాస్త్రీయ కల్పన అనేది జనరంజక సాహిత్యంలో సాధారణంగా ఉపయోగించబడదు కానీ, క్లిష్టమైన అంశాలను బోధనకు ఇది ఎంతగానో ఉపయోగపడుతుందన్నారు. ఆధునిక ఖగోళశాస్త్రంపై పాఠకుల్లో ఆసక్తి రేకెత్తించడమే తన ప్రయత్నమని రచయిత తెలిపారు. రష్యను నుంచి అనువాదం: డాక్టర్‌ నిడమర్తి మల్ళికార్టునరావు Many thanks to Anil Battula Garu for the scans స్కాన్లు అందించిన అనిల్ బట్టుల గారికి హృదయపూర్వక కృతజ్ఞతలు.

stripped_tags:
div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;"


creator: V. G. Boltianski
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-g.-boltianski-la-envolvente-lecciones-populares-de-matematicas_202309
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-16T12:44:13Z,2026-02-06T01:44:57Z
publicdate: 2023-09-16T12:44:13Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
subject: Lecciones Populares De Matemáticas
title: La Envolvente ( Lecciones Populares De Matemáticas)
year: 1977
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-milanigno,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-roberto_mart_nez718

description:
La noción de envolvente se encuentra en las diversas partes de la denominada matemática "superior''. La búsqueda de las envolventes generalmente se efec túa mediante la operación de diferenciació n, una de las operaciones fund ame ntales de la ma temática superior. Al mismo tiempo, el concepto de envolvente también es muy evidente geomét ricament e, y puede ser aclarado con ejemplos sencillo s comprensible s para los alumnos de los grados superiores. En este libro pequeño, basándose en el material de la mecánica (movimentos uniforme y unifor mement e acelerado, rodadura) se examinan varios ejemplo s interesantes de construcción de las envol ventes. En calidad de ta les aparecen curvas notables que encontramos frecuentemente en la mate'mática y en la s aplicaciones de ésta: la parábola (capitulo 1). la hiperbola (capítulo ll). la aslroide y la cicloide (capúu lo III ). En el cuarto capítulo, que es concluyen te , se da la expiicación de la noción general sobre la envolvente. En este mismo se muestra el procedimiento general pa ra la búsqueda de las envo l ventes y. con tal motivo, se expone una descr ipción breve de la operación de diferenciación. El primer capitulo incluye el matenal de la conferencia que, a petición del los dirigentes de los círculos matemáticos escolares adj untos a 'la Un iversidad esta tal de Moscú, leyó el autor hace algunos años. Para comprender el material fundamental del libro es suficiente tener conocimientos en el conj unto del octavo grado de la escuela secúnda ri a. Aprovecho la ocasiqn para expresar mi más sincero agradecim iento a A. N. Efimov e l . M. Yaglom por sus consejos e indicaciones. Traducido del ruso por el Ingeniero Ilanos Mas Créditos al cargador original.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: V. Golyshkin
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-golyshkin-the-little-magicians-of-the-large-house-raduga-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-13T09:00:06Z,2026-02-06T01:44:59Z
publicdate: 2024-07-13T09:00:06Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's books,learning by doing,activities
title: The Little Magicians Of The Large House
year: 1982
description:
A book describing the fun activities for children of all ages at the Moscow City Pioneers’ Palace. Translated from the Russian by Jan Butler All credits to Guptaji.


btih: a38a78cb06f5fc4a851e1160d510cb786806ba07
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-mahmoudfdondeti12,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-seafarer54
creator: V. Chetverikov
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-chetverikov-data-processing-for-control-and-management-mir-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-31T09:43:55Z,2026-02-06T01:45:10Z
publicdate: 2024-12-31T09:43:55Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: soviet literature,computers,computuer programmes,automatic control,data processing
title: Data Processing For Control And Management
year: 1977
description:
In the design of management information and control systems (MIS), considerable focus is placed on peripherals—devices external to the central processor (or computer). Their purpose is to gather, reduce, and convey data from source to sink. Peripherals play a crucial role in enabling two-way communication between humans and machines in systems like MIS. Through these devices, users can collect, enter data, retrieve results, and address the central processor. Typically, an MIS may use data from automatic transducers to monitor production processes. If these transducers generate analog signals (signals that vary continuously over time), the signals must be converted to numbers before they can be entered into the central processor. These numbers should, in turn, be converted back to appropriate analog signals for use by the system. These processes are discussed in the last two chapters. When users are remote from the central processor of an MIS, data communication over various channels is required. While the physical channels are not discussed in the book, the focus is on the informational aspects of data communication. This book is largely based on the lectures the author delivered at the Baumann Higher Technical School in Moscow. Translated from the Russian by B. Kuznetsov


backup_location: ia905506_10
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abilgram,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess
creator: Daniel Danin
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
format: Abbyy GZ,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF
identifier: DaninProbabilitiesOfTheQuantumWorld
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2015-12-07T05:41:12Z,2026-02-04T19:57:32Z
publicdate: 2015-12-07T05:41:12Z
stripped_tags: blockquote,em
title: Probabilities Of The Quantum World
year: 1983
description:
The book traces the history of ideas in the conceptual development of Quantum Mechanics. The opening chapter talks about how in the 1960s a group of scientists in Berkeley began an ambitious project to document the experiences of people who were still alive at that time and were part of the Quantum revolution. This group included eminent historian and philosopher of science Thomas Kuhn and John Archibald Wheeler. Over the next three years this group did over 150 interviews with the remaining people. "The quantum theory is very much like some victories" joked one of them:  ''for a month or two you are laughing and then you cry for long years." The book in the first two chapters tells you about struggles of Max Planck, Niels Bohr, Einstein at the beginning of the Quantum Revolution. The book has much to do with discussions of the Solvay Congress which led to many fruitful ideas of Quantum Mechanics. The historical roots of ideas of the Copenhagen interpretation are also discussed. "Can quantum mechanics describe the fact that the electron is only approximately present at a given point and travels at a given velocity only approximately, and how far can we reduce this approximateness!" The book was translated from the Russian by Oleg Glebov and Vitaly Kisin and was first published by Mir in 1983. Contents: Introductory Chapter - The archive of the Unforgettable Time 7 Chapter One - Two Beginnings - 23 Chapter Two - Two More Beginnings - 52 Chapter Three - An encounter of ideas - 85 Chapter Four - A road in darkness - 118 Chapter Five - Ideas and Passions - 153 Chapter Six - The route to summit 195 Concluding Chapter - There is no end - 247 Further Reading - 270

subject:
quantum mechanics,history of physics,history of science,maz planck,niels bohr,schroedinger,pauli,dirac,einstein,quantum revolution


btih: 62500e699d054137e15b0c22ed41acc6bcf82ce4
creator: V.A. Kirillin,V.V. Sychev,A.E. Sheindlin
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-a.-kirillin-v.-v.-sychev-a.-e.-sheindlin-engineering-thermodynamics-mir-1976
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-17T16:27:55Z,2026-02-06T01:45:03Z
publicdate: 2024-12-17T16:27:55Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Engineering Thermodynamics
year: 1976
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-abhik_saha160,fav-abhirup152,fav-argita_zhollanji,fav-betohl,fav-captain1949,fav-carlos_f377,fav-carson_main,fav-chriszoe,fav-dahan_wang,fav-john_paul_emuy,fav-koolobo2,fav-leonardo662020,fav-manrei,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-prabhatlucky,fav-raghu13957,fav-robert111444,fav-rvalter,fav-seafarer54,fav-sp1k3f0rce,fav-theneonew,fav-tidales_boragues,fav-timomartin,fav-vignam,fav-whelan19,fav-yakov_brockmeyer

description:
Although many Soviet and foreign textbooks in engineering thermodynamics already exist, the authors have decided to write a new textbook for university students in power engineering, heat physics, and applied physics departments. We have done so for the following reasons. With improved instruction in thermodynamics in most higher educational institutions, the authors feel a more thorough presentation of basic problems is necessary. Of primary importance is an understanding of the fundamental concepts and methods of thermodynamics for analysing various physical phenomena. Clearly, a modern course in engineering thermodynamics must reflect today’s and even tomorrow’s level of technology. Therefore, it is difficult to conceive of a modern textbook in thermodynamics which does not present the different methods of converting heat directly into electric power, modern methods of analysing the efficiency of the cycles of heating plants, the thermodynamics of dissociated and ionised gases, and other problems. Since the authors consider it unjustified to include in courses of engineering thermodynamics problems relating to statistical physics and the molecular-kinetic theories of gases, we will limit ourselves to a short discussion of the statistical aspects of the second law of thermodynamics. Although, as a rule, institutes of power engineering do not offer a special course in chemical thermodynamics, modern heat engineering involves many processes accompanied by chemical reactions, dissociation, and ionisation. The authors consider it necessary, therefore, to devote a special chapter to a short presentation of chemical thermodynamics to give the reader an idea of the methods applied in a thermodynamic description of chemical processes. All numerical examples are given in the SI system (the unit to measure energy is the joule, and the unit to measure pressure is the pascal). As a general rule, along with their values in the SI system, the values of energy have also been indicated in calories (and pressure, in kgf/cm²). The authors will be grateful for criticism and will take it into consideration in future work on the book. Translated from the Russian by S. Semyonov Contents Preface Preface to the English edition Introduction Thermodynamics and its method Properties of state Concept of a thermodynamic process Ideal gas Ideal gas laws Concept of mixtures Mixtures of ideal gases Concept of heat capacity The first law of thermodynamics Heat Joule's experiment Equivalence of heat and work Law of conservation and conversion of energy Internal energy and external work Mathematical statement of the first law of thermodynamics Enthalpy Mathematical statement of the first law of thermodynamics for processes of flow The second law of thermodynamics Cycles Concept of thermal efficiency Heat sources Reversible and irreversible processes Statements of the second law of thermodynamics The Carnot cycle Carnot's theorem The thermodynamic temperature scale Entropy Change of entropy in irreversible processes Combined mathematical statement of the first and second laws of thermodynamics Entropy and thermodynamic probability Reversibility and work Differential equations of thermodynamics Basic methods Maxwell's relations Partial derivatives of internal energy and enthalpy Heat capacities Equilibrium in thermodynamic systems and phase changes Homogeneous and heterogeneous thermodynamic systems Thermodynamic equilibrium Conditions of stability and equilibrium for an isolated homogeneous system Conditions for phase equilibrium Phase changes The Clausius-Clapeyron equation Phase stability Phase changes at unequal phase pressures Phase changes under curved surfaces Thermodynamic properties of substances Thermal and caloric properties of solids Thermal and caloric properties of liquids Andrews' experiment The critical point Van der Waals' equation Thermal and caloric properties of real gases Equation of state for real gases Thermodynamic properties of substances on the change-of-phase line Two-phase systems Properties of substance at the critical point Methods of calculating the entropy of substance Thermodynamic diagrams of state for substances Thermodynamic properties of substance in a metastable state Basic thermodynamic processes The isochoric process The isobaric process The isothermal process The adiabatic process Polytropic processes Throttling The Joule-Thomson effect Joule expansion (expansion into a vacuum) Mixing Compression processes Fluid flow processes Basic flow equations Velocity of sound Flow through convergent nozzles Transonic range The Laval nozzle Adiabatic flow with friction General regularities of flow The influence inversion law Adiabatic stagnation temperature Methods to analyse the efficiency of thermopower plants Cycle efficiency Comparison methods for thermal efficiencies of reversible cycles Method of efficiencies in the analysis of irreversible cycles Entropy calculation method for the loss of availability in irreversible cycles Exergy calculation method for availability losses Gas power cycles Cycles of reciprocating internal combustion engines Gas-turbine cycles Reaction-engine cycles Vapour power cycles The Carnot cycle The Rankine cycle Rankine cycle analysis allowing for irreversibilities Reheat cycle Regenerative cycle Binary cycles Thermification cycles Cycles of direct-energy conversion systems Thermoelectric generator cycle The cycle of a thermionic converter MHD-generator cycle Refrigeration cycles Reverse heat cycles and processes Refrigeration installations Air-compression refrigeration cycle Vapour-compression refrigeration cycle Steam-jet refrigeration cycle Absorption refrigeration cycle Thermoelectric refrigeration cycle Heat pump Principle of operation Liquefaction of gases Humid air Basic concepts I-d diagram for humid air Fundamentals of chemical thermodynamics Thermochemistry Hess's law Kirchhoff's equation Chemical equilibrium and the second law of thermodynamics Equilibrium constant and degree of dissociation The Nernst heat theorem Conclusion Bibliography Name index Subject index

subject:
soviet literature,engineering,thermodynamics,thermodynamic systems,statistical physics,laws of thermodynamics,entropy,thermodynamic processes


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-pio07
creator: V. Soliakov
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-soliakov-initiation-a-la-thermodynamique-chimique-mir-1976
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-04T13:19:20Z,2026-02-06T01:45:06Z
publicdate: 2023-09-04T13:19:20Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Initiation À La Thermodynamique Chimique
year: 1976
description:
Le présent manuel est destiné à l’usage du lecteur qui procède aux études individuelles de la thermodynamique chimique dont la formation de base dans le domaine des mathématiques, de la physique et de la chimie se limite . au programme adopté pour les étudiants des facultés non spécialisées dans la chimie. Il se donne pour objet d’apporter son appui à l’assimilation des notions et des méthodes de la thermodynamique chimique dans des limites qui permettent de faire les calculs thermodynamiques des réactions chimiques et d’utiliser correctement les résultats de ces calculs. Après avoir assimilé la matière présentée dans ce livre, on peut procéder à une étude plus approfondie en faisant appel à la littérature supplémentaire appropriée. Afin d’accroître l’efficacité d’assimilation de la disc ip lin e ^ question par le lecteur, le manuel propose une des variantes des méthodes d’enseignement programmé (enseignement d’après le programme ramifié). Traduit du russe par L. Etina Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
chimie,thermodynamique,thermochimie,equilibre chimique,potentiels thermodynamiques,equilibre de phase


creator: V. Tsegelsky
date: 1969-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-tsegelsky-the-electric-welder-flph-1960
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-05T13:18:08Z,2026-02-06T01:45:08Z
publicdate: 2024-07-05T13:18:08Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
title: The Electric Welder
year: 1969
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carson_main,fav-dahan_wang,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-gustavo_marquess,fav-jissica_122m,fav-jkreiser,fav-lucas_honorio_galatti,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-matt_404,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07

description:
The book provides a comprehensive guide to the principles and practices of welding, starting with the fundamentals of metals and electrical engineering principles relevant to welding. It covers a wide array of topics including the electric arc, arc welding equipment, metallurgical aspects of welding, welding electrodes, and manual arc welding of both low-carbon and special steels. The book also delves into advanced techniques such as hard facing, production welding of steel structures, and the welding of nonferrous metals and cast iron. Additionally, it addresses practical aspects like welding procedures, inspection, and safety rules, along with methods to enhance welding efficiency and reduce costs. Translated from the Russian By B. Kuznetsov Designed By V. Dober Original scan by DLI  CONTENTS  Introduction  Chapter 1. FUNDAMENTALS OF METALS 1. General 2. Properties of Metals 3. The Crystalline Structure of Metals 4. Ferrous Alloys 5. Heat Treatment of Steel 6. Surface Treatment 7. Nonferrous Metals and Alloys  Chapter II. POWER SOURCES WE ARE USING: THEIR DESIGN AND OPERATION 8. Basic Electrical Units and Laws 9. Thermal and Chemical Effects of Electric Current 10. Electromagnetism 11. Electromagnetic Induction 12. General Principles of D.C. Generators 13. Operating Principle of D.C. Motors 14. Alternating Current and Its Generation 15. Resistance of an A.C. Circuit. Ohm’s Law for A.C. Circuits 16. A.C. Circuits Containing Resistance, Inductance, and Capacitance. Volt-amperes and Power Factor 17. Three-phase Current 18. The Revolving Magnetic Field 19. A.C. Three-phase Motors 20. Transformers 21. Electrical Instruments  THE ELECTRIC ARC 22. Electric Properties of the Arc 23. Welding Properties of the Arc  SOURCES OF CURRENT SUPPLY FOR ARC WELDING 24. Arc Welding Equipment 25. Requirements for Sources of Current Supply for Arc Welding 26. Single-operator Direct-current Welding Sets 27. Multi-operator D.C. Welding Sets 28. Single-operator Welding Transformers 29. Multi-operator Welding Transformers 30. Rectifier-type Welding Sources 31. Welding Frequency Converters 32. Care of Welding Sources 33. Arc Welding Equipment Failures 34. Parallel Operation of Welding Sources  Chapter III. METALLURGICAL ASPECTS OF WELDING 35. Specific Features 36. Refinement of the Weld Metal 37. The Structure of the Weld Metal and Near-weld Area  Chapter IV. WELDING ELECTRODES 38. General 39. Core Wire Materials 40. Electrode Coatings 41. Electrode Manufacture  Chapter V. MANUAL ARC WELDING OF LOW-CARBON STEELS 42. Welded Joints 43. Weld Types 44. Technique of Manual Arc Welding 45. Positions of Welds 46. Arc Welding with D.C. and A.C 47. Advanced Arc Welding Techniques 48. Welding at a Low Temperature  Chapter VI. EXPANSION, CONTRACTION, DISTORTION AND RESIDUAL STRESSES IN WELDING 49. Causes of Thermal Strains and Stresses 50. Methods of Controlling Distortion and Stresses in Welding  Chapter VII. MANUAL ARC WELDING OF SPECIAL STEELS 51. General 52. General Technique for Welding Alloy Steels 53. Welding of Various Special Steels  Chapter VIII. REPAIR WELDING 54. Building Up 55. Repair Welding Applications  Chapter IX. HARD FACING 56. Hard Facing with Diamond Substitutes 57. Hard Facing with Powdered Alloys 58. Hard Facing with Ferrous Alloy Rods  Chapter X. PRODUCTION WELDING OF STEEL STRUCTURES 59. Types of Weldments 60. Stages of Fabrication by Welding 61. Welding Applications 62. Pipe Welding 63. Arc Welding of Reinforcement Bars for Ferro-concrete Structures  Chapter XI. CAST IRON WELDING 64. General 65. Welding of Cast Iron Without Preheating 66. Welding of Cast Iron with Preheating  Chapter XII. WELDING OF NONFERROUS METALS 67. Welding of Copper and Its Alloys 68. Welding of Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys  Chapter XIII. ARC CUTTING 69. Cutting with a Carbon Electrode 70. Cutting with a Metal Electrode 71. Air-arc Cutting  Chapter XIV. MACHINE WELDING 72. General Principles of Machine Arc Welding 73. Basic Design of Automatic Welding Heads 74. Fluxes 75. Electrode Wire 76. Techniques and Procedures of Automatic Welding 77. Automatic Welding Units 78. Electroslag Welding 79. Semi-automatic Submerged-arc Welding 80. Machine Gas-shielded Arc Welding 81. Machine Welding with Powder-cored Electrodes  Chapter XV. RESISTANCE WELDING 82. Basic Principles 83. Upset and Flash Butt Welding Equipment and Techniques 84. Spot and Seam Welding Equipment and Techniques  Chapter XVI. WELDING PROCEDURES 85. Welding Procedure Defined 86. Welding Specifications and Instructions  Chapter XVII. WELD INSPECTION 87. Scope of Inspection or Quality Control 88. Welding Defects 89. Visual Inspection 90. Tightness Tests 91. Mechanical Tests 92. Internal Flaw Detection  Chapter XVIII. SAFETY RULES 93. General 94. Protection from Arc Rays 95. Precautions Against Electric Shock 96. Precautions Against Burns 97. General Safety Measures  Chapter XIX. FOR BETTER WELDING 98. Welding Tools and Accessories 99. Upkeep of a Welding Station. Reduction of Welding Cost

subject:
soviet literature,welding,metallurgy,arc welding,electrical engineering,welding techniques,welding equipment,welding safety,nonferrous welding,cast iron welding,automatic welding,hard facing,repair welding,weld inspection,welding procedures


btih: d139dd694366eabeb437a0006259a2b7d54c54be
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: telugu-alphabet-progress-1986
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-11-22T14:59:02Z,2025-11-22T15:07:25Z
publicdate: 2025-11-22T14:59:02Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's literature,picture book,alphabet book
title: Telugu Alphabet
year: 1986
description:
A picture book for children with Telugu alphabet and gorgeous illustrations. మద్దులూరి రామకృష్ణ Many thanks to Anil Battula garu for making this scan available.


btih: b3a46749cea70049aa7270605fa7e84305259804
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-fantasia2_0,fav-goguoksana
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: tales-and-legends-of-africa-prosveshcheniye-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-10T11:41:51Z,2026-02-06T00:10:37Z
publicdate: 2024-09-10T11:41:51Z
publisher: Prosveshcheniye Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's books,illustrated books,story books,folk-tales,africa,legends
title: Tales And Legends Of Africa
year: 1987
description:
A collection of folk-tales and legends from various parts of Africa. A book for reading in English in the 6th grade of secondary school Compiled BY S. B. Sachs Third Ed. The reviewer is a teacher of secondary school No. 53 And Korneeva (Lyubertsy) Many thanks to Guptaji for the scans and Balram Sharmaji of Kamgar Prakashan for making the book available.

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);"


btih: bc19d0ee98a0cb2de25291b118871f9d86f89dad
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-apeiron91,fav-sticky_pepsi
creator: Tamara Dlugach
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: tamara-dlugach-denis-diderot-progress-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-30T11:31:03Z,2026-02-06T00:10:49Z
publicdate: 2025-05-30T11:31:03Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,history,biography,history of science,philosophy of science
title: Denis Diderot
year: 1988
description:
This book offers a focused and thought-provoking examination of Denis Diderot's philosophical method, with particular emphasis on what the author terms his ‘Socratean’ approach. Unlike many of his Enlightenment contemporaries, Diderot did not strive to build a unified philosophical system. Instead, he exposed the internal contradictions of the systems developed by figures such as Holbach and Helvétius. Diderot revealed the paradoxes inherent in Enlightenment thought—how, when taken to their logical end, core Enlightenment principles often undermined themselves. For instance, the belief in man as a purely natural being raises troubling questions about morality, responsibility, and the power of education: if character flaws are natural, is it just to blame or reform individuals? Through a close reading of Diderot’s major philosophical works, especially  Le Neveu de Rameau ,  Jacques le fataliste ,  Paradoxe sur le comédien , and his  Salons , this study reveals how Diderot used paradox and dialogue to mirror the complex, often contradictory thinking of his age. The author argues that Diderot’s form of dialectic—marked by the repeated emergence of opposing theses rather than their reconciliation—stands closer to Kant’s unresolved antinomies than to Hegel’s system. In doing so, the book makes a modest yet sincere contribution to contemporary Diderot scholarship, honouring him as an original thinker and a passionate critic of dogmatic certainty. Tamara Dlugach  (b. 1935) is a Senior Research Associate in the History of Philosophy section of the Institute of Philosophy, USSR Academy of Sciences. She has written several works on German classical and French philosophy. She contributed (as co-author) a section on  L’Encyclopédie des lettres  and the  Natural Philosophy  of Isaac Newton to the monograph  The Philosophy of the Age of the Early Bourgeois Revolutions . She also authored the article  The Logical Substantiation of Scientific Thinking in the Marburg School of Neo-Kantianism , published in the volume  Kant and the Kantians  (Moscow, 1987). Another of her monographs is titled  Man in the World of Technology and Technology in the World of Man  (Moscow, 1978). She is currently working on a monograph entitled  The Problem of the Unity of “Theory” and “Practice” in German Classical Philosophy . This present work on Diderot was translated into Finnish in 1994. Original Scan from Thomas Mrett's collection &gt;  A 1988 Soviet work. Scanned by Ismail, sent to him by an anonymous person. This is a cleaned, optimised scan. Translated from the Russian by Catherine Judelson Designed by Sergei Krasovsky CONTENTS Page Preface 7 Chapter One. France under Louis XV and the Encyclopédie of Denis Diderot 13 Chapter Two. The Enlightenment and Paradoxes in the Work of Denis Diderot 47 1. Diderot Comes into His Own 47 2. Diderot as Philosopher 78 3. Matter and Motion 128 4. Problems of the Theory of Cognition 142 5. Manas Natural Creature 157 Chapter Three. The Useful or the Beautiful? The Paradox of Acting 199 In Lieu of a Conclusion 235

stripped_tags:
em,strong,a href="https://archive.org/details/DiderotDlugach" rel="ugc nofollow",span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;"


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ইউরি সাটনিকা (Yuri Satnika)
identifier: team-from-our-street-amader-parar-tim-yuri-satnika_202407
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-01T08:32:48Z,2026-02-06T00:12:27Z
publicdate: 2024-07-01T08:32:48Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
title: আমদার পারার টিম (Team from our street)
description:
অনুবাদ: ফল্ম কর প্রচ্ছদপট ও মুদ্রণ পরিকল্পনা: আ. কথভ চিত্রাঙ্কন: ড. লাদিয়াগিন আমোদের বই কি তোমার ভালো লাগে? যদি না লাগে তাহলে এ বইতে হাত দিও না। কেন না প্রাণোচ্ছল ঠাট্টা, মজার এ্যাডভেঞ্চার এবং প্রাণখোলা হাসি যাদের প্রিয় সেই সব ছেলেমেয়েদের জন্য এটি লেখা। লাল পাইওনিয়র টাই পরা সোভিয়েত ছেলেমেয়েদের সঙ্গে তুমি পরিচিত হতে চাও না? জানতে চাও না তাদের জীবনযাত্রা, পড়াশুনো আর ফুটবল ম্যাচের কথা? তাদের সরস সঙ্গে কাটাতে চাও না একটি সন্ধ্যা? সুদূর সোভিয়েত দেশে নতুন বন্ধু যোগাড় করতে যদি চাও, তাহলে পড়ো এই বইটি। এতে আছে সোভিয়েত লেখক যুয়ুরি সৎনিকের লেখা চারটে মজার গল্প এবং একটি সিনারিও। All credits to Sovietbooksinbengali blog.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-betohl,fav-gherling
creator: V. N. Tsytovich
date: 1972-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: tsytovich-an-introduction-to-the-theory-of-plasma-turbulence
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-02-27T07:00:28Z,2026-02-06T01:38:59Z
publicdate: 2022-02-27T07:00:28Z
stripped_tags: ol,span style="font-family:TimesNewRomanPSMT;font-size:13pt;",div class="page" title="Page 98"
subject: plasma physics,soviet,turbulence
title: An Introduction To The Theory Of Plasma Turbulence
year: 1972
description:
This book is based upon lectures given by Professor Tsytovich at Culham Laboratory.  The preceding text can only represent the present state of the development of the theory of plasma turbulence. The author has tried to follow the logic, but not the history of this field and, therefore, the references are very fragmented and not by any means complete. The essential physical statements that the author wants to emphasise finally are: The plasma properties in the turbulent region are mostly non-linear. This raises the possibility of universal plasma properties like a universal spectrum that can be independent of the type of instability. Nevertheless, the turbulence is often weak: W/nT < < 1, and when describing the properties of the turbulent oscillation interactions it is not possible to expand the non-linear interactions in terms of the turbulent energy. The elementary excitations such as plasmons and “dressed” particles have thus a finite lifetime which is connected with their non­ linear interactions. The small low-frequency perturbations in a turbulent plasma have quite a different nature because of the frequent turbulent collisions, and the dielectric constant that describes such perturbations cannot be expanded in terms of the turbulent energy. The development of a turbulent state is very probable for a plasma as a result of the fact that the energy applied has a tendency to disperse to the greatest possible degree of freedom. Innumerable numbers of different plasma instabilities can bring the plasma to a turbulent state. The plasmas in astrophysical conditions must, therefore, often be turbulent. This can lead to a way of explaining cosmic-ray origins with a universal power-type spectrum. The development of plasma turbulence can occur as a result of development, firstly, of one or a small number of collective modes, with a subsequent spread of the energy to other modes by non-linear inter­ actions as well as by the excitation of many modes at the first stage. For the case of the excitation of one mode, the first stage is not turbulent and the turbulence develops as the energy is spread, if the system is ergodic. The plasma collective motions seem to be the best test for an investigation of the general problems of the development of the random­ isation process, as well as of the general problems of the possibility of a statistical description of a system. Contents  1. Comparison of plasma and liquid turbulence 2.  General Problems of the Theory of Plasma Turbulence   3. The Balance Equation for a Turbulent Plasma 4. Turbulent Collisions and Resonance Broadening 5.  The Spectrum and Correlation Functions of Ion-sound Turbulence 6. The Spectrum and Correlation Functions of Langmuir Turbulence 7. Electromagnetic Properties of a Turbulent Plasma 8.  The Cosmic-ray Spectrum


btih: 38ff0398ac4a3cb9b3f7014b72dbd9ecb5745c5b
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: সের্গেই আকসাকভ (Sergey Aksakov)
description: folk tales from Soviet land All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog
identifier: the-scarlet-flower-alta-jaba-sergey-aksakov_202412
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-31T14:16:14Z,2026-05-06T19:40:05Z
publicdate: 2024-12-31T14:16:14Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
title: আলটা জাবা (The Scarlet Flower in Bengali)
format:
Additional Text PDF,Archive BitTorrent,Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-elizabeth_hayland,fav-filomela8,fav-nikemaul
creator: Antony Pogorelsky
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-little-hen-or-the-underground-people-raduga-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-14T06:46:06Z,2026-02-06T00:16:22Z
publicdate: 2022-06-14T06:46:06Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: illustrated books,children's books,soviet children's literature,story books,fairy tales,russian
title: The Little Hen or The Underground People - A fairy Story for Children
year: 1987
description:
 Antoni Pogorelsky, a contemporary of the great Russian poet Alexander Pushkin, wrote several fairy tales for children. "The Little Black Hen", one of his best, was composed for his ten-year-old nephew Alyosha. The book's main character is a young boy also called Alyosha. In return for his kindness and help the fairy folk reveal their innermost secrets to him. But he must keep these secrets faithfully, or his magic gift will disappear... In this story fantasy alternates with an authentic account of lige in the St. Petersburg boarding school where Alyosha Lives and studies and where everything is strictly and harshly regulated. This is reality. And it is contrasted with make-believe. For the miraculous is close at hand-you need only tip-toe quietly through some dark, mysterious chambers to enter the radiant, colourful realm of fantasy ...  Translated from the Russian by K. M. Cook-Horujy   Lithographs of Georgi Yudin's drawings by Victor Beskrovny

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:Pogorelsky - The Little Hen or The Underground People - A fairy Story for Children - Raduga - 1987:epub:78759b47-8e05-4ffe-8780-f613bee64fbe

format:
DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,LCP Encrypted EPUB,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR


date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-little-log-house-a-russian-folk-tale-malysh-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-07-12T06:09:56Z,2026-02-06T00:16:24Z
publicdate: 2022-07-12T06:09:56Z
publisher: Malysh Publishers
title: The Little Log House A Russian Folk Tale
year: 1978
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abisha_dhas,fav-anumeha_jindal,fav-billiestiletto,fav-dia05,fav-diana_gageanu,fav-gratefulparsnip,fav-iammadaboutreading,fav-kaavya12345216,fav-lorawilder,fav-lukas_korso,fav-madi_criswell,fav-maggsan123,fav-modestbuffalo,fav-nikemaul,fav-s-lo-bo-2220,fav-shn525,fav-sigrid_e_peterson

description:
A picture story book of Russian folk tales for children .   Translated by Irina Zheleznova Illustrated by M. Mezheninov

subject:
illustrated books,children's books,soviet children's literature,story books,russian,folk tales,fairy tales


btih: 9c0c6fcc5fb6587a7f8f24c0520d9299c21bfa03
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-mike_petrik
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-little-clay-hut-in-tamil-raduga-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-02-17T11:49:39Z,2026-02-17T12:08:44Z
publicdate: 2026-02-17T11:49:39Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: கரடிக் குடித்தனம் - விலங்குகள்‌ பற்றிய ருஷ்ய மக்கள்‌ கதைகள்‌ (The Little Clay Hut In Tamil)
year: 1982
description:
மக்கள் கதைகளில் நிகழ்ச்சிகள், பாத்திரங்கள் எல்லாமே வழக்கத்திற்கு மாறுபட்டவை. விலங்குகளும் பறவைகளும் தனிப்பட்ட விதத்தில் நடந்து கொள்கின்றன: மனிதர்கள் போலப் பேசும் நல்லவர்களோ, கெட்டவர்களோ, துணிவு உள்ளவர்களோ, கோழைகளோ, அசடர்களோ, அறிவுள்ளவர்களோ ஆகிய பல வகை மனிதர்களைப் போலச் சிந்தித்து செயல்படுகின்றன. இந்த மாறுதலுக்குத் துணை செய்கின்றன ஓவியர் யெவ்கேனி ரச்சேவின் அருமையான படங்கள். சாதாரணப் பொருட்களையும் விலங்குகளையும் கதைகளின் பாத்திரங்களாகச் சித்தரிக்கும் அற்புத மேதையாவார் அவர். விலங்குகள் பற்றிய ரஷ்ய மக்கள் கதைகள் இந்த நூலில் தொகுக்கப்பட்டுள்ளன. அலெக்சேய் தல்ஸ்தோயின் சொற்களில் அமைந்த இந்தக் கதைகள் சின்னஞ் சிறிய வாசகர்களுக்கு ஏற்றவை. மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்:பூ.சோமசுந்தரம் ஓவியர்: எவ்கேனி ரச்சேவ்

subject:
soviet literature,children's literature,illustrated books,animal stories,folk tales,fairy tales,russian


creator: A. A. Sokolov; T. M. Loksutov; I. M. Ternov
date: 1966-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sokolov-quantum-mehcanics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-05-22T07:03:07Z,2026-02-05T23:17:51Z
publicdate: 2021-05-22T07:03:07Z
title: Quantum Mehcanics
year: 1966
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-fredorm2017,fav-grey_dog,fav-matt_404,fav-nikemaul,fav-raghu13957,fav-said_al-khawaja

description:
This book is specifically a “textbook” for learning the physical content of quantum mechanics. There is a pleasing progression from the gross quantum effects (blackbody radiation, photoelectric effect, specific heats) to typical quantum mechanical behavior (spreading of wave packets, barrier penetration, stationary states, spin and angular momentum multiplets) to the more refined quantum phenomenology (fine structure, effect of the nucleus on atomic structure, quantum fluctuations of the electromagnetic field, coupling of angular momentums in multielectron atoms and molecules). At each stage of remoteness from everyday experi­ ence some of the conceptually and computationally abstruse parts of the theory are dealt with in explicit detail that emphasizes the real observability of the phenomenon. The mathematical form of the theory is thereby dictated by the necessity of having a nota- tional apparatus that is sufficiently rich and flexible to embrace the scope of actual observable effects.

stripped_tags:
div class="page" title="Page 9",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",span style="font-size:11pt;font-family:TimesNewRomanPS;font-weight:700;"

subject:
physics,quantum mechanics,non-relativistic,relativistic,bohr theory,schrodinger equation,conductivity,radiation,oscillators,central fields,hydrogen atom,klien-gordon equations,dirac wave equation,atomic spectra,fine structure,nuclear physics


creator: P. Bakouline,E. Kononovitch,V. Moroz
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: p.-bakouline-e.-kononovitch-v.-moroz-astronomie-generale-mir-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-04-11T15:15:20Z,2026-02-05T20:58:33Z
publicdate: 2023-04-11T15:15:20Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Astronomie Générale
year: 1981
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ana_s_abecassis,fav-cctu_pico_sena,fav-eva_sanchez222,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-kathyusha,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-pio07,fav-verginiaa

description:
Le cours d’astronomie générale à l’usage des élèves qui ne se spécialisent pas dans ce domaine (étudiants en Philosophie, par exemple) peut être exposé, avec une grande difficulté, il est vrai, au cours de 12 ou 15 conférences, si l’on commence par une introduction ayant pour sujet, par exemple, l’«Echelle spacio-temporelle de l'Univers» en généralisant la première moitié du livre et en visant le problème le plus important, celui de la cosmologie. Pour rendre le cours plus dynamique et plus condensé, il faudrait exposer d’abord la marche de l’évolution et commencer par le milieu diffus où naissent les étoiles, très commode pour illustrer les méthodes les plus importantes et les liens entre l’astronomie et la physique (c’est-à-dire toujours les derniers chapitres du manuel), mais avec plus de détails et en faisant appel à certains chapitres précédents (relatif au Soleil, par exemple, en tant qu’étoile typique). Pour les élèves des Instituts pédagogiques, qui vont se consacrer à l’enseignement, on peut conserver grosso modo le plan général du manuel en abrégeant nettement la première (pour les élèves en Physique) ou la deuxième (pour les élèves en Mathématiques et en Géographie) partie du cours. Ce n’est que pour les étudiants en Astronomie qu’il faut recommander de s’en tenir au plan général, en n’admettant que des coupures peu importantes. Traduit du russe par Valentin Polonski Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
astronomie,sphère céleste,equation du temps,planètes,Lois de Kepler,la Terre,saisons terrestres,Temps des éphémérides,précession de l'axe terrestre,la Lune,Eclipses,Astrométrie photographique,catalogues astronomiques,d'astrophysique,le Soleil,radiations de Van Allen,Etoiles,la Galaxie,Quasars


btih: f7fa6243b98a6438d127021bbd42d6548536f2f8
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: இரினு யாகோவ்லெவா (Irina Yakovleva)
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: irina-yakovleva-paleontology-picture-book-in-tamil-raduga-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-25T09:53:32Z,2026-05-25T10:58:25Z
publicdate: 2026-05-25T09:53:32Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's books,popular science,ancient life,dinosaurs,fossils,evolution,life
year: 1983
description:
புவியியல் கடந்தகால வாழ்வினங்களை அறிவியல் முறையில் ஆய்வு செய்யும் பழையுயிரியல் (Paleontology) துறையின் முறைகளையும் கருத்துகளையும் குழந்தைகளுக்கு அறிமுகப்படுத்தும் ஒரு சிறிய நூல். பாறைகளில் பாதுகாக்கப்பட்டுள்ள தாவர மற்றும் விலங்கு புதைபடிவங்களின் ஆய்வில் இது முக்கிய கவனம் செலுத்துகிறது. மிக அழகான முழுப்பக்க ஓவியங்கள் இந்நூலை அலங்கரிக்கின்றன. ரஷ்ய மொழியிலிருந்து மொழிபெயர்ப்பு:  நா.   தர்மராஜன்‌ ஓவியங்கள்: ரூபென் வர்ஷாமோவ்

stripped_tags:
span class="s1" style="font-family:Helvetica;font-size:17.1px;line-height:normal;",span class="s2" style="font-family:Helvetica;font-size:23.3px;line-height:normal;",span style="font-family:Helvetica;font-size:17.2px;"

title:
பல கோடி வருடங்களுக்கு முன்னர்.. தொல்லுயிரியலைப் பற்றிய படப் புத்தகம் (Paleontology Picture Book In Tamil )


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-chenchen723,fav-dstev1,fav-goguoksana
creator: Yen Weng-Ching
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yen-weng-ching-the-three-conceited-kittens-a-collection-of-stories-for-children-flp-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-02-02T09:44:18Z,2026-02-06T02:08:17Z
publicdate: 2024-02-02T09:44:18Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Press
subject: children's stories,animal stories,illustrated books,cat story
title: The Three Conceited Kittens A Collection Of Stories For Children
year: 1985
description:
This is a collection of five stories by Yen Wen-ching, a well-known Chinese writer for children. They include fantasy stories as well as stories about animals and plants. The three conceited and lazy kittens did not know at first what a mouse was like, but later, they became diligent and clever under the good care of their mother. Tang Xiaoxi, a boy who loved to play and did not wish to study, liked to wait for the next time whenever he was supposed to work. Only from his mistakes did he learn how to handle well his study and recreation. Stories in this book about the busy bee and how the earthworm turned soil loose for the plants will introduce young readers to the wonder of living on Earth. These stories, told with absorbing interest, are highly educational and informative for children. The book is richly illustrated. About the Author Yen Wen-ching was born in 1915 in Hupeh Province. He began his writing career in 1935, producing a substantial body of work encompassing prose, short stories, and tales for children. From 1938 to 1945, he served as a teacher in the Department of Literature at the Lu Hsun Arts Institute in Yenan. Following the establishment of the new China in 1949, he held positions such as assistant editor-in-chief of the Northeast Daily and chief editor of the monthly People's Literature. Currently, Yen Wen-ching serves as the Director and Editor-in-chief of the People’s Literature Publishing House. Among his notable works are the novel 'A Man's Sorrow' and the collections of tales for children, including 'Song of the Rivulet' and 'Nan Nan and Uncle Greybeard.' All credits to Guptaji.


btih: 5098393a9ee6161697564d69aa13848ceaed040b
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-matt_404
creator: O. I. Leipunskii,B. V. Novozhilov,V. N. Sakharov
date: 1964-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: o.-i.-leipunskii-b.-v.-novozhilov-v.-n.-sakharov-the-propagation-of-gamma-quanta-in-matter-1964
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-28T14:42:40Z,2026-02-05T20:50:16Z
publicdate: 2025-01-28T14:42:40Z
subject: soviet literature,physics,quantum mechanics,gamma radiation,scattering,monte-carlo methods
title: The Propagation Of Gamma Quanta In Matter
year: 1964
description:
The present book is concerned only with 𝜸-radiation, and deals with various problems of the propagation and absorption of 𝜸-quanta in matter. A feature of such problems is the occurrence of multiple scattering of radiation. This property derives from the practical conditions of utilization of atomic energy: the presence of intense beams of 𝜸-rays requires the setting up of a massive shield whose dimensions exceed the mean free path of the quanta. When there are many collisions with electrons, the path of a quantum in matter has the form of a broken line, similar to the path of a molecule diffusing in matter. The expression “diffusion of quanta in matter” is therefore often used. The diffusion of quanta, however, differs from that of molecules in that the energy of quanta does not remain constant during diffusion, but decreases continuously, as with the slowing-down of neutrons in a medium. The diffusion of quanta is distinguished by the fact that the velocity of the quanta remains constant, while that of neutrons diminishes. Many problems on the diffusion of quanta have been solved theoretically by numerical integration of the transport equation for y-quanta, using the Monte Carlo and other methods. Some problems have been solved by experimental measurement of the field of y-quanta in appropriate conditions. In many cases, the accuracy of the solution exceeds the accuracy which is experimentally possible. The present book is written for experimental workers, and therefore includes only a general account of theoretical methods of solving problems of multiple scattering of quanta. It is mainly a discussion of the results of solving various problems.


backup_location: ia905506_15
creator: S. E. Frish
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: wave-optics
imagecount: 76
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2015-12-09T05:37:04Z,2026-02-06T01:54:51Z
publicdate: 2015-12-09T05:37:04Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Problems of Wave Optics
year: 1982
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-bengi7878,fav-floura28zz,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nezih_dural,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-seafarer54

description:
We now come to a small booklet titled Problems of Wave Optics by S. E. Frish . The book starts with history of wave theory and contributions of various people like Huygens, Young, Fresnel, Newton and takes on the theoretical framework which explains the observed phenomena. This booklet acquaints the reader in a popular form with the basic features of modern wave theory of light. New advances in optics, in particular sources of coherent radiation, lasers, are discussed, and prospects outlined for their application in photography and microscopy. The booklet is intended for specialists, students school teachers and a wide range of readers interested in problems of theoretical and experimental physics. This book is a part of a series called as "Knowledge Series" the logo is a at top right corner of cover. The book was translated from the Russian by V. Kisin and was first published by Mir in 1976 with  a second reprint in 1982. Contents Introduction 7 Basic Features of the Wave Theory of Light 10 Classical Experiments on Interference of Light 24 Optical Image 30 Image and Its Processing from the Stand point of the Theory of Information 39 The Use of Phase Relations 47 Lasers as Sources of Coherent Radiation 53 Holography 60

stripped_tags:
em,blockquote,img class="wp-more-tag mce-wp-more" title="Read more..." src="data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhAQABAIAAAAAAAP///yH5BAEAAAAALAAAAAABAAEAAAIBRAA7" alt="" /

subject:
optics,electromagnetic theory,waves,phase,optical image,interference of light,lasers,coherent radiation,holography,image processing,theory of information


btih: 062a43546f2872ae254b3f823d7dd28135fb15da
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Aleksandr I. Kuprin
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: aleksandr-i.-kuprin-sasha-1920
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-23T08:52:13Z,2026-05-23T09:20:39Z
publicdate: 2026-05-23T08:52:13Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
subject: russian literature,classics of russian literature,russian short stories
title: Kuprin Sasha
year: 2026
description:
A character-centred narrative depicting emotional development and personal relationships. It explores vulnerability, attachment, and the shaping of identity. Translated from Russian by Douglas Ashby Originally published in 1920


btih: 824aed0167d7fff9b04f851ce7b782e79a7d8857
creator: N. Acherekan, D.Sc. (General Editor),N. Lisitsyn,A. Gavryushin,O. Trifonov,A. Kudryashov
date: 1968-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-acherkan-ed.-machine-tool-design-volume-1-mir-1968
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-12-21T07:19:18Z,2026-02-05T20:41:08Z
publicdate: 2024-12-21T07:19:18Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Machine Tool Design Volume 1
year: 1968
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ali_ebrahimi458,fav-bookiesnookie,fav-captain1949,fav-carlos_f377,fav-carson_main,fav-dinotoad,fav-john_b858,fav-leonardo662020,fav-lucas_honorio_galatti,fav-mike_morgan829,fav-mohamad_soltanie,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-raymond_bush118,fav-sharmin_fattahi,fav-sheverbheverb,fav-vishwasunil

description:
This is the first volume of the fundamental work Machine Tool Design, which is to be published in four volumes. Volume I deals with the basic machine tools and special machine tools used in cutting tool production. The classification, type and size range, and designation of machine tools, employed in Soviet practice, are given in detail, together with the types of motion found in machine tools. Metal cutting lathes, turret lathes, vertical boring machines, automatic and semi-automatic lathes, milling machines, and many other types of machine tools are described. Special attention has been given to machine tools designed for the production of cutting tools. These include general- and single-purpose semi-automatic precision thread-grinding machines, automatic and semi-automatic tracer-controlled lathes with hydraulic controls, jig boring machines, and specialized machine tools, as well as automatic transfer machines for cutting tool production. Part One was written by Nicholas Lisitsyn, Alexander Gavryushin, and Oleg Trifonov, Candidates of Engineering Sciences. Part Two by Prof. Alexander Knbryashov, Candidate of Engineering Sciences. This fundamental four-volume work was written by scientists and specialists on the teaching staff of the Machine Tool Engineering Institute in Moscow. The editor, Prof. N. Acherekan, D.Sc. (Eng.), is an eminent Soviet specialist in machine tool design and the author of over fifty scientific works and textbooks in this field. Prof. Acherekan holds the title of Honoured Scientist of the Russian Federation and has occupied the chair of Machine Tool Design for 35 years. Prof. Acherekan graduated from the Warsaw University in 1914, where he majored in mathematics. He received a gold medal for work done in the university. In 1920, he received a second degree from the mechanical engineering department of the Petrograd Polytechnic Institute. The present work was translated from the considerably revised and recently published second edition, which includes all the latest achievements in world machine tool practice. The earlier edition has become an indispensable handbook for Soviet designers. Therefore, the publishers feel that this work should be of great value to engineers engaged in the design, manufacture, and maintenance of machine tool equipment. It can also be used to advantage by the students of engineering institutes majoring in Process Engineering, Metal-Cutting Machine Tools, or Cutting Tool Design. Translated from the Russian by Nicholas Weinstein All four volumes now added  Volume 1 https://archive.org/details/n.-acherkan-ed.-machine-tool-design-volume-1-mir-1968 Volume 2 https://archive.org/details/n.-acherkan-ed.-machine-tool-design-vol-2-mir-1980_202501 Volume 3 https://archive.org/details/n.-acherkan-ed.-machine-tool-design-vol.-3-mir-1969 Volume 4 https://archive.org/details/n.-acherkan-ed.-machine-tool-desing-vol.-4-mir-1965

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:N. Acherkan (Ed.) - Machine Tool Design - VOlume 1 - Mir - 1968 :epub:0f097d9e-bd40-49bc-a229-96a0a5b396ce

format:
Archive BitTorrent,Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,LCP Encrypted EPUB,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
soviet literature,mechanical engineering,machine design,machine elements,machine working,lathes,drilling machines,boring machines,milling machines. boraching machines,grinding machines,microfinishing machines,thread-cutting machines,jigs


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-emcconn,fav-joka_5,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-stewbum
creator: N. F. Lashko,S. V. Lashko-Avakyan
date: 1975-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-f.-lashko-s.-v.-lashko-avakyan-brazing-and-soldering-of-metals-ipst-1961
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-08-01T10:33:44Z,2026-02-05T20:41:02Z
publicdate: 2023-08-01T10:33:44Z
publisher: Israel Program for Scientific Translations
subject: soldering,welding,metals,metallurgy,technology
title: Brazing And Soldering Of Metals
year: 1975
description:
Soldering of metals and alloys, together with furnace welding, r e p r e sents one of the oldest methods of securing a permanent joint between different parts. In order to distinguish fusion welding from other welding methods devised at the end of the last century, this method has been termed "soldering" by N.N. Benardos. Some basic principles of soldering laid down in ancient times and still applied today, proved to be insufficient for securing many kinds of permanent joints required for modern machinery building. The intention of the authors of the present study has been to present known data on soldering p roc esses in the light of th e ir own experience as well as in the light of the general knowledge of the physical and chemical p roc esses of soldering. The authors do not pretend to have given an exhaustive trea tment of a ll the problems involved and admit that many of them still remain questionable. The firs t section of the book deals with the distinguishing fe atures of the design of soldered joints. Some problems concerning the interaction of liquid solders with the p arts to be soldered, th eir c rysta lliza tion and internal stru c tu re of the soldered seam and its influence on the quality of the resulting connections a re trea ted in the second section. C h a ra c te ris tic features of crystallization occurring in the soldered seam, as well as of the internal structure of the latter have been published earlier in the authors study, "Physical Metallurgy of Welding".* In the third section, problems a re examined connected with the selection of solders and fluxes required. The fourth section deals with the basic methods of soldering, which a re determined by the methods of heating the parts to be soldered and of removal of scale and oxide films, a s well as by the methods of preparing solders. In the fifth and last section essential features of soldering various alloys to different kinds of base metal a re described. Translation of the Russian book: N.F. Lashko, S.V. Lashko-Avakyan PAIKA METALLOV Mashgiz Gosudarstvennoe nauchno-tekhnicheskoe izdatel'stvo mashinostroitel 'noi literatury Moskva 1959 Translated by: Adolph Wald Credits to the original scanner, we optimised the scan.


btih: d7e9ff050b28548904233e7e701b258f7404b0f1
creator: N.N. Lebedev
date: 1965-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-n.-lebedev-special-functions-and-their-applications-1965
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-14T12:06:24Z,2025-10-03T08:51:26Z
publicdate: 2025-06-14T12:06:24Z
title: Special Functions And Their Applications
year: 1965
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-christosdedes,fav-dayong_ding,fav-dnaultra5,fav-floura28zz,fav-jason_munoz810,fav-komal_9926,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-raghu13957,fav-shree19,fav-tawana_bean,fav-vignam

description:
This book deals with a branch of mathematics of utmost importance to scientists and engineers concerned with actual mathematical calculations. Here the reader will find a systematic treatment of the basic theory of the more important special functions, as well as applications of this theory to specific problems of physics and engineering. In the choice of topics, I have been guided by the goal of giving a sufficiently detailed exposition of those problems which are of greatest practical interest. This has naturally led to a certain curtailment of the purely theoretical part of the book. In this regard, it should be noted that various useful properties of the ‘special functions which do not appear in the text proper, will be found in the problems at the end of the appropriate chapters. The book presupposes that the reader is familiar with the elements of the theory of functions of a complex variable, without which one cannot go very far in the study of special functions. However, in order to make the book more accessible to non-mathematicians, I have made a serious attempt to keep to a minimum the required background in complex variable theory. In particular, this has compelled me to depart from the order of presentation found in other treatments of the subject, where the special functions are first defined by certain convenient representations in terms of contour integrals. Table of Contents (Continued) 1. The Gamma Function 1.1. Definition of the Gamma Function 1.2. Some Relations Satisfied by the Gamma Function 1.3. The Logarithmic Derivative of the Gamma Function 1.4. Asymptotic Representation of the Gamma Function for Large |z| 1.5. Definite Integrals Related to the Gamma Function Problems 2. The Probability Integral and Related Functions 2.1. The Probability Integral and Its Basic Properties 2.2. Asymptotic Representation of the Probability Integral for Large |z| 2.3. The Probability Integral of Imaginary Argument: The Function F(z) 2.4. The Probability Integral of Argument √i·x: The Fresnel Integrals 2.5. Application to Probability Theory 2.6. Application to the Theory of Heat Conduction: Cooling of the Surface of a Heated Object 2.7. Application to the Theory of Vibrations: Transverse Vibrations of an Infinite Rod Under a Suddenly Applied Concentrated Force Problems 3. The Exponential Integral and Related Functions 3.1. The Exponential Integral and Its Basic Properties 3.2. Asymptotic Representation of the Exponential Integral for Large |z| 3.3. The Exponential Integral of Imaginary Argument: The Sine and Cosine Integrals 3.4. The Logarithmic Integral 3.5. Application to Electromagnetic Theory: Radiation of a Linear Half-Wave Oscillator Problems 4. Orthogonal Polynomials 4.1. Introductory Remarks 4.2. Definition and Generating Function of the Legendre Polynomials 4.3. Recurrence Relations and Differential Equation for the Legendre Polynomials 4.4. Integral Representations of the Legendre Polynomials 4.5. Orthogonality of the Legendre Polynomials 4.6. Asymptotic Representation of the Legendre Polynomials for Large n 4.7. Expansion of Functions in Series of Legendre Polynomials 4.8. Examples of Expansions in Series of Legendre Polynomials 4.9. Definition and Generating Function of the Hermite Polynomials 4.10. Recurrence Relations and Differential Equation for the Hermite Polynomials 4.11. Integral Representations of the Hermite Polynomials 4.12. Integral Equations Satisfied by the Hermite Polynomials 4.13. Orthogonality of the Hermite Polynomials 4.14. Asymptotic Representation of the Hermite Polynomials for Large n 4.15. Expansion of Functions in Series of Hermite Polynomials 4.16. Examples of Expansions in Series of Hermite Polynomials 4.17. Definition and Generating Function of the Laguerre Polynomials 4.18. Recurrence Relations and Differential Equation for the Laguerre Polynomials 4.19. An Integral Representation of the Laguerre Polynomials: Relation to Hermite Polynomials 4.20. An Integral Equation Satisfied by the Laguerre Polynomials 4.21. Orthogonality of the Laguerre Polynomials 4.22. Asymptotic Representation of the Laguerre Polynomials for Large n 4.23. Expansion of Functions in Series of Laguerre Polynomials 4.24. Examples of Expansions in Series of Laguerre Polynomials 4.25. Application to the Theory of Electromagnetic Wave Propagation: Reflection from the End of a Long Transmission Line Terminated by a Lumped Inductance Problems 5. Cylinder Functions: Theory 5.1. Introductory Remarks 5.2. Bessel Functions of Nonnegative Integral Order 5.3. Bessel Functions of Arbitrary Order 5.4. General Cylinder Functions: Bessel Functions of the Second Kind 5.5. Series Expansion of the Function  Yν(z) Y ν ​ ( z ) 5.6. Bessel Functions of the Third Kind 5.7. Bessel Functions of Imaginary Argument 5.8. Cylinder Functions of Half-Integral Order 5.9. Wronskians of Pairs of Solutions of Bessel’s Equation 5.10. Integral Representations of the Cylinder Functions 5.11. Asymptotic Representations of the Cylinder Functions for Large  ∣z∣ ∣ z ∣ 5.12. Addition Theorems for the Cylinder Functions 5.13. Zeros of the Cylinder Functions 5.14. Expansions in Series and Integrals Involving Cylinder Functions 5.15. Definite Integrals Involving Cylinder Functions 5.16. Cylinder Functions of Nonnegative Argument and Order 5.17. Airy Functions Problems 6. Cylinder Functions: Applications 6.1. Introductory Remarks 6.2. Separation of Variables in Cylindrical Coordinates 6.3. Boundary Value Problems of Potential Theory: The Dirichlet Problem for a Cylinder 6.4. The Dirichlet Problem for a Domain Bounded by Two Parallel Planes 6.5. The Dirichlet Problem for a Wedge 6.6. Field of a Point Charge Near the Edge of a Conducting Sheet 6.7. Cooling of a Heated Cylinder 6.8. Diffraction by a Cylinder Problems 7. Spherical Harmonics: Theory 7.1. Introductory Remarks 7.2. The Hypergeometric Equation and Its Series Solution 7.3. Legendre Functions 7.4. Integral Representations of the Legendre Functions 7.5. Some Relations Satisfied by the Legendre Functions 7.6. Series Representations of the Legendre Functions 7.7. Wronskians of Pairs of Solutions of Legendre’s Equation 7.8. Recurrence Relations for the Legendre Functions 7.9. Legendre Functions of Nonnegative Integral Degree and Their Relation to Legendre Polynomials 7.10. Legendre Functions of Half-Integral Degree 7.11. Asymptotic Representations of the Legendre Functions for Large  ∣ν∣ ∣ ν ∣ 7.12. Associated Legendre Functions Problems 8. Spherical Harmonics: Applications 8.1. Introductory Remarks 8.2. Solution of Laplace’s Equation in Spherical Coordinates 8.3. The Dirichlet Problem for a Sphere 8.4. Field of a Point Charge Inside a Hollow Conducting Sphere 8.5. The Dirichlet Problem for a Cone 8.6. Solution of Laplace’s Equation in Spheroidal Coordinates 8.7. The Dirichlet Problem for a Spheroid 8.8. Gravitational Attraction of a Homogeneous Solid Spheroid 8.9. The Dirichlet Problem for a Hyperboloid of Revolution 8.10. Solution of Laplace’s Equation in Toroidal Coordinates 8.11. The Dirichlet Problem for a Torus 8.12. The Dirichlet Problem for a Domain Bounded by Two Intersecting Spheres 8.13. Solution of Laplace’s Equation in Bipolar Coordinates 8.14. Solution of Helmholtz’s Equation in Spherical Coordinates Problems 9. Hypergeometric Functions 9.1. The Hypergeometric Series and Its Analytic Continuation 9.2. Elementary Properties of the Hypergeometric Function 9.3. Evaluation of  lim⁡z→1−F(a,b;y;z) lim z → 1 − ​ F ( a , b ; y ; z )  for  Re⁡(y−a−b)&gt;0 Re ( y − a − b ) &gt; 0 9.4.  F(a,b;y;z) F ( a , b ; y ; z )  as a Function of Its Parameters 9.5. Linear Transformations of the Hypergeometric Function 9.6. Quadratic Transformations of the Hypergeometric Function 9.7. Formulas for Analytic Continuation of  F(a,b;y;z) F ( a , b ; y ; z )  in Exceptional Cases 9.8. Representation of Various Functions in Terms of the Hypergeometric Function 9.9. The Confluent Hypergeometric Function 9.10. The Differential Equation for the Confluent Hypergeometric Function and Its Solution:     The Confluent Hypergeometric Function of the Second Kind 9.11. Integral Representations of the Confluent Hypergeometric Functions 9.12. Asymptotic Representations of the Confluent Hypergeometric Functions for Large  ∣z∣ ∣ z ∣ 9.13. Representation of Various Functions in Terms of the Confluent Hypergeometric Functions 9.14. Generalized Hypergeometric Functions Problems 10. Parabolic Cylinder Functions 10.1. Separation of Variables in Laplace’s Equation in Parabolic Coordinates 10.2. Hermite Functions 10.3. Some Relations Satisfied by the Hermite Functions 10.4. Recurrence Relations for the Hermite Functions 10.5. Integral Representations of the Hermite Functions 10.6. Asymptotic Representations of the Hermite Functions for Large  ∣z∣ ∣ z ∣ 10.7. The Dirichlet Problem for a Parabolic Cylinder 10.8. Application to Quantum Mechanics Problems Bibliography Index

format:
Archive BitTorrent,Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

stripped_tags:
strong,span class="katex",span class="katex-mathml",span class="katex-html",span class="base",span class="strut",span class="mord",span class="mord mathnormal",span class="msupsub",span class="vlist-t vlist-t2",span class="vlist-r",span class="vlist",span class="pstrut",span class="sizing reset-size6 size3 mtight",span class="mord mtight",span class="mord mathnormal mtight",span class="vlist-s",span class="mopen",span class="mclose",span class="mop",span class="mrel mtight",span class="vlist-t",span class="sizing reset-size3 size1 mtight",span class="mspace",span class="mpunct",span class="mord mathrm",span class="mbin",span class="mrel"

subject:
soviet literature,mathematical physics,differential equations,special functions,gamma function,bessel functions,legendre polynomials,hypergeometric functions,asymptotic analysis,orthogonal polynomials,integral representations,boundary value problems


btih: c169f1484bf299d18958f97c01364c09230a766c
creator: N. Vilenkin
date: 1972-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-vilenkin-de-cuantas-formas-combinatoria-editorial-mir-1972
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-05T08:08:10Z,2025-12-05T08:31:00Z
publicdate: 2025-12-05T08:08:10Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: De Cuántas Formas Combinatoria
year: 1972
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ggary9682,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-noemi_larubia,fav-pio07,fav-rilberte_costa,fav-yeti2391

description:
La combinatoria estudia cuántas configuraciones distintas pueden formarse con un conjunto de objetos bajo diversas condiciones. Su utilidad es amplia: desde la distribución de tareas en la industria, la planificación agrícola o escolar, hasta el análisis químico y lingüístico. Esta rama surgió en el siglo XVI, estrechamente ligada a los juegos de azar, que motivaron los primeros intentos de contar resultados posibles al lanzar dados o repartir cartas. Durante los siglos XVII y XVIII, la disciplina se desarrolló gracias a Pascal, Fermat, Bernoulli, Leibniz y Euler, quienes abordaron problemas como la división justa de apuestas o el estudio sistemático de permutaciones y combinaciones. Con el tiempo, la combinatoria dejó de limitarse al juego y empezó a relacionarse con campos matemáticos más profundos y con nuevas áreas aplicadas. En las últimas décadas, la combinatoria ha crecido de forma notable debido a su relevancia en la matemática discreta, la teoría de la información, la programación lineal, la estadística y la optimización. El libro resumido presenta sus ideas fundamentales de forma accesible, describe métodos como las relaciones de recurrencia y las funciones generatrices, y ofrece numerosos problemas, algunos tomados de textos clásicos y de olimpíadas matemáticas. Traducido del ruso por por Juan Jose Tolosa Todos los créditos a los uploaders originales.

subject:
literatura soviética,matemáticas,combinatoria,matemáticas discretas,permutaciones,teoría de probabilidades,funciones generatrices,problemas matemáticos


btih: 514aa873c5d71043931454d86320c35ccdfb9c6e
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-pio07
creator: A. V. Efimov (Ed.),B. P. Demidovich (Ed.)
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: problemas-de-matematicas-superiores-ii-capitulos-especiales-del-analisis-matemat_202605
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-21T09:53:53Z,2026-05-21T11:15:50Z
publicdate: 2026-05-21T09:53:53Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
stripped_tags: em
subject: matemáticas superiores,ingeniería,análisis vectorial,ecuaciones diferenciales,series funcionales
title: Problemas De Matemáticas Superiores II ( Capítulos Especiales Del Análisis Matemático)
year: 1983
description:
V. Bolgov, B. Demidovich, V. Efimenko, A. Efimov, A. Karakulin, S. Kogan, G. Lunts, E. Porshneva, A. Pospelov, S. Frolov, R. Shostak, A. Yampolski Este segundo tomo de  Problemas de matemáticas superiores para centros de enseñanza técnica superior  reúne una amplia selección de temas avanzados del curso de matemáticas para ingeniería, incluyendo cálculo integral de funciones de varias variables, análisis vectorial, ecuaciones diferenciales, teoría de funciones de variable compleja, series numéricas y funcionales, así como sus aplicaciones y cálculo operacional. El contenido se ajusta al programa oficial aprobado por el Ministerio de Enseñanza Superior y Media Especializada de la URSS. El libro mantiene la estructura didáctica del primer volumen: cada sección comienza con una breve introducción teórica, seguida de ejemplos resueltos en detalle y problemas para resolución individual. Todos los ejercicios incluyen respuestas, y aquellos marcados con asteriscos incorporan indicaciones o soluciones completas. Se destaca la inclusión de problemas que requieren el uso de ordenadores, así como un enfoque unificado de las series funcionales mediante el uso de funciones de variable compleja. La obra es el resultado del trabajo colectivo de varios autores y ha sido enriquecida mediante la revisión crítica de docentes de importantes institutos técnicos de Moscú. Traducido del Ruso por S. Ya. Kalashnik Todos los créditos a los subidores originales.


creator: N. M. Günter
date: 1967-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: gunter-potential-theory-and-its-applications-to-basic-problems-of-mathematical-physics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-11-26T08:08:58Z,2026-02-04T22:06:40Z
publicdate: 2021-11-26T08:08:58Z
stripped_tags: em
title: Potential Theory And Its Applications To Basic Problems Of Mathematical Physics
year: 1967
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carson_main,fav-consell_roig,fav-fredorm2017,fav-gherling,fav-gyank,fav-jyotirmoy_adhikari_class_8_sec_d_roll_16,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-vignam

description:
The present book is the translation of N. M. Günter’s monograph  “La théorie du potentiel et ses applications aux problèmes fondamentaux de la physique mathématique” published in Paris in 1934. The work arose from a special seminar on potential theory held by the author during the early twenties at Leningrad University. Potential theory and problems of mathematical physics thereto related have been focal points of the mathematician’s interest since the beginning of the 19th century. At first the properties of the different potentials were not subjected to rigorous investigation, and there were thus various unfounded results in applying potential theory to boundary value problems of mathematical physics. On the other hand, up to the end of the 19th century there were no definite, deep-seated results on the properties of the solutions of these problems near the boundary. The well-known work of Lyapunov “Sur certaines questions qui se rattachent au problème de Dirichlet” (1898) was of fundamental importance in overcoming these deficiencies. To a certain extent, Günter’s book is closely connected with the results of this work. His objective was a precise and more detailed study of the properties of various potentials and the boundary-value problems of mathematical physics involving them. Chapter I LEMMATA 1 §1. On the Boundary of Regions 1  §2. On Functions Defined in the Interior of a Region 7  §3. The Hugoniot-Hadamard Theorem 10  §4. A Finite Covering of a Surface 14  §5. The Formulas of Ostrogradskii and Stokes 15  §6. A Remark on the Integration of Unbounded Functions 19  §7. On Harmonic Functions 24  §8. Green’s Identities 26  §9. Gauss’ Integral 34  §10. Another Proof of Gauss’ Formulas 37 Appendix to Chapter I 40 Chapter II POTENTIAL THEORY 41 §1. The Potential of a Simple Layer 41 §2. Continuity of the Potential of the Simple Layer 44 §3. Three Theorems on the Potential of the Double Layer 48 §4. On the Normal Derivative of the Potential of the Simple Layer 58 §5. The Continuity of the Normal Derivative of the Potential of the Simple Layer 61 §6. A Theorem on the Normal Derivative of the Potential of the Simple Layer 64 §7. On the Derivatives of the Potential of the Simple Layer 67 §8. The Derivatives of the Potential of a Simple Layer with Differentiable Density 69 §9. The Normal Derivative of the Potential of a Double Layer 71 §10. The Derivatives of the Potential of a Double Layer with Differentiable Density 73  §11. On the Convergence of Certain Integrals 77  §12. On the Newtonian Potential 78  §13. On the First Derivatives of the Newtonian Potential 81 §14. On the Existence of the Second Derivatives of the Newtonian Potential 85  §15. The Theorem of Poisson 90  §16. On the Continuity of the Second Derivatives of the Newtonian Potential 93  §17. The Derivatives of the Newtonian Potential with Differentiable Density 95  §18. The Function Classes H(𝓁,𝐴,𝜆) and the SurfacesLk 97  §19. The Potential of the Simple and Double Layer for a Surface L_{k} 102  §20. The Newtonian Potential in a Region Bounded by a Surface L_{k} 105   §21. The Values on a Surface Lk of the Potential of a Double Layer and of the Normal Derivative of the Potential of a Simple Layer 106  §22. Remarks on the Potentials of Class C^{(k)} 107  §23. The Potential of the Simple and Double Layer with Summable Density 108  §24. The Newtonian Potential with Summable Density 117  Chapter III THE NEUMANN PROBLEM AND THE ROBIN PROBLEM 122 §1. The Neumann Problem 122  §2. Replacement of Problem A by Another Problem 124  §3. The Formal Solution of Equation (B) 126  §4. Investigation of the Iterated Kernels 128  §5. The Actual Solution of Equation (B) 132  §6. A Lemma 133  §7. Proof of the Theorems in §5 139 §8. The Necessary Condition that 𝜁 = 1 Not Be a Pole 142  §9. The Sufficiency of the Conditions Found 145  §10. The Solution of the Inner Neumann Problem 149 §11. The Solution of the Outer Neumann Problem for the Case (𝑬) and for the Ordinary Case 152 §12. The Eigenfunctions Corresponding to the Pole 𝜁 = 1  in the Ordinary Case and the Robin Problem §13. The Eigenfunction Corresponding to the Pole 𝜁 = —1  in Case (𝑱) and the Robin Problem for This Case 157 §14. The Eigenfunction Corresponding to the Pole 𝜁 = —1  in Case (𝑬) and the Robin Problem for This Case 160  §15. The Pole 𝜁 = —1  in the Case (𝑱) 163  §16. The Outer Neumann Problem for the Case (𝑱) 167 §17. The Eigenfunctions Corresponding to the Pole 𝜁 = —1  in the Case (𝑱) 167 §18. A Remark on the Question of Whether the Solution of the Neumann Problem Belongs to the Class H(𝓁,𝐴,𝜆) 170 §19. On the Uniqueness of the Solution of the Neumann Problem 174 Chapter IV THE DIRICHLET PROBLEM 178 §1. The Statement of the Dirichlet Problem 178   §2. Replacing Problem A by Another Problem 179  §3. The Formal Solution of Problem C 180  §4.The Actual Solution of Problem C 182  §5. Some Remarks on the Kernel K_{n} (1,0) 184  §6. Proof of the Assertions Made in 185  §7. Two Lemmas Concerning an Integral Equation with Kernel K_{n} (1,0) 190  §8. Two Lemmas on the Potential of the Double Layer 193  §9. Consequences of the Lemmas of §8 198 §10. The Solution of the Inner Dirichlet Problem for Case (𝑬) and the Ordinary Case 199 §11. Investigation of the Pole 𝜁 = 1 in Case (𝑬) and in the Ordinary Case 199 §12. Interpretation of Conditions (42) 202 §13. The Solution of the Outer Problem for Case (𝑬) 203 §14. The Case (𝑱). The Conditions that 𝜁 = —1 Not Be a Pole 205 §15. The Solution of the Inner Problem for the Case (/) Assuming the Validity of Conditions (53); The Meaning of These Conditions 207  §16. The Solution of the Inner Dirichlet Problem for the Case 𝑱  208 §17. The Outer Problem for the Case 𝑱 210 §18. A Remark on the Question of Whether the Solution of the Dirichlet Problem Belongs to the Class H(𝓁,𝐴,𝜆) 213 Chapter V GREEN’S FUNCTIONS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS 216 §1. Green’s Function and Its Principal Properties 216  §2. The Solution of the Dirichlet Problem for a Special Case 219  §3. A Lemma Due to Lyapunov 220  §4. The Solution of the Dirichlet Problem in the General Case 222  §5. The Function of F. Neumann and Its Properties 225  §6. The Solution of the Neumann Problem 230  §7. The Problem of Stationary Temperature 231  §8. Green’s Function in the Problem of Stationary Temperature 237  §9.Green’s Function and Poisson’s Equation 239  §10. Problems Involving the Equation 𝛥u= Lu + K 247  §11. Lemma 252 §12. Remarks on the Poles of the Solution of the Integral Equation (67) 255 §13. Closedness of the Sequence of Eigenfunctions in a Special Function Space 257 §14. The Closedness of the Sequence of Eigenfunctions 260 §15. On Expansion in Terms of Eigenfunctions 263 §16. The Functions of A. Korn 266 §17. Integration of the Wave Equation 269 §18. On the Heat Problem 276 §19. A Remark on Problems Related to the Laplace Operator 280 §20. A Remark on the Solution of the Poisson Equation and the Eigenfunctions 281 APPENDIX 285 §I. The Theorem of Lyapunov on the First Derivatives of the Simple-Layer Potential with H-Continuous Density 285 §II. The Theorems of Lyapunov on the Normal Derivative of the Potential of the Double Layer 297 §III. A Theorem on the Second Derivatives of the Newtonian Potential 306 §IV. The Direct Values of the Double Layer Potential and of the Normal Derivative of the Simple-Layer Potential on a Surface L_{k} 312 A SHORT BIOGRAPHY 327  INDEX 337

subject:
physics,mathematics,mathematical physics,potential theory,nuemann problem,boundary value problems,stokes formula,green's functions,gauss formula,gauss integral,newtonian potential,neumann problem,robin problem,dirichlet problem,applications,heat problem,poisson equation,solutions,eigenvalues,eigenfunctions


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: guests-from-space-grahantarer-aantuk-science-fiction-stories_202311
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-11-14T12:43:25Z,2026-04-11T10:56:02Z
publicdate: 2023-11-14T12:43:25Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
year: 1976
description:
A collection of Russian science fiction stories translated to Bengali বাংলা ভাষায় অনুবাদ করা রাশিয়ান বিজ্ঞান কল্পকাহিনী গল্পের একটি সংগ্রহ All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog.

format:
Additional Text PDF,Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,chOCR,hOCR

title:
গ্রাহান্টারার আগান্টুক বিজ্ঞান কল্পকাহিনী গল্প (Guests from Space Science Fiction Stories in Bengali)


btih: 5110103b54cc67abc6b797771fc38671cf49d7e9
creator: D. I Bazov
date: 1972-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: d.-i-bazov-helicopter-aerodynamics-ntt-1972
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-28T15:19:00Z,2026-02-04T19:57:19Z
publicdate: 2024-07-28T15:19:00Z
publisher: NASA Technical Translations
subject: soviet literature,aerodynamics,helicopter,aviation technology,air engineering
title: Helicopter Aerodynamics
year: 1972
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-andrey_kudriavtsev,fav-carlos_f377,fav-dmoxy56783412,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-gocha31,fav-hyrum_hale299,fav-jissica_122m,fav-kaichan,fav-koolobo2,fav-leonardo662020,fav-lukesteries,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-matt_404,fav-paige_lo,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-radek412

description:
Principles of helicopter flight under various conditions are reviewed, giving special attention to the operation of the main rotor. A brief history of helicopter development is presented, together with a summary of the main components of a helicopter and a classification of the various types of helicopters. The characteristics of the main rotor and its operation during autorotation and during axial and oblique flow are considered. Also considered are vertical and horizontal flight, altitude gain and descent, takeoff and landing, equilibrium, stability, and controllability, taking into account the aerodynamic forces acting on the helicopter during the various maneuvers. Translation of "Aerodinamika vertoletov." Transport Press, Moscow, 1969  TABLE OF CONTENTS  CHAPTER I. PRINCIPLES OF HELICOPTER FLIGHT 1. Brief History of Helicopter Development   2. The Helicopter and Its Basic Components   3. Classification of Helicopters    CHAPTER II. BASIC CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MAIN ROTOR 4. General Characteristics   5. Geometric Characteristics   6. Basic Regimes of Operation   7. The Operating Regime Coefficient of the Main Rotor    CHAPTER III. OPERATION OF THE MAIN ROTOR IN THE AXIAL FLOW REGIME 8. Impulsive Theory of an Ideal Rotor   9. Blade Element Theory   10. Forces Resisting Rotation of the Main Rotor   11. Power and Torque Required to Rotate Main Rotor   12. Main Rotor RPM Control   13. Techniques for Counteracting Main Rotor Reactive Torque   14. Techniques for Transmitting Torque From Engine to Main Rotor   15. Main Rotor Power Available   16. Main Rotor Thrust in Vertical Climb and Vertical Descent   17. Losses of the Real Rotor   18. Characteristics of Operation of Coaxial System of Two Main Rotors      - Programmed Testing Questions and Answers    CHAPTER IV. MAIN ROTOR OPERATION IN FORWARD FLIGHT 19. Characteristics of Main Rotor Operation in Forward Flight   20. Main Rotor Thrust as a Function of Flight Speed   21. Blade Thrust and Its Azimuthal Variation   22. Resultant Flow Velocity Over Blade Element in the Hub Rotation Plane   23. Variation of Circumferential and Resultant Velocities Along Main Rotor Radius   24. Drawbacks of Main Rotor With Rigid Blade Retention   25. Purpose of Main Rotor Hub Horizontal Hinges   26. Conditions for Blade Equilibrium Relative to the Horizontal Hinge   27. Main Rotor Cone of Revolution   28. Blade Flapping Motions   29. Main Rotor Coning Axis Tilt   30. Blade Flapping Motion Restriction and Flapping Compensator   31. Blade Element Angle of Attack Change Owing to Flapping Motions   32. Effect of Number of Blades on Main Rotor Aerodynamic Characteristics   33. Azimuthal Variation of Rotational Resistance Forces and Reactive Torque   34. Inertial Forces Acting on Main Rotor Blades   35. Oscillatory Blade Motions   36. Damping of Oscillatory Blade Motions   37. Possibility of Loss of Blade Flapping Motion Stability      - Programmed Testing Questions and Answers    CHAPTER V. HELICOPTER VERTICAL FLIGHT OPERATING REGIMES 38. Hovering Regime. General Characteristics   39. Diagram of Forces Acting on Helicopter and Hovering Conditions   40. Thrust and Power Required for Hovering   41. Vertical Climb   42. Helicopter Vertical Descent With Operating Engine   43. Vortex Ring Regime      - Programmed Testing Questions and Answers    CHAPTER VI. HELICOPTER HORIZONTAL FLIGHT 44. General Characteristics of Horizontal Flight   45. Thrust and Power Required for Horizontal Flight   46. Characteristic Helicopter Horizontal Flight Speeds   47. Effect of Helicopter Weight and Flight Altitude on Performance   48. Factors Limiting Maximal Horizontal Flight Speed and Ways to Increase This Speed   49. Horizontal Flight Endurance and Range      - Programmed Testing Questions and Answers    CHAPTER VII. CLIMB ALONG INCLINED TRAJECTORY 50. General Characteristics of the Climb Regime Along an Inclined Trajectory   51. Thrust and Power Required for Climb   52. Vertical Rate of Climb   53. Variation of Vertical Rate of Climb With Altitude    CHAPTER VIII. HELICOPTER DESCENT ALONG INCLINED TRAJECTORY 54. General Characteristics of the Descent Regime   55. Thrust and Power Required for Helicopter Descent   56. Helicopter Rate of Descent With Operating Engine      - Programmed Testing Questions and Answers    CHAPTER IX. HELICOPTER FLIGHT IN MAIN ROTOR AUTOROTATIVE REGIME 57. Vertical Descent   58. Blade Aerodynamic Forces   59. Main Rotor Autorotation Conditions and Regimes   60. Conditions for Autorotation of Different Blade Elements   61. Gliding   62. Vertical Rate of Descent in a Glide   63. Safety Height   64. Transition From Flight With Engine Operating to Flight in the Main Rotor Autorotation Regime   65. Gliding Characteristics of Dual-Rotor Helicopters      - Programmed Testing Questions and Answers    CHAPTER X. HELICOPTER TAKEOFF AND LANDING 66. Takeoff   67. Landing    CHAPTER XI. HELICOPTER BALANCE, STABILITY, AND CONTROL 68. Helicopter Center of Gravity and Balance   69. General Analysis of Helicopter Equilibrium   70. Helicopter Equilibrium in the Hovering Regime   71. Helicopter Static Stability   72. Helicopter Dynamic Stability   73. Concept of Helicopter Control   74. Change of Main Rotor Collective and Cyclic Pitch   75. Purpose and Principle of the Main Rotor Tilt Control System    CHAPTER XII. HELICOPTER VIBRATIONS 76. General Analysis of Vibrations   77. Helicopter Forced Vibrations   78. Self-Excited Vibrations   79. Bending and Bending-Torsion Vibrations of Rigidly Restrained Blade    APPENDIX I. SYMBOL LIST  APPENDIX II. PROGRAMMED TESTING ANSWERS  REFERENCES


btih: 621c2d888ea591692e599c9318818d4c1d5939bf
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: জয়প্রকাশ ভারতী (Jai Prakash Bharati)
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: upbringing-of-children-in-the-ussr-soviet-sishujagat-amar-abhigyota-jai-prakash-bharti-1989
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-05T11:32:01Z,2026-02-06T01:42:33Z
publicdate: 2025-06-05T11:32:01Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet education,soviet society,soviet children
title: সোভিয়েত শিশুজগৎ: আমার অভিজ্ঞতা (Upbringing of Children in The USSR in Bengali)
year: 1989
description:
&gt; Damitr: প্রগতি প্রকাশন প্রকাশিত 'সোভিয়েত ইউনিয়ন সম্পর্কে' অভিমত' নামের গ্রন্থমালা সোভিয়েত ইউনিয়নের জীবনযাতা সম্পর্কে প্রামাণ্য বিবরণী প্রকাশ করে। এই প্রথমালার লেখকরা সকলেই প্রত্যক্ষদর্শী। তাঁরা সোভিয়েত ইউনিয়ন সফর করেছেন, স্বচক্ষে এখানকার জীবনয্যতা দেখেছেন। যেসব নরনারীরা পুরনো রাশিয়াকে পৃথিবীর একটি প্রাগ্রসরতম দেশ হিসাবে গড়ে তুলেছেন এটি তারই নিরপেক্ষ প্রতিবেদন। এই লহরীর বইগুলি দ্রুত বিকাশমান সোভিয়েত সমাজের বহুবিধ বিশ্লেষণে সুসমৃদ্ধ। &gt; Damitr: জয়প্রকাশ ভারতী একালের সোভিয়েত স্কুলের বিভিায় দিত পরীক্ষা করেছেন: দিক্ষণ, প্রাক-স্কুল প্রস্তুতি, মাধ্যমিক স্কুলের বৃত্তিমূলক অভিমুখিনতা, বিদ্যালয়ে প্র ও অবসর সংগঠন, শিশুষের শৈল্পিক ও নানন্দিক শিক্ষার পদ্ধতি। লেখক শিশুদের শিল্প ও সঙ্গীত থিয়েটার, পাইওনিয়র শিবির, তরুণ কৃৎকৌশলীদের ক্লাব, ক্রীড়া-বিদ্যালয় ও সৌখিন শিল্পীচক্রের উপর বিশেষ গুরু দিয়েছেন। সোভিয়েত শিশুরা যে যথার্থই সব রকমের যত্ন ও মনোযোগ পায়, দৃঢ় আস্থা নিয়ে ভবিষ্যতের দিকে তাকাতে পারে, এই বাস্তবতাও লেখকের দৃষ্টি একায় নি। সোভিয়েত শিশুজগৎ: আমার অভিজ্ঞতা অনুবাদ: দ্বিজেন শর্মা All credits to  Sovietbooksinbengali  blog

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",a href="https://sovietbooksinbengali.blogspot.com/" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;" rel="ugc nofollow"


backup_location: ia906805_30
creator: A. Kondratov
date: 1969-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: KondratovSoundsAndSignsMir1969
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-12-26T10:44:32Z,2026-02-05T17:44:43Z
publicdate: 2018-12-26T10:44:32Z
subject: mir books,soviet,linguistics,semiotics,syntax,languages,structure,meaning
title: Sounds And Signs
year: 1969
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dnetid,fav-floura28zz,fav-hodibaba,fav-mahmoud_mahmoud918,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07

description:
Over the ages man has wondered what lan guage is, how it is constructed, how one's moth er tongue differs from the languages of other peoples, and how the language of human beings differs from the signal cries of animals, and how our everyday speech differs from other media of communication in human society. Thinking on these problems gave birth to linguistics, the science of the laws of language. Methods of investigating language improved with the development of linguistics and the ac cumulation of facts and knowledge. Today the latest tool is in the form of numbers and exact measures. Mathematical statistics and the theory of information, probability theory and mathematical logic, computers and sign theory are more and more coming to the aid of stu dents of language. That is what our story is about. The book was translated from the Russian by George Yankovsky and was first published by Mir in 1979. Contents  Introduction 7 What Semiotics Has to Say 9 Languages and Codes 41 People, Things, Words 78 Numbers and Language 104 The Linguistic Clock 127 The Universal Code of Science 149 The Tower of Babel 173 Machine Translation 199 Sounds and Meaning 225 Space Linguistics 255 Subject Index  278 Name Index 283

format:
Abbyy GZ,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR


backup_location: ia905506_9
creator: A. Kitagorodsky
date: 1966-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: KitaigorodskyA.IntroductionToPhysics1976
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2015-12-06T13:56:40Z,2026-02-05T17:43:38Z
publicdate: 2015-12-06T13:56:40Z
stripped_tags: em,strong
title: Introduction To Physics
year: 1966
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_studies,fav-archiveuser096,fav-christosdedes,fav-floura28zz,fav-kev009,fav-klajditarko,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess,fav-seafarer54

description:
The book is divided into three main sections, namely, Mechanical and Thermal Motion , Electromagnetic Fields , Structure and Properties of Matter . The book was published by Foreign Languages Publishing House in 1966 and was translated from the Russian by O. Smith, the design of the book was done by V. Dober. The detailed table of contents is below PART ONE MECHANICAL AND THERMAL MOTION Chapter I The Fundamental Law of Mechanics Chapter II. Mechanical Energy Chapter III. Momentum Chapter IV. Rotation of a Rigid Body Chapter V. Vibrations Chapter VI. Traveling Waves Chapter VII. Standing Waves Chapter VIII. Acoustics Chapter IX. Temperature and Heat Chapter X. Thermodynamic Processes Chapter  XI Entropy Chapter XII. Kinetic Theory of Gases Chapter XIII. Processes of Transition to Equilibrium PART TWO ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS Chapter XIV. Electric Fields Chapter XV. Magnetic Fields Chapter XVI. Electromagnetic Fields. Maxwell's Equations Chapter XVII Energy Transformations Electromagnetic Fields Chapter XVIII Electromagnetic Radiation Chapter XlX. Propagation of Electromagnetic Waves Chapter XX . Interference Phenomena Chapter XXI. Scattering Chapter XXII. Diffraction of X-Rays by Crystals Chapter XXIII. Double Refraction Chapter X X IV. The Theory of Relativity Chapter X XV. The Quantum Nature of a Field PART THREE STRUCTURE AND PROPERTIES OF MATTER Chapter XXV /. Streams of Charged Particles Chapter XXV II. The Wave Properties of Microparticles Chapter XXVIII. Atomic Structure Chapter XXIX. Molecules Chapter XXX. Atomic Nuclei Chapter XXXI. Nuclear Transformations Chapter XXXII. Atomic Structure of Bodies Chapter XXXIII. Phase Transformations Chapter XXXIV. Deformations of Bodies Chapter  XXXV. Dielectrics Chapter XXXVI. Magnetic.Substances Chapter XXXVII. Effect of Electron Structure on Properties of Bodies Appendix 705 Subject Index 713

format:
Cloth Cover Detection Log,Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
physics,mechanics,dynamics,electrodynamics,magnetism,kinetic theory,entropy,thermodynamics. quantum,phase transformations


backup_location: ia906307_15
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dahan_wang,fav-matt_404,fav-navix,fav-nikemaul,fav-seafarer54,fav-timomartin
creator: G. Green, A. Shokalsky
date: 1972-01-01T00:00:00Z
description: A book on using semiconductor devices for various physical measurements and control.
format: Abbyy GZ,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF
identifier: GreenShokalskySemiconductorsTestingAndAdjusting
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2017-02-14T15:03:40Z,2026-02-04T22:05:29Z
publicdate: 2017-02-14T15:03:40Z
title: Semiconductors Testing And Adjusting
year: 1972
subject:
physics,electronics,semiconductors,testing,p-n junction,IV characteristics,quantum mechanics,solids,transducers,electrical circuits,diode,transistors,amplifiers,resistors,capacitors,inductors


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-goguoksana,fav-jaskoetemovic,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-shannonjw
creator: Henry Chauncey ( Ed.)
date: 1969-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: henry-chauncey-ed.-soviet-pre-school-education-volume-ii-teachers-commentary-1969
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-02T14:58:44Z,2026-02-04T22:12:29Z
publicdate: 2024-07-02T14:58:44Z
subject: soviet literature,soviet education,teachers,pre-school,children,students,day care,syllabus,pedagogy
title: Soviet Pre School Education Volume II Teacher's Commentary
year: 1969
description:
This volume contains the operating instructions for the most extensive program of group upbringing in human history. Over 10 percent of all Soviet children under 2 years of age are currently enrolled in public nurseries. The corresponding percentage for children between 3 and 6 who attend preschool is about 20 percent. Enrollment is limited chiefly by the number of available places, with demand far exceeding supply. In Moscow, for example, which probably has more facilities than any other Soviet city, only 50 percent of all applicants can be accepted. In the U.S.S.R., the use of communal facilities for rearing children is as old as the Soviet Union itself, but the program was considerably expanded in scope a decade ago with the creation of a new type of preschool institution, the *yasli-sad* or crèche-kindergarten, which provided for the upbringing of children from the age of two months to seven years (at which point the child is enrolled in regular school). The same Party resolution that established the *yasli-sad* commissioned the development of a new and detailed curriculum to be followed in all preschool institutions in the U.S.S.R. Responsibility for preparation of the new program was delegated jointly to the Academy of Pedagogical Sciences and the Academy of Medical Sciences. The present manual represents the outcome of that joint effort. It was first published in 1962, with a second edition, containing minor revisions and additions, appearing in 1965. This latter version is presented here in translation. Preface  v Introduction by Urie Bronfenbrenner 1 I. Concerning the Program of Instruction in the Kindergarten 7 II. The Care and Upbringing of Infants 11 III. The Care and Upbringing of Children During the First Year of Life 13 IV. The Care and Upbringing of Children in the Second Year of Life 39 V. The Care and Instruction of Children in their Third Year of Life 73 VI. The Education of Children from 3 to 7 Years Old 129 VII. Play and the Organization of the Children’s Lives 209


backup_location: ia906103_35
creator: Irina Zheleznova
description: A picture story book for children based on fairy tales of northern Russia
identifier: IrinaZheleznovaNorthernLightsFairyTalesOfThePeoplesOfTheNorth
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-04-02T18:08:48Z,2026-02-04T22:28:54Z
publicdate: 2016-04-02T18:08:48Z
subject: children's book,story book,picture book,soviet literature,fairy tale,north russia,russian
title: Northern Lights Fairy Tales Of The People's Of The North
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-david_lie689,fav-emma_ryder_llp,fav-freeidiot40x2,fav-goguoksana,fav-nikemaul,fav-ravencarriesfire,fav-the_bode


btih: 9e4a1903e92744f5b313ab581de82a9ea64b143b
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Igor Akimushkin
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: igor-akimushkin-builders-in-the-wild-malysh-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-28T12:55:54Z,2026-02-04T22:23:55Z
publicdate: 2024-08-28T12:55:54Z
publisher: Malysh Publishers
title: Builders In The Wild
year: 1978
description:
A little book describing various fantastic constructions made by different animals in the wild. Drawings byA.Keleinikov Translated by Eleanor Yankowskaya

subject:
soviet literature,popular science,zoology,wild animals,animal construction,animal behaviour,children's science


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-arthurpariz,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07
creator: L. I. Sedov ( Ed.)
date: 1968-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sedov-ed.-analytical-mechanics-stability-of-motion-celestial-ballistic-ipst-1968
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-07-22T08:24:40Z,2026-02-05T23:12:02Z
publicdate: 2023-07-22T08:24:40Z
publisher: Israel Program for Scientific Translations
subject: physics,celestial mechanics,astrodynamics,classical mechanics,satellites
title: Analytical Mechanics, Stability Of Motion, Celestial Ballistics
year: 1968
description:
Table of Contents ANALYTICAL MECHANICS. STABILITY OF MOTION I. S. Arzhanykh. Development of the theory of canonical equations of analytical mechanics. 1 V.I. Arnol’d. Stability and instability of dynamic systems with many degrees of freedom 11. G.V. Aronovich and N.A. Kartvelishvili . Application of stability theory to static and dynamic stability problems of power systems15 F.R. Gantmakher and V. A. Yakubovich. Absolute stability of nonlinear control systems. 27 N.A. Kil'chevskii . Continuum problems of analytical mechanics. 67 N. N. Krasovskii . Problems of controllability, observability and stabilizability of dynamic systems 82 A. M. Letov. Optimal control and stability  101 V. M. Matrosov. Development of the method of Lyapunov functions instability theory 124 G. N. Mikishev and B.I. Rabinovich. Some problems in dynamic stability analysis of mechanical systems with deformable elements  141 Yu. I. Neimark and N. A. Fufaev. Equations of motion and the role of small parameters in the dynamics of nonholonomic system s .146 V.S. Novoselov. Analytical dynamics and optimum transfer.157 V.V. Rumyantsev. Investigation of the stability of motion of solid bodies with liquid-filled cavities 170 S.N. Shimanov. Stability of systems with d e la y . 189 CELESTIAL BALLISTICS G. L. Grodzovskii , Yu.N. Ivanov, and V.V. Tokarev. Optimization problems in the mechanics of low-thrust space flight . 201 V. A. Sarychev. Gravity attitude stabilization of satellites 222 G.N. Duboshin and D. E. Okhotsimski i . Some problems of astrodynamics. 233 List of Abbreviations 239 Many thanks to Stergios Tsiormpatzis for the book.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-alinso,fav-bhd13,fav-floura28zz,fav-pio07,fav-raghu13957
creator: I. Artobolevski
date: 1975-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-artobolevski-les-mecanismes-dans-la-technique-moderne-tome-1-mecanismes-a-leviers-mir-1975
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-12-16T18:18:37Z,2026-02-04T22:21:24Z
publicdate: 2022-12-16T18:18:37Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
subject: mécanismes,technique,leviers
title: Les Mécanismes Dans La Technique Moderne Tome 1 Mécanismes À Leviers
year: 1975
description:
Les aeux premiers tomes, «Mécanismes à leviers», contiennent les schémas et les descriptions de 2288 mécanismes. Nous avons choisi essentiellement les mécanismes d’usage général et les méca­ nismes employés dans les diverses branches mécaniques. Cependant certains mécanismes spéciaux y ont été également inclus vu leur importance qui déborde le cadre étroit de leur utilisation. Ces mécanismes sont rangés dans le sous-groupe des mécanismes spé­ ciaux. En préparant la présente édition, nous avons tenu compte do nombreuses remarques critiques et des suggestions faites par des lecteurs. C’est ainsi que nous avons ajouté des sous-groupes réunis­ sant les couples cinématiques et les joints mobiles. Les chaînes cinématiqucs de tout mécanisme se composent de couples cinéma- tiques et de joints mobiles. Donc, il est très important d’établir correctement la structure du mécanisme et de choisir la combi­ naison convenable de couples cinématiques. Pour faciliter cette tâche, les couples cinématiques et les joints mobiles sont représen­ tés ici par leurs schémas de construction. Nous avons complété certaines descriptions par des relations analytiques entre les indi­ ces métriques des mécanismes et leurs paramètres cinématiques: déplacements, vitesses, trajectoires, etc.  Traduit du russe par D. Joukovski Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-alinso,fav-fadetz,fav-pio07,fav-raghu13957
creator: I. Artobolevski
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-artobolevski-les-mecanismes-dans-la-technique-moderne-tome-5-partie-2-mir-1975
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-12-16T18:03:27Z,2026-02-04T22:21:25Z
publicdate: 2022-12-16T18:03:27Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
subject: Mécanismes électriques,des ingénieurs,relais
title: Les Mécanismes Dans La Technique Moderne Tome 5 Partie 2 Mir 1975
year: 1978
description:
Le cinquième, et le dernier, tome des «Mécanismes dans la technique moderne * est consacré aux mécanismes comportant des dispositifs pneumatiques, hydrauliques et électriques. Chaque mécanisme est accompagné d’une notice spécifiant sa structure et les mouvements qu’il produit. On précise pour certains méca­ nismes les détails concernant leur cinématique, les rapports métri­ ques des longueurs de leurs éléments, otc. La représentation sché­ matique des mécanismes et leur description se présentent, dans la mesuro du possiblo, do la même manière quo dans les tomes précédents; d’autre part, on raison du caractère particulier des mécanismes décrits, leurs descriptions et leurs senémas ont dû être modifiés en certains cas. Les mécanismes sont classés suivant leur type structural, avec indication du rôle qu’ils ont à remplir. L’usage du livre sera facilité par deux tableaux qui permet­ tront au lecteur do trouver sans peine le mécanisme satisfaisant aux conditions de structure et de fonctionnement requises. On y trouvera exi outre uu îpdéx alphabétique des mécanismes groupés selon leur usage* Les mécanismes sont désignés par les mêmes indices que dans les quatre tomes précédents. Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original. Traduit du russe par Vladimir Kotliar


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-clauditza,fav-donreadalot,fav-munif_muttafik
creator: I. I. Perelman
date: 1961-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-i.-perelman-algebra-distractiva-editura-stiintifica-1961
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: rum
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-08-11T14:54:19Z,2026-02-04T22:21:26Z
publicdate: 2023-08-11T14:54:19Z
publisher: Editura Ştiinţifică
title: Algebra Distractivă
year: 1961
description:
Prima ediție a  Algebra Distractivă a apărut în anii nouăzeci și a fost destinată un viitor minunat de a aduce sute de mii de tineri în pliul matematicii și minunile sale. Este scris sub formă de schițe pline de viață care discută despre multifarious (și interesant!) aplicații ale algebrei în lumea despre noi. Aici întâlnim ecuații, logaritmi, rădăcini, progresii, analiza diofantină antică și faimoasă și multe altele. Exemplele sunt picturale, vii, adesea pline de spirit și scot în evidență esența problemei la îndemână. Există numeroase excursii în istorie și istoria algebrei. Destul de natural, o serie de lucruri sună puțin demodate-vremurile s—au schimbat!- dar eforturile câștigătorului premiului Lenin, V. G. Boltyansky, care a editat cea mai recentă ediție și a adăugat o mulțime de materiale proaspete din lumea computerelor, au dat o lustruire suplimentară acestei bijuterii a divertismentului. Nimeni care a citit această carte nu va mai privi vreodată matematica într-o lumină plictisitoare. Recenzionarii o consideră unul dintre cele mai bune exemple de scriere științifică populară.

subject:
matematică recreativă,algebră,puzzle-uri,posers,probleme,Istoria matematicii,povești despre matematică,științe populare,matematică populară,ecuații diofantine,logaritmi,rădăcini,ecuații,progresii,serii


creator: D. Guryev
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: guryev-the-riddle-of-the-origin-of-consciousness
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-01-19T10:58:10Z,2026-02-04T22:06:47Z
publicdate: 2022-01-19T10:58:10Z
title: The Riddle Of The Origin Of Consciousness
year: 1990
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-guilhermethegreat,fav-mlovew,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-raghu13957,fav-risstof,fav-wahid_khan434

description:
 The book is devoted to one of the most complex phenomena on Earth - human consciousness. The author expounds in a popular form contemporary data on the origin of consciousness as the highest form of reflecting reality. He analyses the role of labour in the formation of thinking, the latter's association with the biological prerequisites and the process of the origin of society. Revealed in the work is the specific quality of consciousness, its association with man's speech, brain and social behaviour.

subject:
psychology,psyche,consciousness,thinking,cognition,human,evolution,self,mind,history,progress publishers,soviet,society and consciousness


btih: 05cb1225536f9b1c4ac79f19d6c173ab6eaddd37
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: A.V. Vinogradov
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-v.-vinogradov-differential-diagnosis-of-internal-diseases-volume-1-mir-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-06-01T08:48:35Z,2026-06-01T09:57:06Z
publicdate: 2026-06-01T08:48:35Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Differential Diagnosis Of Internal Diseases - Volume 1
year: 1982
description:
Modern medicine has transformed the diagnosis and treatment of internal diseases through remarkable advances in clinical science, laboratory testing, imaging, and specialised investigative techniques. Yet the growing complexity of medical knowledge has also created new challenges. Physicians increasingly focus on particular organs or body systems, while the practical task of diagnosis often requires the integration of findings from multiple disciplines. The true challenge of clinical medicine lies not merely in recognising diseases, but in interpreting symptoms, signs, and test results to determine their underlying cause. This book addresses one of the most demanding aspects of medical practice: differential diagnosis. Unlike traditional textbooks that begin with an established disease and describe its distinguishing features, this volume follows the path taken by the practising physician. It starts with the patient's complaints, clinical findings, and syndromes, and proceeds systematically towards identifying the disease responsible. By reflecting the realities of bedside medicine, the book offers a practical framework for analysing complex clinical problems and navigating the uncertainties that accompany everyday diagnostic work. Drawing upon extensive clinical experience and a comprehensive survey of Soviet and international medical literature, A. V. Vinogradov presents a clear and methodical approach to diagnostic reasoning. Particular attention is given to the interpretation of modern diagnostic investigations and their role within the broader clinical picture. Combining practical guidance with a wealth of clinical knowledge, this volume serves as both a reference work and a training guide, helping physicians and medical students develop the judgement and analytical skills essential to the art of differential diagnosis.

subject:
soviet literature,soviet medicine,internal medicine,differential diagnosis,clinical diagnosis,diagnostic reasoning,clinical medicine,medical education,disease diagnosis,bedside medicine,diagnostic methods,clinical examination,medical practice


backup_location: ia906803_5
creator: A Pogorelov
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: PogorelovGeometryMir1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-10-16T07:24:36Z,2026-02-05T22:00:26Z
publicdate: 2018-10-16T07:24:36Z
title: Geometry
year: 1987
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-abhirup152,fav-ahylla,fav-alhamesh,fav-angsty80,fav-arch_davies,fav-archiveuser096,fav-ares_flow,fav-austin_conder_oscar_,fav-bacchus312,fav-badrnaji,fav-bertmancometh,fav-bk_be,fav-captain1949,fav-carson_main,fav-cbanter,fav-compreender_a_matem_tica_com_valderon_albuquerque,fav-croissante_la,fav-david_richards2,fav-denis_b785,fav-ducbang,fav-elias_abobo,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-esaksilloh,fav-faucelme,fav-felipe_figueroa884,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-hajer_ghassan_al_khafaji,fav-hello_world201,fav-herrera_pelayo_carlos,fav-indira675,fav-irazza,fav-jesse_whittle397,fav-jmhodson933382,fav-john_b858,fav-jsa619,fav-kip8,fav-kyle_anthony,fav-liebchenn,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-lukeisha_carr,fav-lute13,fav-mahida_indra,fav-marco_infussi,fav-mmzzwordy,fav-mohamed_hussien_56,fav-mulalic83,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-rafia_rahman_rose,fav-raghu13957,fav-rare_book_bangla,fav-renan481,fav-rilberte_costa,fav-rishni_chamudya,fav-rude_drood,fav-ryu_watanuki,fav-sarajanesmith,fav-sejtan,fav-sharmin_fattahi,fav-shauhram,fav-sleepy_gahlore,fav-stealthsurvivor,fav-sturmstorm,fav-the_big_l_s_pringle,fav-tom_keane,fav-verante,fav-vignam,fav-winfield_taylor

description:
ABOUT THE BOOK This is a manual for the students of universities and teachers' training colleges. Containing the compulsory course of geometry, its particular impact is on elementary topics. The book is, therefore, aimed at professional training of the school or university teacher-to-be. The first part, analytic geometry, is easy to assimilate, and actually reduced to acquiring skills in applying algebraic methods to elementary geometry. The second part, differential geometry, contains the basics of the theory of curves and surfaces. The third part, foundations of geometry, is original. The fourth part is devoted to certain topics of elementary geometry. The book as a whole must interest the reader in school or university teacher's profession. The book was translated from the Russian by Leonid Levant, Aleksandr Repyev and Oleg Efimov and published by Mir in 1987. All credits to the original uploader. Contents Preface 10 Part One. Analytic Geometry 11 Chapter I. Rectangular Cartesian Coordinates in the Plane 11 1. Introducing Coordinates in the Plane 11 2. Distance Between Two Points 12  3. Dividing a Line Segment in a Given Ratio 13  4. Equation of a Curve. Equation of a Circle 15  5. Parametric Equations of a Curve 17  6. Points of Intersection of Curves 19  7. Relative Position of Two Circles 20  Exercises to Chapter I 21 Chapter II. Vectors in the Plane 26 1. Translation 26 2. Modulus and the Direction of a Vector 28 3. Components of a Vector 30 4. Addition of Vectors 30 5. Multiplication of a Vector by a Number 31 6. Collinear Vectors 32 7. Resolution of a Vector into Two Non-Collinear Vectors 33  8. Scalar Product 34  Exercises to Chapter II 36 Chapter III. Straight Line in the Plane 38 1. Equation of a Straight Line. General Form 38  2. Position of a Straight Line Relative to a Coordinate System 40  3. Parallelism and Perpendicularity Condition for Straight Lines 41  4. Equation of a Pencil of Straight Lines 42 5. Normal Form of the Equation of a Straight Line 43 6. Transformation of Coordinates 44 7. Motions in the Plane 47  8. Inversion 47 Exercises to Chapter III Chapter IV. Conic Sections 53 1. Polar Coordinates 53  2. Conic Sections 54  3. Equations of Conic Sections in Polar Coordinates 56 4. Canonical Equations of Conic Sections in Rectangular Cartesian Coordinates 57  5. Types of Conic Sections 59  6. Tangent Line to a Conic Section 62  7. Focal Properties of Conic Sections 65  8. Diameters of a Conic Section 67  9. Curves of the Second Degree 69  Exercises to Chapter IV 71 Chapter V. Rectangular Cartesian Coordinates and Vectors in Space 76 1. Cartesian Coordinates in Space. Introduction 76  2. Translation in Space 78  3. Vectors in Space 79  4. Decomposition of a Vector into Three Non-coplanar Vectors 80  5. Vector Product of Vectors 81  6. Scalar Triple Product of Vectors 83  7. Affine Cartesian Coordinates, 84  8. Transformation of Coordinates 85  9. Equations of a Surface and a Curve in Space 87 Exercises to Chapter V 89 Chapter VI. Plane and a Straight Line in Space 95 1. Equation of a Plane 95  2. Position of a Plane Relative to a Coordinate System 96  3. Normal Form of Equations of the Plane 97  4. Parallelism and Perpendicularity of Planes 98  5. Equations of a Straight Line 99  6. Relative Position of a Straight Line and a Plane, of Two Straight Lines 100  7. Basic Problems en Straight Lines and Planes 102  Exercises to Chapter VI 103 Chapter VII. Quadric Surfaces 109 1. Special System of Coordinates 109  2. Classification of Quadric Surfaces 112  3. Ellipsoid 113  4. Hyperboloids 115  5. Paraboloids 116  6. Cone and Cylinders 118  7. Rectilinear Generators on Quadric Surfaces 119  8. Diameters and Diametral Planes of a Quadric Surface 120  9. Axes of Symmetry for a Curve. Planes of Symmetry for a Surface 122  Exercises to Chapter VII 123 Part Two. Differential Geometry 126 Chapter VIII. Tangent and Osculating Planes of Curve 126 1. Concept of Curve 126  2. Regular Curve 127  3. Singular Points of a Curve 128  4. Vector Function of Scalar Argument 129 5. Tangent to a Curve 131  6. Equations of Tangents for Various Methods of Specifying a Curve 132  7. Osculating Plane of a Curve 134  8. Envelope of a Family of Plane Curves 136 Exercises to Chapter VIII 137 Chapter IX. Curvature and Torsion of Curve 140 1. Length of a Curve 140  2. Natural Parametrization of a Curve 142  3. Curvature 142  4. Torsion of a Curve 145  5. Frenet Formulas 147  6. Evolute and Evolvent of a Plane Curve 148 Exercises to Chapter IX 149 Chapter X. Tangent Plane and Osculating Paraboloid of Surface 151 1. Concept of Surface 151  2. Regular Surfaces 152  3. Tangent Plane to a Surface 153  4. Equation of a Tangent Plane 155  5. Osculating Paraboloid of a Surface 156  6. Classification of Surface Points 158 Exercises to Chapter X 159 Chapter XI. Surface Curvature 161 1. Surface Linear Element 161  2. Area of a Surface 162  3. Normal Curvature of a Surface 164  4. Indicatrix of the Normal Curvature 165  5. Conjugate Coordinate Lines on a Surface 167  6. Lines of Curvature 168  7. Mean and Gaussian Curvature of a Surface 170  8. Example of a Surface of Constant Negative Gaussian Curvature 172  Exercises to Chapter XI 173 Chapter XII. Intrinsic Geometry of Surface 175 1. Gaussian Curvature as an Object of the Intrinsic Geometry of Surfaces 175 2. Geodesic Lines on a Surface 178 3. Extremal Property of Geodesics 179  4. Surfaces of Constant Gaussian Curvature 180  5. Gauss-Bonnet Theorem 181 6. Closed Surfaces 182 Exercises to Chapter XII 184 Part Three. Foundations of Geometry 186 Chapter XIII. Historical Survey 186 1. Euclid's Elements 186  2. Attempts to Prove the Fifth Postulate 188 3. Discovery of Non-Euclidean Geometry 189  4. Works on the Foundations of Geometry in the Second Half of the 19th century 191  5. System of Axioms for Euclidean Geometry according to D. Hilbert 192 Chapter XIV. System of Axioms for Euclidean Geometry and Their Immediate Corollaries 194 1. Basic Concepts 194  2. Axioms of Incidence 195  3. Axioms of Order 196  4. Axioms of Measure for Line Segments and Angles 197 5. Axiom of Existence of a Triangle Congruent to a Given One 199  6. Axiom of Existence of a Line Segment of Given Length 200  7. Parallel Axiom 202  8. Axioms for Space 202 Chapter XV. Investigation of Euclidean Geometry Axioms 203 1. Preliminaries 203  2. Cartesian Model of Euclidean Geometry 204  3. "Betweenness" Relation for Points in a Straight Line. Verification of the Axioms of Order 205  4. Length of a Segment. Verification of the Axiom of Measure for Line Segments 207  5. Measure of Angles in Degrees. Verification of Axiom III* 208  6. Validity of the Other Axioms in the Cartesian Model 210  7. Consistency and Completeness of the Euclidean Geometry Axiom System 212  8. Independence of the Axiom of Existence of a Line Segment of Given Length 214  9. Independence of the Parallel Axiom 216  10. Lobachevskian Geometry 218 Chapter XVI. Projective Geometry 222 1. Axioms of Incidence for Projective Geometry 222  2. Desargues Theorem 223  3. Completion of Euclidean Space with the Elements at Infinity 225  4. Topological Structure of a Projective Straight Line and Plane 226  5. Projective Coordinates and Projective Transformations 228  6. Cross Ratio 230  7. Harmonic Separation of Pairs of Points 232  8. Curves of the Second Degree and Quadric Surfaces 233  9. Steiner Theorem 235 10. Pascal Theorem 236  11. Pole and Polar 238  12. Polar Reciprocation. Brianchon Theorem 240  13. Duality Principle 241  14. Various Geometries in Projective Outlook 243 Exercises to Chapter XVI 245 Part Four. Certain Problems of Elementary Geometry 247 Chapter XVII. Methods for Solution of Construction Problems 247 1. Preliminaries 247  2. Locus Method 248  3. Similarity Method 250  4. Reflection Method 251  5. Translation Method 251  6. Rotation Method 252  7. Inversion Method 253  8. On Solvability of Construction Problems 255 Exercises to Chapter XVII 256 Chapter XVIII. Measuring Lengths, Areas and Volumes 258 1. Measuring Line Segments 258  2. Length of a Circumference 260  3. Areas of Figures 261  4. Volumes of Solids 265  5. Area of a Surface 267 Chapter XIX. Elements of Projection Drawing 268 1. Representation of a Point on an Epure 268  2. Problems Leading to a Straight Line 269  3. Determination of the Length of a Line Segment 270  4. Problems Leading to a Straight Line and a Plane 271  5. Representation of a Prism and a Pyramid 273  6. Representation of a Cylinder, a Cone and a Sphere 274  7. Construction of Sections 275 Exercises to Chapter XIX 277 Chapter XX. Polyhedral Angles and Polyhedra 278 1. Cosine Law for a Trihedral Angle 278 2. Trihedral Angle Conjugate to a Given One 279 3. Sine Law for a Trihedral Angle 280 4. Relation Between the Face Angles of a Polyhedra Angles 281 5. Area of a Spherical Polygon 282 6. Convex Polyhedra. Concept of Convex Body 283 7. Euler Theorem for Convex Polyhedra 284  8. Cauchy Theorem 285  9. Regular Polyhedra 288 Exercises to Chapter XX 289  Answers to Exercises, Hints and Solutions 291

format:
Abbyy GZ,Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF

subject:
mathematics,geometry,analytic geometry,vectors,straight line,mir publishers,mir books,conic sections,quadric surfaces,tangents,curves,differential geometry,history,curvature,torsion,axioms,non-Euclidean,projective,elementary problems,polyhedra,angles,volumes


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: A. Tomilin
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
description: A book for children describing the history of discovery of the shape of the Earth.
identifier: how-people-discovered-the-shape-of-the-earth-anatoly-tomilin
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2020-08-15T19:46:40Z,2026-02-04T22:18:21Z
publicdate: 2020-08-15T19:46:40Z
subject: science,popular,history,geography,geometry,astronomy,earth,shape,raduga,mirtitles,telugu
year: 1987
format:
Abbyy GZ,Djvu XML,Item Tile,Metadata,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF

title:
భూమి ఇలా ఉన్ది అని ఎలా కనిపెట్టారు అనతోలీ తొమీలిన్ ( How People Discovered The Shape Of The Earth Anatoly Tomilin)


creator: V. Chipatchev
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: chipatchev-mathematiques-superieures-mir-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-07-22T10:53:35Z,2026-02-04T15:55:49Z
publicdate: 2023-07-22T10:53:35Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Mathématiques Supérieures
year: 1988
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-lo_lo314,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-sera_soumare,fav-tinynumber

description:
Cet ouvrage expose les bases des mathématiques supérieures et à ce titre peut être utilisé aussi bien dans les universités que dans les écoles techniques supérieures où les diverses branches des mathématiques supérieures sont regroupées dans un même cours. L'auteur s'est efforcé dans la mesure du possible de faire un exposé exhaustif, rigoureux et clair dont l’objectif avoué n'est pas seulement de communiquer telle ou telle information sur les mathématiques, mais d’aiguiser l’intérêt du lecteur pour cette discipline, d'élargir son horizon et le lui inculquer une certaine culture mathématique. Cet ouvrage se réclame du principe didactique : du simple au complexe. Ainsi la notion de limite est d'abord étudiée pour les suites numériques, puis pour les fonctions d’une variable. Sont ensuite introduites la notion de limite des sommes intégrales et, enfin, des fonctions de plusieurs variables. Les nombres réels sont définis par une méthode axiomatique qui permet d'exposer de la manière la plus concise les généralités nécessaires sur les nombres et de passer plus aisément à l’exposition directe du matériel. L’analyse mathématique — calcul différentiel et calcul intégral — constitue la charnière de ce manuel. La notion de fonction, qui est capitale en mathématiques, est abordée au secondaire, mais ce n’est qu’en mathématiques supérieures qu’elle est l’objet d’une étude approfondie et systématique. Signalons que cette notion est définie au moyen de la notion d’ensemble, ce qui correspond à l’esprit moderne des mathématiques. L’auteur exprime sa profonde gratitude à l’académicien A. Tykhonov, aux professeurs A. Babaev, V. Boutouzov, A. Chestakov, M. Govorov, D. Kostomarov, N. Matvéev, A. Svechnikov, G. Tchandirov pour leur précieux concours à la parution de cet ouvrage. Sous la direction de l ’académicien A. Tykhonov  Traduit du russe par Djilali Embarek Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le livre

subject:
matématique,fonctions,limite,géométrie analytique,dérivation,intégrale,d’algèbre supérieure,intégration,séries,équations différentielles ordinaires


backup_location: ia906104_4
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-anusha_navaneeth
creator: Tatiana Makarova
description: A picture story book for children on ants
identifier: TatianaMakarovaTheBraveAnt
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-04-03T16:28:36Z,2026-02-06T00:11:25Z
publicdate: 2016-04-03T16:28:36Z
subject: children's book,story book,picture book,soviet literature,animals,insects,ants
title: The Brave Ant
format:
DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,JPEG Thumb,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR


creator: I.I. Gol'dma; V.D. Krivchenkov; V.I. Kogan; V.M. Galitskii (authors) D. Ter Haar (Editor)
date: 1975-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: goldman-krivchenko-problems-in-quantum-mehcanics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-02-08T16:48:50Z,2026-02-04T22:03:53Z
publicdate: 2022-02-08T16:48:50Z
title: Problems In Quantum Mechanics
year: 1975
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aydan_oh,fav-blablabla993,fav-christosdedes,fav-fredorm2017,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-rafaeltm,fav-renan481,fav-roberto_stander,fav-ruffratseatcats,fav-thomas_freiling,fav-utzi9299,fav-vit_ngo

description:
A comprehensive collection of problems of varying degrees of difficulty in nonrelativistic quantum mechanics, with answers and completely worked-out solutions. Among the topics: one-dimensional motion, transmission through a potential barrier, commutation relations, angular momentum and spin, and motion of a particle in a magnetic field. An ideal adjunct to any textbook in quantum mechanics, useful in courses in atomic and nuclear physics, mathematical methods in physics, quantum statistics and applied differential equations. 

subject:
quantum mechanics,problem book,problems and solutions,one dimensional motion,tunnelling effect,angular momentum,spin,atoms,molecules,scattering,density matrix,relativistic wave equations


